Myer Share Offer Prospectus

my prospectus Myer Holdings Limited ABN 14 119 085 602
Joint Lead Managers Credit Suisse Goldman Sachs JBWere Macquarie Capital
IMPORTANT INFORMATION The New Shares and Existing Shares have not been, and Applications for Shares may only be made on
Offer will not be, registered under the US Securities Act or the appropriate Application Form attached to, or
The Offer contained in this Prospectus is an invitation to the securities laws of any state of the United States, and accompanying, this Prospectus in its paper copy form,
acquire fully paid ordinary shares in Myer Holdings Limited may not be offered or sold in the United States, or to, or in its soft copy form which must be downloaded in its
(Myer or Company) (Shares). or for the account or benefit of a US Person, except in a entirety from www.mypieceofmyer.com.au. By making
transaction exempt from the registration requirements an Application, you declare that you were given access
Lodgement and Listing of the US Securities Act and applicable United States to the Prospectus, together with an Application Form.
This Prospectus is dated 28 September 2009 and a state securities laws. The Offer is not being extended The Corporations Act prohibits any person from passing
copy was lodged with the Australian Securities and to any investor outside Australia or New Zealand, other the Application Form on to another person unless it
Investments Commission (ASIC) on that day. than to Institutional Investors as part of the Institutional is attached to, or accompanied by, this Prospectus in
Offer. This Prospectus does not constitute an offer or its paper copy form or the complete and unaltered
The Company will apply to ASX Limited (ASX) within invitation to potential investors to whom it would not electronic version of this Prospectus.
seven days after the Prospectus Date for admission of the be lawful to make such an offer or invitation.
Company to the official list of ASX and quotation of its Defined terms and abbreviations
Shares on ASX. None of ASIC, ASX or their officers take any Financial information presentation Defined terms and abbreviations used in this Prospectus
responsibility for the content of this Prospectus or for the are explained in Section 11. Unless otherwise stated or
The Historical Financial Information included in this implied, references to times in this Prospectus are to
merits of the investment to which this Prospectus relates. Prospectus for FY2007, FY2008 and FY2009 has been Melbourne Time.
Expiry Date prepared and presented in accordance with the
recognition and measurement principles prescribed Unless otherwise stated or implied, references to dates
No Shares will be issued or transferred on the basis in the Australian Accounting Standards, except
of this Prospectus later than 13 months after the or years are calendar year references.
where otherwise stated.
Prospectus Date. All financial amounts contained in this Prospectus are
The Forecast Financial Information presented in this expressed in Australian dollars unless otherwise stated.
Note to Applicants Prospectus is unaudited.
The information in this Prospectus is not financial product Any discrepancies between totals and sums and
advice and does not take into account your investment The Historical Financial Information and the Forecast components in tables contained in this Prospectus
objectives, financial situation or particular needs. Financial Information in this Prospectus should be read are due to rounding.
in conjunction with, and they are qualified by reference
It is important that you read this Prospectus carefully to, the information contained in Section 7. Photographs and diagrams
and in its entirety before deciding whether to invest Photographs and diagrams in this Prospectus do not
in the Company. In particular, you should consider the Disclaimer depict assets owned or used by Myer unless otherwise
risk factors that could affect the performance of Myer. No person is authorised to give any information or to indicated. Diagrams used in the Prospectus are illustrative
You should carefully consider these risks in light of your make any representation in connection with the Offer only and may not be drawn to scale. Unless otherwise
personal circumstances (including financial and tax issues) described in this Prospectus which is not contained in stated, all data contained in charts, graphs and tables is
and seek professional guidance from your stockbroker, this Prospectus. Any information not so contained may based on information available at the Prospectus Date.
solicitor, accountant or other independent professional not be relied upon as having been authorised by the
adviser before deciding whether to invest in Shares. Company, SaleCo, the Joint Lead Managers or any other Privacy
Some of the key risk factors that should be considered person in connection with the Offer. You should rely By completing an Application Form, you are providing
by prospective investors are set out in Section 9. There only on information in this Prospectus. personal information to the Company, SaleCo and the
may be risk factors in addition to these that should be Share Registry, which is contracted by the Company to
considered in light of your personal circumstances. This Prospectus contains forward looking statements manage Applications. The Company, SaleCo and the
which are identified by words such as ‘may’, ‘could’, Share Registry on their behalf, collect, hold and use
You should also consider the assumptions underlying ‘believes’, ‘estimates’, ‘expects’, ‘intends’ and other
the Forecast Financial Information and the risk factors that personal information to process your Application,
similar words that involve risks and uncertainties. In service your needs as a Shareholder, provide facilities
that could affect Myer’s business, financial condition addition, consistent with customary market practice
and results of operations. and services that you request and carry out appropriate
in offerings in Australia, Forecast Financial Information administration.
has been prepared and included in this Prospectus in
No person named in this Prospectus, nor any other Section 7.
person, guarantees the performance of Myer or the Once you become a Shareholder, the Corporations Act
repayment of capital or any return on investment made and Australian taxation legislation require information
The Company has no intention to update or revise about you (including your name, address and details
pursuant to this Prospectus. forward looking statements, or to publish prospective of the Shares you hold) to be included in Myer’s public
financial information in the future, regardless of whether register. The information must continue to be included
No offering where offering would be illegal new information, future events or any other factors affect
This Prospectus does not constitute an offer or invitation in Myer’s public register if you cease to be a Shareholder.
the information contained in this Prospectus, except If you do not provide all the information requested, your
in any place in which, or to any person to whom, it would where required by law.
not be lawful to make such an offer or invitation. No action Application Form may not be able to be processed.
has been taken to register or qualify the Shares or the These forward looking statements and the Forecast The Company, SaleCo, and the Share Registry may
Offer, or to otherwise permit a public offering of the Shares Financial Information are subject to various risk factors disclose your personal information for purposes related
in any jurisdiction outside Australia and New Zealand. that could cause Myer’s actual results to differ materially to your investment to their agents and service providers
The distribution of this Prospectus outside Australia and from the results expressed or anticipated in these including those listed below or as otherwise authorised
New Zealand may be restricted by law and persons who statements. These risk factors are set out in Section 9. As under the Privacy Act 1988 (Cth):
come into possession of this Prospectus outside Australia set out in Section 3.10, it is expected that the Shares will
and New Zealand should seek advice on and observe any be quoted on ASX initially on a conditional and deferred – The Share Registry for ongoing administration of
such restrictions. Any failure to comply with such restrictions Settlement basis. the Shareholder register;
may constitute a violation of applicable securities laws. This – The Joint Lead Managers in order to assess your
Prospectus may not be distributed to, or relied upon by, Myer disclaims all liability, whether in negligence or Application;
persons in the United States or who are US Persons unless otherwise, to persons who trade Shares before receiving – Printers and other companies for the purpose of
accompanied by the Institutional Offering Memorandum as their holding statement. preparation and distribution of documents and
part of the Institutional Offer. For details of selling restrictions for handling mail;
that apply to the Shares in certain jurisdictions outside of Exposure Period
– Market research companies for the purpose of
Australia and New Zealand, please refer to Section 10. The Corporations Act prohibits Myer from processing analysing the Company’s shareholder base and for
Applications in the seven day period after the date of product development and planning; and
This offer to New Zealand investors is a regulated offer Prospectus Lodgement (Exposure Period). The Exposure
made under Australian and New Zealand law. In Australia, Period may be extended by ASIC by up to a further seven – Legal and accounting firms, auditors, management
this is Chapter 8 of the Corporations Act and Regulations. days. The purpose of the Exposure Period is to enable consultants and other advisers for the purpose of
In New Zealand, this is Part 5 of the Securities Act 1978 the Prospectus to be examined by market participants administering, and advising on, the Shares and for
and the Securities (Mutual Recognition of Securities prior to the raising of funds. Applications received associated actions.
Offerings – Australia) Regulations 2008. This offer and the during the Exposure Period will not be processed until You may request access to your personal information
content of the offer document are principally governed after the expiry of the Exposure Period. No preference held by or on behalf of the Company. You can request
by Australian rather than New Zealand law. In the main, will be conferred on any Applications received during access to your personal information or obtain further
the Corporations Act 2001 and Regulations (Australia) set the Exposure Period. information about Myer’s privacy practices by contacting
out how the offer must be made. There are differences the Share Registry or Myer. Myer aims to ensure that the
in how securities are regulated under Australian law. For Obtaining a copy of this Prospectus
personal information it retains about you is accurate,
example, the disclosure of fees for collective investment A paper copy of the Prospectus is available free of complete and up-to-date. To assist with this, please
schemes is different under the Australian regime. The charge to any person in Australia and New Zealand by contact Myer or the Share Registry if any of the details
rights, remedies, and compensation arrangements calling the Myer Share Offer Hotline on 1300 820 260 you have provided change.
available to New Zealand investors in Australian securities (within Australia) or +61 3 9415 4332 (outside Australia)
may differ from the rights, remedies, and compensation from 9.00am until 5.00pm Melbourne Time Monday to In accordance with the requirements of the Corporations
arrangements for New Zealand securities. Both the Friday. Act, information on the Shareholder register will be
Australian and New Zealand securities regulators have accessible by members of the public.
enforcement responsibilities in relation to this offer. If you This Prospectus is also available to Australian and
need to make a complaint about this offer, please contact New Zealand resident investors in electronic form at Syndicate structure
the Securities Commission, Wellington, New Zealand. the Offer website, www.mypieceofmyer.com.au. The The Joint Lead Managers to the Offer are Credit Suisse,
The Australian and New Zealand regulators will work Offer constituted by this Prospectus in electronic form Goldman Sachs JBWere and Macquarie Capital Advisers.
together to settle your complaint. The taxation treatment is available only to Australian residents accessing the Co-Lead Managers are Citi, Commonwealth Securities,
of Australian securities is not the same as for New Zealand website from Australia. It is not available to persons in the Deutsche Bank, J.P. Morgan, Merrill Lynch and RBS.
securities. If you are uncertain about whether this United States. Persons who access the electronic version
investment is appropriate for you, you should seek the of this Prospectus should ensure that they download This document is important and should be read
advice of an appropriately qualified financial adviser. and read the entire Prospectus. in its entirety.
1
Contents
1 Investment overview 21
2 Key questions 31
3 Details of the Offer 39
4 Industry overview 53
5 Company overview 59
6 Board, senior management, employees and corporate governance 79
7 Financial information 91
8 Investigating Accountant’s Reports 115
9 Risk factors 127
10 Additional information 135
11 Glossary 155
Corporate directory 161
Key dates
Prospectus Date Monday, 28 September 2009

Retail Offer and Noteholder Exchange Offer open Tuesday, 6 October 2009
Noteholder Exchange Closing Date 5.00pm Tuesday, 20 October 2009
MYER one Record Date 5.00pm Friday, 23 October 2009
Retail Offer closes 5.00pm Friday, 23 October 2009
Institutional Offer opens Wednesday, 28 October 2009
Institutional Offer closes Thursday, 29 October 2009
Pricing and allocation announced Friday, 30 October 2009
Expected commencement of trading on ASX Monday, 2 November 2009
(conditional and deferred Settlement basis)
Settlement under the Institutional Offer Thursday, 5 November 2009
and last day of conditional trading
Issue and transfer of Shares under the Offer Friday, 6 November 2009
Expected despatch of holding statements Tuesday, 10 November 2009
and any refund payments if required
Shares expected to begin trading on a normal Wednesday, 11 November 2009
Settlement basis
Note: This timetable is indicative only. Unless otherwise indicated, all times are Melbourne Time. The Existing Shareholders, the Company and the Joint Lead
Managers reserve the right to vary the dates and times of the Offer, including to close the Offer early or to accept late Applications, without notifying any
recipient of this Prospectus or any Applicants. Investors are encouraged to submit their Applications as soon as possible.
2 Myer Holdings Limited Prospectus
Key Offer information
Key Offer statistics
Indicative Price Range1 $3.90 – $4.90

Total number of Shares available under the Offer2 479.3 million – 499.5 million
Total number of Shares on issue on completion of 564.8 million – 585.0 million
the Offer3
Total proceeds from the Offer4 $1,937 million – $2,337 million
Indicative market capitalisation5 $2,282 million – $2,768 million
Pro forma net debt (as at 25 July 2009)6 $392 million
Indicative enterprise value $2,673 million – $3,159 million
Notes:
1. The Indicative Price Range is indicative only. The Final Price may be within, above or below this range.
2. Based on the Indicative Price Range. Includes the transfer of Existing Shares through SaleCo and the issue of New Shares including under the Employee
Gift Offer. Assumes 90% selldown by NB Swanston; 90% selldown by M F Custodians; 8% aggregate selldown by Directors, Reporting Managers and
other current and former employees and certain key contractors of the Myer Group; and 75% of Myer Notes are Exchanged. The actual number of Shares
available under the Offer may be below, within or above this range depending on selldown levels by the Selling Shareholders, Myer Notes Exchange
take-up and the Final Price.
3. Based on the Indicative Price Range. Includes the number of Shares available under this Prospectus plus Existing Shares retained by the Existing
Shareholders.
4. Based on the Indicative Price Range. Includes proceeds from the transfer of Existing Shares, Exchange of Myer Notes and the issue of New Shares. Does not
include the Employee Gift Offer. $422 million – $434 million of this will be paid to Myer, with the balance to be paid to the Selling Shareholders through
their arrangement with SaleCo.
5. Based on the Indicative Price Range and the total number of Shares on issue on completion of the Offer.
6. Please refer to Section 7.5 for further information.
Forecast Financial Information
Pro forma FY2010 EBITDA1 $330 million

Pro forma FY2010 earnings per Share2 27.3 – 28.3 cents
FY2010 dividend per Share (fully franked)2 20.5 – 21.2 cents
Enterprise value / pro forma FY2010 EBITDA3 8.1x – 9.6x
Price / pro forma FY2010 earnings per Share3 14.3x – 17.3x
Annualised FY2010 dividend yield3 4.3% – 5.3%
Notes:
1. Please refer to Section 7.3 for further information.
2. Basic pro forma EPS and DPS based on 564.8 million – 585.0 million shares on issue at completion of the Offer. Actual EPS and DPS for FY2010 are expected
to differ from the pro forma EPS and DPS as outlined above as non-recurring transaction costs have been excluded from the pro forma FY2010 forecast.
3. Based on the Indicative Price Range.
3
Letter from the Chairman

28 September 2009
Dear Investor,
On behalf of the Directors, it gives me great pleasure to offer you the opportunity to become a Shareholder in Myer Holdings
Limited (Myer).
Myer has a long and proud history dating back to 1900 when Sidney Myer opened the first store in Bendigo. Today, Myer is
Australia’s largest department store retailer with one of the most reputable retail brands in the country. Last financial year,
the business generated Total Sales Value (including sales by concession operators) of over $3.2 billion from 65 stores in prime
retail locations across Australia. Myer’s comprehensive product offering, carefully structured to deliver value and fashion
at a wide range of price points, is designed to appeal to all Australians. The business has a strong and loyal customer base,
with over three million people belonging to our MYER one loyalty program.
Over the last three years, under our new ownership, Myer has undergone a major transformation, and can today be truly
labelled as an iconic Australian retailer. Since 2006, the Company has invested more than $400 million in rebuilding a world
class retail platform and reinvigorating its store portfolio. Myer has a transformed retail execution capability, a performance
based culture and a strong track record of financial performance. The business is well positioned for growth.
Plans are well underway to open 15 new stores in the next five years with 12 conditional agreements for lease already signed.
The rebuild of our Melbourne flagship store to an international class standard, together with our continuing program of
store refurbishments and enhancements, will further improve our store portfolio and drive growth. Many of the benefits
from Myer’s transformation are still to be realised, and we are excited about the many opportunities to come, including the
continued growth of our MYER one loyalty program and the roll-out of our new point-of-sale system, which is expected to
significantly improve customer service.
Myer’s strong operating cash flows will fund its planned growth strategies as well as support a forecast fully franked FY2010
dividend yield of 4.3% to 5.3%, and beyond the forecast period, a planned payout ratio of 70% to 80% of net profit after tax.
The dramatic and multifaceted transformation of the Myer business is a credit to all our team members and the Management
Team, led by Bernie Brookes. I commend them for their vision, hard work and ongoing commitment. Today is really the
beginning of a new journey for Myer, and I am personally very excited about the future of this business and about inviting
you to be part of that future.
This Prospectus contains detailed information about Myer, the details of the Offer and a description of some of the key
risks associated with an investment in Myer. Some of the key risks that Myer may face include that the retail environment
and general economic conditions may deteriorate and that Myer’s turnaround initiatives, growth strategies and new store
roll-out may not meet their objectives. See Section 9 for further information on the key risks of investing in Myer.
You should read this Prospectus carefully and in its entirety before deciding whether to invest in the Company.
To apply for Shares, you will need to fill out the relevant Application Form attached to this Prospectus. If you have any
questions about how to apply for Shares, please call the Myer Share Offer Hotline on 1300 820 260 (within Australia) or
+61 3 9415 4332 (outside Australia) from 9.00am until 5.00pm Melbourne Time Monday to Friday. The Retail Offer is expected
to close at 5.00pm Melbourne Time on 23 October 2009.
On behalf of the Board of Directors, I look forward to welcoming you as a Shareholder.
Yours sincerely,
Howard McDonald
Chairman
my inspiration
New South Wales

Albury
Iconic
Bankstown
Blacktown
Bondi
Castle Hill
Charlestown
Chatswood
Dubbo
Eastgardens
Erina
Hornsby
Australian
Hurstville
Liverpool
Macquarie
Miranda
Orange
Parramatta
Penrith
Roselands
Sydney City
Wagga Wagga
retailer
Warringah
Wollongong
Victoria
Ballarat
Bendigo
Chadstone
Dandenong
Doncaster
Eastland
Forest Hill
Frankston
Geelong
Highpoint
Knox City
Highly reputable Australian brand Melbourne City

Northland
Southland
Werribee
For further information refer to page 22, Section 1.2.1 >
Queensland
Brisbane
Brookside
Cairns
National footprint of 65 stores Carindale
Chermside
Indooroopilly
in prime locations with plans to Loganholme

Maroochydore
North Lakes
Pacific Fair
expand to 80 stores in the next Toowoomba
Western Australia
Carousel
five years Fremantle
Garden City
Karrinyup
For further information refer to page 22, Section 1.2.2 > Morley
Perth City
South Australia
Adelaide
Colonnades
Elizabeth
Present in 25 of the top 30 retail Marion

Tea Tree Plaza
ACT
centres, attracting 185 million Belconnen

Canberra City
Tuggeranong
store visits in FY2009 Tasmania

Hobart
Launceston
1900
Sidney Myer opened the
first small shop in Bendigo
1911
Sidney Myer expanded
into Melbourne after
acquiring the drapery
business of Wright & Neil
on Bourke Street
1925
The Myer Emporium
Limited was formed
(public company)
1928
Myer Adelaide opened
following the purchase
of James Marshall & Co.
business
1931
A four to seven year
building program for
the Melbourne store
announced at the height
of the Great Depression
1956
First Myer Christmas
window, Bourke Street
store
1961
Myer acquired Farmer
& Company, a drapery
business based in Sydney
1983
Myer acquired Grace Bros
Pty Ltd, a department
store chain based in
Sydney
1985
Myer accepted a merger
offer from G.J. Coles & Co
Ltd. The merged entity
became Coles Myer Ltd
2004
Grace Bros stores
rebadged to Myer
2006
Myer acquired by current
owners
2008
World class supply chain
fully operational
2009
Opened refurbished
Sydney flagship store
my store Myer
Exclusive
Broad
Basque
$179
customer Blaq
$200
appeal
Vue Bedlinen
$130
Comprehensive offer with

more than 600,000 product
lines across 11 core product
categories, comprising 2,400
brands sourced from over
800 suppliers globally
Designers International Designer
@ Myer and National
NF by
Nicola Finetti
Charlie Brown
$329
Maticevski
$948 Women’s
$199
fashion
Wayne by
Wayne Cooper
Van Heusen
$549
Hugo Boss
$1,100 Men’s
$599
fashion
Kylie at home Bedlinen

$240
Sheridan Premium Bedlinen
$270
Missoni Home
$1,010 Home
Offerin
Market leader in Flexibility to wide r g a
beauty, fragrance tailor offering o f p ri c a n g e
and cosmetics, to suit the points e
intimate apparel demographic under
and fashion profiles of broad pins
accessories individual custom
stores appea er
l
my reward
A Leading
retail loyalty
program
MYER one has grown from
1.1 million members in June 2006
to over 3 million members today
For further information refer to Page 72, Section 5.7 >
Myer
distributed
over
$43 million
Myer gift
cards to
MYER one
members
in FY2009
For further information
refer to page 72, Section 5.7 >
On average,
MYER one
members
spend
3.3 times the
value of the
gift cards
redeemed
refer to page 72, Section 5.7 >
MYER one members

contribute over
60% of Myer’s sales,
providing valuable
customer insights
my experience
Transformed
business
Over $400m invested in Myer since
2006, creating a world class supply
chain and enhanced IT systems
Improved retail execution and

revitalised in-store environment
are delivering a better customer
experience
Supply chain
now has the
capacity to
support over
100 stores
Improved
store
efficiency
means more
focus on
customer
service
New PoS
system is
expected to
drive further
productivity
improvements
New CCTV
network is
expected
to generate
additional
cost savings
refer to page 68, Section 5.4.2 >
my team
Proven and
experienced
team
Proven and committed Management
Team with over 300 years of
combined experience
“
HOWARD MCDONALD/4
Chairman/
‘I’m inspired by the strong
results, both financial and
operational, that have been
delivered over the past three
years – and the best is yet to
come.’
MEGAN FOSTER/2
Director of Store Concepts
and Design/
‘I am proud that Myer can
offer up to the minute fashion
to suit any budget, in a store
environment that is dynamic
and yet welcoming.’
NEVASHA WOOD/8
Graduate
Menswear Buying/
‘I feel lucky to be part of the
Graduate Program and to have
such broad exposure to the
Company, and access to key
leaders within the business.
“ “
ZORAN TOSEV/5 BERNIE BROOKES/7 Myer is serious about building
Team Member Chief Executive and developing talent and
Myer Doncaster/ Officer/ I’m proud to be part of the
‘Under Myer, there ‘I feel inspired by company during such a time
of change.’
is a real energy and the passion and
dynamism about the commitment shown PAUL DAVIS/6
business, and the way by our team over the Team Member
we do business has past three years, and Myer Altona DC/
improved a great deal. I’m proud of our many ‘We work much more closely
with our colleagues in Buying
I am passionate about achievements so far and Stores than we have ever
serving our customers, in turning around this done. I enjoy working for Myer
and I’m inspired and great business. We’ve because while it’s a business
motivated by the many got a long way to built on tradition, it’s always
aiming to improve and to be
rewards and incentives go, but we’re on the the best.’
offered by Myer.’ right track.’
PETER LUSKAN/1
Store Manager
Myer Highpoint/
‘I value the clear focus and
direction of Myer – I feel
more accountable for the
success of my store, and
more empowered to make
decisions that I believe are
going to benefit our customers.
I’m inspired by the many
opportunities I’ve been given
to build and broaden my skills
and experience.’
DAMIAN GLASS/3
Corporate Affairs Manager/
‘This is a fantastic time to be
part of Myer. I feel privileged
to have been a part of the
transformation that has taken
place over the last couple of
years. We have a very clear
picture of what our brand
stands for and our path going
forward.’
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
my future
Strong,
clear growth
strategy
Myer’s growth strategy is built on four
key pillars: comparable store sales
growth, new store openings, gross
margin improvement and reductions
in the cost of doing business
Strong track record of growth is Long-term
expected to deliver attractive returns potential to
EBIT Growth grow to beyond
100 stores
16.5% CAGR
$261m
$213m
$236m Store
$165m refurbishments
and
FY2007 FY2008 FY2009 FY2010
refreshments
Adjusted Adjusted Adjusted Pro forma
Grow and
leverage the
MYER one
Fully franked FY2010 program
dividend yield of
4.3% to 5.3% and New product
categories,
a planned payout ratio brands,
of 70% to 80% beyond concepts and
concessions
the forecast period
The full
benefits of
our business
transformation
are still to
come ...
Key
investment
risks
You should consider the
key risks associated with an
investment in Myer before
deciding whether to invest
For further information refer to page 127, Section 9 >
The key risks to
Myer’s business include
(but are not limited to)
the following:
Retail environment and

general economic conditions
may deteriorate
Myer’s turnaround initiatives

and growth strategies may
not achieve their objectives
Information technology failures

may occur and information
technology projects may not
be successfully implemented
Myer’s competitive position

may deteriorate
Customer preferences
may change
Myer brand name may

diminish in reputation
and value
Key
investment
risks
You should consider the
continued
key risks associated with an

investment in Myer before
deciding whether to invest
For further information refer to page 127, Section 9 >
Other key risks to
Myer’s business include
(but are not limited to)
the following:
Myer’s relationships with key

brand owners, designers or
concession operators may
deteriorate
Myer’s relationships with

landlords may deteriorate
Myer’s relationships with

suppliers may deteriorate,
production costs may
increase and Myer may
be adversely impacted by
conditions affecting foreign
suppliers
New store roll-out program

may not meet its objectives
Myer Melbourne rebuild

may be delayed further
21
1
Investment overview
1 Investment overview
1.2.2 National store network in prime locations is

1.1 Business overview difficult to replicate and captured approximately
185 million visits in FY2009
– Australia’s largest department store retailer1, with a
Myer is Australia’s largest department store group1 and national network of 65 stores in attractive locations
has been synonymous with style and fashion for over across the country, capturing approximately 185 million
100 years. With a valuable footprint of 65 stores in prime customer visits in FY2009
retail locations across Australia, generating Total Sales Value – Stores occupy prime locations in each of the top
(including sales by concession operators) of over $3.2 billion 10 shopping centres and 25 of the top 30 shopping
in FY2009, Myer is a leader in Australian retailing. Myer has centres (by turnover) in Australia
a strong connection with its customers, with one of the – Plans to expand Myer’s premium store network from
most reputable retail brands in Australia. It is known for 65 to 80 stores in the next five years, with long term
its welcoming, familiar, trusted, stylish and fun shopping potential to expand to over 100 stores
environment as well as its strong culture of philanthropy – Valuable store network is a key competitive advantage
and local community engagement. that is difficult to replicate
Myer caters for a large number of Australian households, 1.2.3 Comprehensive offering at a wide range of
offering more than 600,000 product lines, comprising price points underpins broad customer appeal and
approximately 2,400 brands sourced from over 800 provides flexibility to be tailored to each store’s
suppliers globally. Myer’s offering comprises 11 core demographic profile
product categories, being womenswear; menswear; youth
fashion; childrenswear; intimate apparel; beauty, fragrance – Comprehensive offer with more than 600,000 product
and cosmetics; homewares; electrical goods; toys; fashion lines across 11 core product categories, comprising
accessories; and general merchandise. The broad appeal approximately 2,400 brands sourced from over 800
of Myer’s offering is evidenced by its strong store patronage, suppliers globally
with approximately 185 million visits in FY2009. – Broad customer appeal is evidenced by strong foot traffic
averaging approximately 3.5 million visitors per week
in FY2009
1.2 Investment highlights – Flexibility to tailor offering to suit the demographic
profiles of individual stores and respond quickly to
changing customer preferences and economic conditions
– Well positioned in all key product categories –
1.2.1 Iconic and highly reputable brand with market leader in intimate apparel, beauty, fragrance
over 100 years of retailing heritage provides and cosmetics and fashion accessories, which are
a strong connection with customers significant drivers of foot traffic
– One of the most reputable brands in Australia2, which 1.2.4 A leading retail loyalty program provides
has been synonymous with style and fashion for over valuable customer insights and serves as a
100 years powerful marketing tool to drive sales
– Strong connection with its customers, recognised for – MYER one is a leading retail customer loyalty program
providing a welcoming, familiar, trusted, stylish and with more than three million members who contribute
fun shopping environment over 60% of Myer’s sales, spending on average 15% more
– Customer connection is further reinforced by per year at Myer than non-MYER one members
Myer’s long-standing philanthropic and community – MYER one drives sales by drawing customers back to
engagement through a wide range of initiatives both the stores with attractive member benefits such as
in-store and in the local community gifts, special offers, VIP events and targeted marketing
– High level of recognition and regard for the Myer brand and promotions
is fundamental to Myer’s ability to attract customers – MYER one provides valuable customer insights which are
which in turn drives sales used to tailor marketing to specific customers, drive sales
through enhanced cross-selling, merchandising and retail
1. This statement applies within the department store category of the space allocation decisions and assist in identifying new
Australian department store segment, which comprises both department store locations
stores and discount department stores. Please refer to Section 4.1.2 for
more information.
2. Source: AMR Interactive and Reputation Institute Survey (2009).
23
1.2.5 World class supply chain and enhanced IT – Visual merchandise projects, in-store fashion events and
systems drive productivity and speed to market in-store theatre reinvigorating the in-store environment
improvements with capacity to support over – More relevant, targeted and effective marketing through
100 stores the combination of events marketing, innovative
– More than $400 million has been invested into the advertising, MYER one and local community marketing
business over the last three years, a significant amount 1.2.7 Performance based culture and investment in
of which was invested in supply chain and information team members are delivering improved productivity
technology, driving a transformation of Myer’s and customer focus
infrastructure platform and optimisation of its
cost structure – Significant investment has been made in Myer’s team
members, including product knowledge, advanced
– Significant supply chain cost reductions of
selling skills and customer service programs. Additionally,
approximately 45% in the period since acquisition,
staff retention has improved
with further benefits expected
– Team member incentive structures including
– Speed to market improved by over 40% since
commissions, bonus schemes and an awards program
2007, increasing fashion responsiveness and
directly link rewards to sales, profits and customer service
stock availability
– ‘Myer for me’ program is directed at improving team
– Distribution centre costs reduced by over 50%
member alignment with the Company and retention
since FY2007
by providing benefits such as travel offers, financial
– New overseas merchandising hubs introduced services, employee discounts and paid parental leave
– Supply chain now capable of supporting over
1.2.8 Proven Management Team with over 300 years
100 stores
of combined experience is transforming Myer and
– IT systems are being transformed and are driving positioning the business for growth
productivity improvements and cost efficiencies across
the business – CEO Bernie Brookes has over 34 years of experience in
the retail industry and, along with the Management Team
– New merchandising, supply chain and payroll systems
and Board, has led the turnaround in Myer’s performance
introduced
since its change of ownership in 2006
– Currently implementing new point-of-sale (PoS)
– The Management Team is very committed to the future
system, which is expected to drive further productivity
of Myer and will retain approximately 83.4% of their
improvements, and a new CCTV network which is
Shareholdings on average upon Listing1 until at least
expected to generate additional cost savings
after the release of the final results for FY2010. Chairman
1.2.6 Transformed retail execution capability Howard McDonald and CEO Bernie Brookes will retain
significantly enhances the customer experience 100% and 90% of their Shareholdings, respectively
– Supplier collaboration and partnering enabling a faster – Board members collectively have relevant experience
reaction to changes in customer preferences in core retail operations including fashion, buying,
– Disciplined inventory management reducing out-of-stocks supply chain, store operations, store design, property
and allowing conversion of in-store reserve space into development, project management, marketing and
selling space information technology, and financial and public
company experience
– Supply chain and administration improvements enabling
efficiency improvements and back-of-store staff to
be reallocated to front-of-store sales roles, increasing
customer service
– Customer service improved through the ‘Awesome
Service’ training program, which over 90% of Myer’s
staff have completed
– Brand offering continually developing to meet
customer needs
1. This percentage includes Shares that may be acquired on the exercise of

options that vest on or before Listing.
1.2.9 Strong track record of growing cash flows, 1.2.10 Strong, identifiable growth strategy is
earnings and returns underpins a forecast FY2010 expected to deliver attractive returns
dividend yield of 4.3%–5.3%
– Myer’s growth strategy is built on four key pillars: growing
– Over the past three years, Myer has demonstrated comparable store sales, the planned roll-out of new
a strong track record of financial performance stores (including the Myer Melbourne rebuild), gross
– EBIT increased significantly from FY2007 to FY2009 margin improvement and reductions in cost of doing
and is forecast to continue this strong growth trajectory business margins
in FY2010 Myer’s growth strategy
EBIT growth CODB
margin
reductions
16.5% CAGR
$261m Gross
$236m margin
$213m improvement
Attractive
$165m New stores returns
and Myer
Melbourne
Comparable
store sales
growth
FY2007 FY2008 FY2009 FY2010 Transformed platform

Adjusted Adjusted Adjusted Pro forma
Adjusted – Myer’s growth strategy includes the following key

$165m $213m $236m $261m
historical/ initiatives:
pro forma
forecast – Expand MYER one program through increased
targeted marketing to MYER one members and
Adjust- $15m $236m $0m $(81)m
ments Myer Visa Card and Myer Card holders, and better
utilisation of valuable customer data to drive sales
Statutory $180m $449m $236m $180m
historical/ – Strengthen in-store execution through better buying
forecast
practices, customer service improvements and
Note: The above EBIT numbers are derived from the audited Historical
greater labour productivity to improve the customer
Financial Information and the Forecast Financial Information contained experience, drive sales growth and improve margins
in Section 7. Details of the adjustments are also in Section 7.
– Continue to introduce new product categories,
– Strong adjusted return on funds employed of 22.4% brands, concepts and concessions to attract
in FY20091 customers and drive sales
– Annual capital expenditure has more than doubled since – Drive sales of Myer’s highly profitable exclusive brands
2006, with over $400 million invested into the business by increasing their in-store profile, improving speed to
in the last three years, creating a strong and sustainable market and introducing new exclusive brands
business platform and positioning the Company for – Continue store refreshment and refurbishment
future growth and margin expansion programs, enhancing store presentation and driving
– Continued strong forecast operating cash flows support foot traffic and sales
a fully franked FY2010 dividend yield of 4.3%–5.3%, and – Complete rebuild of the flagship Myer Melbourne
beyond the forecast period, a planned payout ratio of store, which is expected to result in a significant sales
70%–80% uplift relative to its current contribution
– Commence store roll-out program which is planned
to add 15 new full-sized stores over the next five years,
each with attractive new store economics including
earnings contribution and returns
1. Calculated as EBIT divided by average funds employed. Funds employed

are calculated as net assets plus net debt at the beginning and end of
each year.
25
– Aim to reduce loss from theft (shrinkage) through 1.3.2 Myer’s turnaround initiatives and growth
introduction of a new CCTV network, improved strategies may not achieve their objectives
shrinkage administration, additional fitting room
There may be delays or cost overruns in the implementation
attendants, electronic article surveillance gates and
of Myer’s turnaround initiatives and growth strategies and
undercover security guards
there is no guarantee that these initiatives and strategies will
– Complete installation of a new PoS system which is generate the full benefits anticipated. The implementation of
expected to generate productivity improvements Myer’s turnaround initiatives and growth strategies may result
and improve customer service and staff satisfaction in unintended consequences including a decline in financial
– Improve markdown management with better product performance if changes to Myer’s product mix do not match
allocation to stores, improved forecasting processes, customer preferences.
real-time promotional price changes using the new
1.3.3 Information technology failures may occur
PoS system and increased supplier collaboration
and information technology projects may not be
– Implement better sourcing practices to maximise successfully implemented
gross margin and create a product offering more
closely aligned with customer preferences and trends Myer relies on key information technology systems
including the MyMerch merchandising system and, from 2010
– Deliver additional store support efficiencies and
(as currently planned), the new PoS and CCTV systems. Any
improve margins through ‘floor ready’ initiatives,
significant and sustained failure of the information technology
technology improvements and centralisation of
systems of Myer or its external service providers could result in
back-of-store administration processes
significant disruption to Myer’s business. There is a risk of further
Some of the risks associated with these growth strategies are delays in the implementation of the PoS and CCTV systems,
discussed in Section 9. unanticipated increases in costs to Myer arising from the
implementation process or a failure of these systems to work
as intended.
1.3 Summary of key risks 1.3.4 Myer’s competitive position may deteriorate
The retail environment in which Myer operates is competitive
and Myer’s competitive position may deteriorate as a result
of factors including actions by existing competitors, the
Potential investors should be aware that there are risks entry of new competitors or a failure by Myer to position
associated with investing in Myer, including risks associated itself successfully as the retail environment changes. Any
with the Myer business and risks associated with investing in deterioration in Myer’s competitive position may result in a
the stock market generally. Some risks are beyond the control decline in financial performance and a loss of market share.
of Myer and its Directors and management and may have a
material impact on Myer’s operating and financial performance. 1.3.5 Customer preferences may change
See Section 9 for further information on the key risks. A significant proportion of Myer’s revenues are generated
Before deciding whether to apply for Shares, potential investors from fashion related products which are subject to rapid and
should read the Prospectus in its entirety and carefully consider occasionally unpredictable changes in customer preferences.
the assumptions underlying the financial forecasts and the risk If Myer misjudges customer preferences or fails to provide
factors that could affect the future performance of Myer. appealing product offerings when required, this may result
in a decline in financial performance.
Some of the key risks of investing in Myer are described below.
1.3.6 Myer brand name may diminish in reputation
1.3.1 Retail environment and general economic and value
conditions may deteriorate
The reputation and value of the Myer brand name could be
There is a risk that Australian economic conditions will worsen adversely impacted by a number of factors including failure
as the effect of recent Federal Government stimulus measures to provide customers with the quality of product and service
dissipates and the full impact of the global financial crisis standards they expect, disputes or litigation with third parties
flows through to the Australian economy. This may lead to or adverse media coverage.
a deterioration in the retail environment and a reduction in
consumer spending which could result in a decrease in Myer’s
financial performance.
1.3.7 Myer’s relationships with key brand owners, 1.3.10 New store roll-out program may not
designers or concession operators may deteriorate meet its objectives
The loss or impairment of Myer’s relationships with key brand Myer’s growth strategy includes the planned roll-out of
owners, designers or concession operators or an inability to 15 additional stores over the next five years. Myer’s ability to
renew existing contractual arrangements with such parties on successfully open new stores on schedule may be affected
terms which are no less favourable to Myer is likely to result in by factors including project delays, cost overruns and disputes
a reduction in Myer’s financial performance. with developers. Myer’s ability to open new stores also depends
on the successful implementation of its new PoS system.
1.3.8 Myer’s relationships with landlords
may deteriorate 1.3.11 Myer Melbourne rebuild may be
delayed further
Any default under a lease by Myer, failure to renew existing
leases on acceptable terms or inability to negotiate alternative The Myer Melbourne rebuild has experienced delays and
arrangements could have a material adverse effect on Myer’s there is a risk of further delays to the rebuild of the Bourke
ability to operate stores in preferred locations, which may Street store, which may impact on the level of trading revenue
result in a reduction in Myer’s financial performance. generated from Myer Melbourne. In addition, there is a risk
that the costs of the rebuild for which Myer is responsible
1.3.9 Myer’s relationships with suppliers may
may exceed the levels anticipated.
deteriorate, production costs may increase and
Myer may be adversely impacted by conditions
affecting foreign suppliers
Myer’s suppliers may cease providing merchandise, or seek to
pass on their operational or transportation difficulties to Myer.
Myer is also exposed to risks associated with foreign suppliers
including political instability, currency and exchange rate risks
and labour practices.
27
1.4 Summary Financial Information
The following table summarises Myer’s adjusted Historical Financial Information for FY2007, FY2008 and FY2009 and pro forma
Forecast Financial Information for FY2010. The Financial Information is intended as a summary only. More detailed financial
information can be found in Section 7.
Pro forma
Adjusted historical forecast
$ millions FY2007 FY2008 FY2009 FY2010
Weeks in year 52 52 52 52
Wholesale sales 3,002 2,940 2,843 2,937
Sales by concession operators 287 380 418 423
1
Total Sales Value 3,289 3,320 3,261 3,360
2
Gross profit 1,283 1,312 1,278 1,331
3
EBITDA 215 275 301 330
EBIT 165 213 236 261
Net profit after tax 160
4
EPS (cents) 27.9
4
DPS (cents) 20.9
Key ratios
EBIT margin (% Total Sales Value) 5.0% 6.4% 7.2% 7.8%
EBIT growth 29.0% 10.6% 10.7%
Reconciliation to statutory income statement
Adjusted historical/pro forma forecast EBIT 165 213 236 261
5
Net adjustments 15 236 0 (81)
Statutory historical/statutory forecast EBIT 180 449 236 180
Notes:
1. Total Sales Value represents all sales (both by Myer and concession operators) generated in Myer stores and excludes costs associated with the customer
loyalty program. Concession income (net) is shown in the statutory financial statements as other operating revenue. In the above presentation, concession
sales (gross) have been shown in order to illustrate the level of sales value at Myer stores and provide a basis of comparison with similar department stores.
Of the concession sales included in Total Sales Value, the net concession income derived by Myer was $64 million in FY2007, $87 million in FY2008 and $95
million in FY2009 and is expected to be $96 million in the FY2010 pro forma forecast.
2. Gross profit is calculated as the net concession income derived by Myer plus wholesale sales less the cost of wholesale sales. Adjusted gross profit also
includes other income, which represents additional income from operating activities.
3. EBITDA is calculated as gross profit less the cost of doing business. The cost of doing business does not reflect any salary costs associated with concession
sales, as these costs are generally borne by the concession operators.
4. At the midpoint of the Indicative Price Range ($4.40), the number of Shares utilised in the calculations of EPS and DPS is 573.8 million.
5. See Sections 7.11.1. 7.11.2, 7.11.3 and 7.11.4 for a detailed explanation of the historical and forecast adjustments.
1.5 Dividend policy 1.7 Enquiries
Subject to the financial forecasts being achieved and other All enquiries in relation to this Prospectus should be
relevant factors, the Directors expect to declare an interim directed to the Myer Share Offer Hotline on 1300 820 260
dividend for the six months ending 23 January 2010 and a final (within Australia) or +61 3 9415 4332 (outside Australia) or
dividend for the six months ending 31 July 2010. to the Joint Lead Managers (see the corporate directory for
contact details). The Myer Share Offer Hotline will be open
The FY2010 annualised dividend yield is forecast to be
from 9.00am until 5.00pm Melbourne Time Monday to Friday.
4.3%–5.3% based on the Indicative Price Range of $3.90–$4.90.
Information about the Offer is also available on the Offer
Dividends are expected to be fully franked.
website at www.mypieceofmyer.com.au.
Beyond the forecast period, the Directors’ dividend policy is
If you are unclear in relation to any matter or are uncertain as to
to distribute 70%–80% of net profit after tax and to frank and
whether Myer is a suitable investment for you, you should seek
impute dividends to the greatest extent possible.
professional advice from your stockbroker, solicitor, accountant
In respect of future years, subject to available profits and or other independent professional adviser.
the financial position of the Company, an interim dividend is
expected to be payable annually in May, with a final dividend
payable annually in November. No guarantee can be given
about future dividends, or the level of franking or imputation
of such dividends, as these matters will depend upon the future
profits of the Company, its financial and taxation position and
the Directors’ view of the appropriate payout ratio at the time.
1.6 Purpose of the Offer

and use of proceeds
The purpose of the Offer is to achieve Listing on ASX and

provide Myer with additional financial flexibility to pursue
growth opportunities, improve access to capital markets,
provide a liquid market for Shares, provide an opportunity
for employees and customers to invest in the Company and
provide an opportunity for Existing Shareholders to sell down
their current Shareholdings.
The proceeds of the Offer will be applied to:
– Pay for the purchase of Existing Shares from SaleCo;
– Repay debt; and
– Pay costs of the Offer.
The proceeds received by SaleCo will be paid to those Selling
Shareholders who sold Existing Shares to SaleCo. Proceeds
received by Myer from the issue of New Shares will be used
to repay debt and to pay costs of the Offer.
The Directors are of the opinion that, on completion of
the Offer, Myer will have sufficient working capital, capital
resources and liquidity to carry out its stated objectives.
29
This page has been left blank intentionally.

31
2
Key questions
2 Key questions
Where to
find more
Topic Summary information
Who are the issuers of Myer Holdings Limited and SaleCo. Sections 3
this Prospectus? and 10
What does Myer do? Myer operates a portfolio of 65 department stores across Australia Sections 1
offering a range of products in 11 categories: womenswear; menswear; and 5
youth fashion; childrenswear; intimate apparel; beauty, fragrance and
cosmetics; homewares; electrical goods; toys; fashion accessories; and
general merchandise.
What is being offered? SaleCo is offering to transfer 345.6 million–431.0 million Existing Shares Section 3
and Myer Holdings Limited is offering to issue 98.6 million–101.3 million
New Shares, depending on the Final Price representing in aggregate
77.6%–92.6% of the issued capital of Myer following the Offer1.
What is the Offer The Offer comprises: Sections 3
structure? – The Retail Offer consisting of the MYER one Priority Offer, Employee and 10
Priority Offer, Employee Gift Offer and Broker Firm Offer;
– The Noteholder Exchange Offer; and
– The Institutional Offer.
What is the Noteholder Eligible Myer Noteholders have the right to Exchange part or all of their Sections 3
Exchange Offer and Myer Notes for Shares in the Offer. Shares issued or transferred as part of and 10
what will happen to the Noteholder Exchange Offer will be issued or transferred at a price equal
the Myer Notes? to 97.5% of the Final Price for an amount equal to the principal outstanding
on the Exchanged Myer Notes.
Eligible Myer Noteholders who Exchange all of their Myer Notes for Shares
in the Offer also have the ability to apply for additional Shares in the Offer.
There is no discount on additional Shares applied for by Eligible Myer
Noteholders. These will be issued or transferred at the Final Price.
If Myer Noteholders do not Exchange their Myer Notes for Shares, subject to
the Offer proceeding, Myer intends to Redeem any outstanding Myer Notes
at a 2.5% premium to the principal amount outstanding on the Myer Notes,
pursuant to the Myer Notes Trust Deed. The Myer Notes are expected to be
suspended from trading from 13 October 2009.
What is the Final Price? Myer has set an Indicative Price Range of $3.90–$4.90 per Share. The Final Section 3
Price will be set after the conclusion of the Institutional Offer.
The Final Price will be determined by NB Swanston, the Company and the
Joint Lead Managers according to the factors set out in Section 3.7.3. The
Final Price under the Offer may be within the Indicative Price Range or above
the upper limit, or below the lower limit, of the Indicative Price Range.
What is the Offer size? 479.3 million–499.5 million Shares in aggregate are being offered under this Section 3
Prospectus2. Based on the Indicative Price Range for the Offer of $3.90–$4.90
per Share, the gross proceeds from the Offer are expected to be in the range
of $1,937 million–$2,337 million3.
1. Based on the selldown ranges for each Selling Shareholder (please refer to Section 3.4) and the midpoint of the Indicative Price Range ($4.40). Assumes
75% of Myer Notes are exchanged. The actual number of New Shares issued under the Offer and the aggregate percentage of the issued capital available
under the Offer may be below, within or above the ranges shown depending on selldown levels by the Selling Shareholders, Myer Notes Exchange
2. Based on the Indicative Price Range. Includes the transfer of Existing Shares through SaleCo and the issue of New Shares including under the Employee
Gift Offer. Assumes 90% selldown by NB Swanston; 90% selldown by M F Custodians; 8% aggregate selldown by Directors, Reporting Managers and
other current and former employees and certain key contractors of the Myer Group; and 75% of Myer Notes are Exchanged. The actual number of Shares
available under the Offer may be below, within or above this range depending on selldown levels by the Selling Shareholders, Myer Notes Exchange
3. Includes proceeds from the transfer of Existing Shares, Exchange of Myer Notes and the issue of New Shares. Does not include the Employee Gift Offer.
$422 million–$434 million of this will be paid to Myer, with the balance to be paid to the Selling Shareholders through their arrangement with SaleCo.
33
Where to
find more
How will the proceeds The proceeds of the Offer will be applied to: Section 3
of the Offer be used? – Pay for the purchase of Existing Shares from SaleCo;
– Repay debt; and
– Pay costs of the Offer.
Where is the Offer being The Retail Offer consisting of the MYER one Priority Offer, Employee Priority Sections 3
conducted? Offer, Employee Gift Offer and Broker Firm Offer is to be conducted in and 10
Australia and New Zealand.
The Noteholder Exchange Offer is open to Eligible Myer Noteholders who
are residents of Australia and New Zealand, or are Institutional Investors in
certain other jurisdictions as described in Section 3.6.1.
The Institutional Offer is open to Institutional Investors in Australia,
New Zealand and certain other jurisdictions.
Is the Offer underwritten? The Offer is not underwritten. Section 3
Who are the Existing The Existing Shareholders are: Section 3
Shareholders and are they – NB Swanston, an entity associated with TPG and Blum Strategic Capital,
retaining a Shareholding? which will sell between 308.4 million–385.5 million Existing Shares
(between 80%–100% of its pre-Offer Shareholding) to SaleCo, depending
on the outcome of the bookbuild under the Institutional Offer and other
factors, leaving it with a Shareholding of between 0.0%–13.5% following
the Offer1;
– M F Custodians, a subsidiary of The Myer Family Company, which will
sell between 33.4 million–41.8 million Existing Shares (between
80%–100% of its pre-Offer Shareholding) to SaleCo, depending on the
outcome of the bookbuild under the Institutional Offer and other factors,
leaving it with a Shareholding of between 0.0%–1.5% following the Offer1;
and
– Current and former employees and certain key contractors of the Myer
Group. Current employees and certain key contractors have, as at the
Prospectus Date, irrevocably offered to sell 3.7 million Existing Shares
(approximately 8% of their aggregate pre-Offer Shareholding) to SaleCo to
be sold under the Offer, leaving current and former employees and certain
key contractors with an aggregate Shareholding of approximately 7.7%
following the Offer1.
1. Based on the midpoint of the Indicative Price Range ($4.40). Actual ownership following the Offer could be above, within or outside of these ranges
depending on the Final Price, Myer Notes Exchange take-up, and the selldown level of each Selling Shareholder.
2 Key questions
Where to
find more
What is SaleCo and SaleCo, a special purpose vehicle, has been established to enable Selling Sections 3
what role does it Shareholders to sell all or a portion of their investment in Myer. The Selling and 10
play in the Offer? Shareholders have executed deed polls in favour, and for the benefit, of
SaleCo under which they irrevocably offer to sell Existing Shares to SaleCo
free from encumbrances and third party rights and conditional on Listing. As
at the Prospectus Date, Selling Shareholders have irrevocably offered to sell
approximately 345.6 million–431.0 million Existing Shares to SaleCo. The final
number of Existing Shares to be sold by SaleCo will depend on the final level
of selldown by NB Swanston and M F Custodians, which will depend on the
outcome of the bookbuild under the Institutional Offer and other factors.
The Existing Shares which SaleCo acquires from the Selling Shareholders will
be transferred to Successful Applicants under the Offer for the Final Price.
What is the minimum The minimum Application for Eligible MYER one Members under the MYER Section 3
investment size under one Priority Offer is $2,000. Applications over $2,000 should be in multiples
the Offer? of $500.
The minimum Application for Eligible Employees under the Employee
Priority Offer is $2,000. Applications over $2,000 should be in multiples
of $500.
Under the Employee Gift Offer, Eligible Employees will be offered the
opportunity to acquire, at no cost, the nearest number of whole Shares
(rounded down) up to the value of $725.
The minimum Application under the Broker Firm Offer is as directed by
the Applicant’s Broker.
There is no minimum Application under the Noteholder Exchange Offer.
Eligible Myer Noteholders who Exchange all of their Myer Notes under
the Noteholder Exchange Offer may also apply for additional Shares. The
minimum Application size for additional Shares is $2,000. Applications
over $2,000 should be in multiples of $500.
NB Swanston, the Company and the Joint Lead Managers reserve the right
to reject any Application or to allocate a lesser number of Shares than that
applied for other than Shares issued to Eligible Myer Noteholders pursuant
to Exchange of their Myer Notes.
35
Where to
find more
Will I be guaranteed Applicants under the MYER one Priority Offer may be entitled to Section 3
a minimum allocation a guaranteed minimum allocation of Shares depending on their
under the Offer? MYER one membership status. See Section 3.5.4 for more information.
Applicants under the Employee Priority Offer are guaranteed a minimum
allocation of $2,500 (or such lower value applied for, subject to the minimum
Application size of $2,000 and in $500 increments thereafter).
Eligible Employees under the Employee Gift Offer are guaranteed a
minimum allocation of $725.
Any guaranteed minimum allocation for Applicants under the Broker Firm
Offer is as directed by the Applicant’s Broker.
Applicants under the Noteholder Exchange Offer are guaranteed to receive
the value of Shares equivalent to the Myer Notes Exchanged. However, there
is no guaranteed minimum allocation for Applications for additional Shares
under the Noteholder Exchange Offer.
NB Swanston, the Company and the Joint Lead Managers reserve the right
to reject any Application or to allocate a lesser number of Shares than that
applied for.
How can I apply? You may apply for Shares online at www.mypieceofmyer.com.au, or by Section 3
paying for your application via BPAY® (no Application Form needed when
paying in this manner), or by submitting a valid and properly completed
Application Form accompanying this Prospectus:
– The blue Application Form is to be completed by Applicants under the
MYER one Priority Offer only (alternatively these Applicants can apply via
the Offer website at www.mypieceofmyer.com.au);
– The green Application Form is to be completed by Applicants under the
Employee Priority Offer only (alternatively these Applicants can apply via
the Offer website at www.mypieceofmyer.com.au); and
– The white Application Form is to be completed by Applicants under the
Broker Firm Offer only.
Eligible Employees who are entitled to participate in the Employee Gift
Offer are not required to submit an Application Form and will be sent a
personalised letter of offer.
Eligible Myer Noteholders should previously have received an Exchange
Notice. A personalised red Exchange Application Form should accompany
your Prospectus. Submission of a valid and properly completed Exchange
Application Form will allow you to receive Shares in Exchange for your
Myer Notes under the Noteholder Exchange Offer and, if you have elected
to Exchange all of your Myer Notes, to apply for additional Shares at the
Final Price.
2 Key questions
Where to
find more
Am I eligible to participate – To be eligible to participate in the MYER one Priority Offer, you must be Section 3
in the Offer? a MYER one member at 5.00pm Melbourne Time on 23 October 2009
(the MYER one Record Date);
– To be eligible to participate in the Employee Priority Offer, you must
be an employee of the Myer Group at 5.00pm Melbourne Time on
2 October 2009;
– To be eligible to participate in the Employee Gift Offer, you must be
a permanent full-time or permanent part-time employee of the Myer
Group who does not already participate in the Myer Equity Incentive
Plan (MEIP) (or is not eligible to participate in the MEIP) and who is
employed at 5.00pm Melbourne Time on 2 October 2009 (and remains
employed at 5 November 2009);
– To determine your eligibility to participate in the Broker Firm Offer,
please contact your Broker; and
– All Myer Noteholders as at Noteholder Exchange Closing Date
(20 October 2009) are eligible to participate in the Noteholder
Exchange Offer.
What is the forecast Subject to the Directors’ forecasts being achieved and other relevant Section 1
FY2010 yield on the factors, the Directors expect to declare an interim dividend for the six
Shares? months ending 23 January 2010 (expected to be paid in May 2010) and a
final dividend for the six months ending 31 July 2010 (expected to be paid
in November 2010).
The FY2010 annualised dividend yield is forecast to be 4.3%–5.3% based
on the Indicative Price Range of $3.90–$4.90. Dividends are expected
to be fully franked.
When will dividends Subject to available profits and the financial position of the Company, an Section 1
on the Shares be paid? interim dividend is expected to be payable annually in May, with a final
dividend payable annually in November. No guarantee can be given about
future dividends, or the level of franking or imputation of such dividends,
as these matters will depend upon the future profits of the Company, its
financial and taxation position and the Directors’ views of the appropriate
payout ratio at the time.
37
Where to
find more
Is there any brokerage, No brokerage, commission or stamp duty is payable by Applicants on Section 3
commission or stamp acquisition of Shares under the Offer.
duty payable by
Applicants?
What are the tax Shareholders will be subject to Australian tax on dividends. The tax Section 10
implications of consequences of any investment in Shares will depend upon an investor’s
investing in the Shares? particular circumstances. Applicants should obtain their own tax advice
prior to investing.
When will I receive It is expected that initial holding statements will be despatched by standard Section 3
confirmation that my post on or around 10 November 2009.
Application has been
successful?
Where can I find more – By speaking to your stockbroker, solicitor, accountant or other Corporate
information? independent professional adviser; and/or directory
– By calling the Myer Share Offer Hotline on 1300 820 260 (within Australia)
or +61 3 9415 4332 (outside Australia) or by visiting the Offer website at
www.mypieceofmyer.com.au.
39
3
Details of the Offer
3 Details of the Offer
apply for Shares in addition to the value of their Myer Notes,

3.1 Description of the Offer they will pay the Final Price for those additional Shares.
All Shares being offered under this Prospectus will
rank equally with each other and will rank equally with
The Offer comprises the issue of New Shares by Myer and the Existing Shares.
transfer of Existing Shares by SaleCo. Please refer to Section The total number of Shares on issue at Listing will be
10.4 for a description of the role of SaleCo in the Offer process. approximately 564.8 million–585.0 million3.
Offer structure
Selling
Sale of
Existing
Shares SaleCo
Transfer
Existing
Shares
3.2 Purpose of the Offer
Shareholders and use of proceeds
Successful
Applicants
Myer
The purpose of the Offer is to achieve Listing on ASX
Issue
New
and provide Myer with additional financial flexibility to
Shares pursue growth opportunities, improve access to capital
markets, provide a liquid market for Shares and provide
479.3 million–499.5 million Shares in aggregate are being an opportunity for employees and customers to invest
offered under this Prospectus1. Based on the Indicative in the Company.
Price Range for the Offer of $3.90–$4.90 per Share, the gross
proceeds from the Offer will be in the range of $1,937 million The proceeds of the Offer will be applied to:
to $2,337 million2. – Pay for the purchase of Existing Shares from SaleCo;
Except for the Exchange of Myer Notes, all Shares will be – Repay debt; and
issued or transferred at the Final Price. The Final Price will – Pay costs of the Offer.
be determined by NB Swanston, the Company and the Joint
The proceeds received by SaleCo will be paid to those
Lead Managers, after the close of the Institutional Offer as
Selling Shareholders who sold Existing Shares to SaleCo.
described in Section 3.7. The Final Price may be set within,
Proceeds received by Myer from the issue of New Shares
above or below the Indicative Price Range, which is
will be used to repay debt and to pay costs of the Offer.
$3.90–$4.90 per Share. For additional information on the
determination of the Final Price, please refer to Section 3.7.3. The proceeds of the Offer applied to debt repayment
will fund:
The price paid by Exchanging Myer Noteholders under the
Noteholder Exchange Offer is 97.5% of the Final Price for an – Redemption of the Myer Notes (to the extent they are not
amount equal to the principal outstanding on the Exchanged Exchanged). Myer Notes have an interest rate of 10.2% per
Myer Notes (please refer to Sections 3.6 and 10.5). Eligible Myer annum and a maturity date of 15 March 2013; and
Noteholders also have the ability to apply for additional Shares – Repayment of drawn amounts on the Existing Senior
in the Offer provided that they elect to Exchange all of their Finance Facility. The Existing Senior Finance Facility had
Myer Notes. To the extent that Exchanging Myer Noteholders an average effective interest rate of 6.7% in FY2009 and
a maturity date of 2 June 2012.
1. Based on the Indicative Price Range. Includes the transfer of Existing

Shares through SaleCo and the issue of New Shares including under
the Employee Gift Offer. Assumes 90% selldown by NB Swanston;
90% selldown by M F Custodians; 8% aggregate selldown by Directors,
Reporting Managers and other current and former employees and
certain key contractors of the Myer Group; and 75% of Myer Notes are
Exchanged. The actual number of Shares available under the Offer may
be below, within or above this range depending on selldown levels
by the Selling Shareholders, Myer Notes Exchange take-up and the
Final Price.
2. Includes proceeds from the transfer of Existing Shares, Exchange of
Myer Notes and the issue of New Shares. Does not include the Employee
Gift Offer. $422 million–$434 million of this will be paid to Myer, with 3. Based on the Indicative Price Range. Includes the number of Shares
the balance to be paid to the Selling Shareholders through their being offered under this Prospectus plus Existing Shares retained by
arrangement with SaleCo. the Existing Shareholders.
41
Sources and uses of funds1

Sources of funds $1,937m–$2,337m
Sale of Existing Shares $1,514m–$1,903m
Issue of New Shares $422m–$434m
Uses of funds $1,937m–$2,337m
Payment to Selling Shareholders $1,514m–$1,903m
Repayment of debt by Myer $315m
Costs of the Offer $108m–$119m
3.3 Structure of the Offer
The Offer comprises:

– The Retail Offer, consisting of:
– The MYER one Priority Offer open to Eligible MYER one
Members;
– The Employee Priority Offer open to Eligible
Employees;
– The Employee Gift Offer open to Eligible Employees;
– The Broker Firm Offer open to Australian and
New Zealand resident Retail Investors who have
received a firm allocation from their Broker;
– The Noteholder Exchange Offer to Eligible Myer
Noteholders; and
– The Institutional Offer, which consists of an invitation
to bid for Shares made to Institutional Investors
in Australia, New Zealand and a number of other
overseas jurisdictions.
The allocation of Shares between the Retail Offer and the
Institutional Offer will be determined by NB Swanston, the
Company and the Joint Lead Managers at their discretion,
having regard to the allocation policy described in Sections
3.5.4 and 3.7.4.
No general public offer will be made under the Offer.
1. Based on the Indicative Price Range. Includes the transfer of Existing

Shares through SaleCo and the issue of New Shares. Assumes 90%
selldown by NB Swanston; 90% selldown by M F Custodians; 8%
aggregate selldown by Directors, Reporting Managers and other current
and former employees and certain key contractors of the Myer Group;
and 75% of Myer Notes are Exchanged. The actual sources and uses
of funds may be below, within or above the ranges shown depending
on selldown levels by the Selling Shareholders, Myer Notes Exchange
3.4 Shareholders
The ownership structure of Myer immediately prior to and at the completion of the Offer is shown in the table below:
Pre-Offer At completion of the Offer1
% of pre-Offer
Shareholding sold
Shares % down Shares %
2
NB Swanston 385.5m 81.4% 80.0%–100.0% 0.0m–77.1m 0.0%–13.5%
3
M F Custodians 41.8m 8.8% 80.0%–100.0% 0.0m–8.4m 0.0%–1.5%
4 4 5
Directors, Reporting 46.5m 9.8% 8.0% 44.3m 7.7%
Managers and other
current and former
employees and certain
key contractors of the
Myer Group
New Shareholders – 0.0% NA 442.7m–530.8m 77.3%–92.3%
pursuant to the Offer6
Total 473.9m 100.0% 72.9%–91.0% 572.4m–575.1m 100.0%
Notes:
1. Based on the midpoint of the Indicative Price Range ($4.40). Assumes 75% of Myer Notes are Exchanged. The actual number of Shares and percentage
ownership of each of these parties may be below, within or above the ranges shown depending on the selldown levels by the Selling Shareholders, Myer
Notes Exchange take-up and the Final Price.
2. NB Swanston is owned by entities associated with TPG and Blum Strategic Capital.
3. M F Custodians is a subsidiary of The Myer Family Company.
4. Includes Shares that may be acquired on the exercise of options that vest on or before Listing.
5. Assumes 1.5 million of New Shares issued under the Employee Gift Offer.
6. Includes Myer Noteholders who elect to Exchange their Myer Notes. Excludes 1.5 million of New Shares which are issued under the Employee Gift Offer.
NB Swanston (an entity owned by entities associated with TPG and Blum Strategic Capital) intends to sell down to a
Shareholding, following completion of the Offer, of between 0 million–77.1 million Shares (or 0.0%–13.5% of the issued
capital of Myer based on the midpoint of the Indicative Price Range). The level of selldown by NB Swanston will depend
on the outcome of the bookbuild under the Institutional Offer and other factors. It has agreed to enter into an escrow
agreement in respect of its Shareholding retained following the Offer, which will apply until after the release of the
preliminary final results for FY2010.
M F Custodians (a subsidiary of The Myer Family Company) intends to sell down to a Shareholding of between
0 million–8.4 million Shares (or 0.0%–1.5% of the issued capital of Myer based on the midpoint of the Indicative Price Range).
Its level of selldown will depend on the outcome of the bookbuild under the Institutional Offer and other factors. It has agreed
to enter into an escrow agreement in respect of its Shareholding retained following the Offer, which will apply until after the
release of the preliminary final results for FY2010.
Directors and the Reporting Managers have agreed, in respect of Shares retained by them following the Offer, to enter into escrow
arrangements with the Company, which will apply until the Company has reported its audited financial results for FY2010.
There are certain exceptions to these escrow restrictions. Details of the key escrow arrangements are set out in Section 10.12.
43
Please refer to Sections 3.5.2 and 10.7.5 for further details of

3.5 The Retail Offer the Employee Gift Offer and the Employee Share Acquisition
Plan generally.
Broker Firm Offer
3.5.1 Who can apply in the Retail Offer? The Broker Firm Offer is open only to Australian and
MYER one Priority Offer New Zealand resident Retail Investors who have received
a firm allocation from their Broker.
All Eligible MYER one Members are eligible to participate in
the MYER one priority offer. Eligible MYER one Members are 3.5.2 How to apply for Shares under the Retail Offer
all MYER one members with a valid MYER one membership MYER one Priority Offer
number as at 5.00pm Melbourne Time on 23 October 2009
who are residents of Australia and New Zealand. Applications under the MYER one Priority Offer must be for
a minimum of $2,000 worth of Shares and in multiples of
The minimum Application size for the MYER one Priority Offer $500 worth of Shares thereafter. Eligible MYER one Members
is $2,000 and in $500 increments thereafter. who have requested to receive a Prospectus through the
Employee Priority Offer pre-registration process or following Prospectus Lodgement
should have received a personalised Application Form with
All Eligible Employees are eligible to participate in the the Prospectus. Eligible MYER one Members who did not
Employee Priority Offer. Eligible Employees are all employees pre-register should go to www.mypieceofmyer.com.au or
of the Myer Group who are employed at 5.00pm Melbourne contact the Myer Share Offer Hotline on 1300 820 260 (within
Time on 2 October 2009. If you are an Eligible Employee, you Australia) or +61 3 9415 4332 (outside Australia) to request
should have received a personalised Application Form with a Prospectus and a personalised Application Form. Eligible
this Prospectus. If you are an Eligible Employee but did not MYER one Members may only apply for Shares by applying
receive your personalised Application Form, please contact online at www.mypieceofmyer.com.au, or by paying
the Myer Share Offer Hotline on 1300 820 260 (within your Application Monies via BPAY (no Application Form
Australia) or +61 3 9415 4332 (outside Australia). needed when paying in this manner), or by completing
Eligible Employees will receive a guaranteed minimum and returning the personalised Application Form with
allocation of $2,500 worth of Shares at the Final Price accompanying payment to the Share Registry. There
(or such lower value applied for, subject to the minimum are instructions set out on the Application Form to help
Application size of $2,000 and in multiples of $500 worth you complete it. Application Monies (either via post and
of Shares thereafter). accompanied by a valid and properly completed Application
Form or via BPAY) must be received by the Share Registry by
Please refer to Section 3.5.2 for further details of the 5.00pm Melbourne Time on 23 October 2009.
Employee Priority Offer.
Applications submitted via post should use the business
Employee Gift Offer reply paid envelope accompanying this Prospectus, or be
All Eligible Employees are entitled to participate in the mailed to:
Employee Gift Offer. Eligible Employees are permanent My Piece of Myer
full-time and permanent part-time employees of the Myer GPO Box 2237
Group who do not already participate in the MEIP (and are Melbourne VIC 8060.
not eligible to participate in the MEIP) and are employed at Employee Priority Offer
5.00pm Melbourne Time on 2 October 2009 (provided that
they remain so employed at 5 November 2009). Applications under the Employee Priority Offer must be
for a minimum of $2,000 worth of Shares and in multiples
Eligible Employees in Australia will be offered the of $500 worth of Shares thereafter. Eligible Employees
opportunity to acquire, at no cost, the nearest number may only apply for Shares by applying online at
of whole Shares (rounded down) up to the value of $725, www.mypieceofmyer.com.au, or by paying your Application
free of income tax in accordance with current Australian Monies via BPAY (no Application Form needed when paying
tax legislation if their adjusted taxable income (as defined) in this manner), or by completing and returning your
does not exceed $180,000 per annum. personalised Application Form with accompanying payment
A separate offer letter will be sent together with this to the Share Registry. There are instructions set out on
Prospectus to Eligible Employees detailing the terms the Application Form to help you complete it. Application
of the Employee Gift Offer. Monies (either via post and accompanied by a valid and
properly completed Application Form or via BPAY) must
be received by the Share Registry by 5.00pm Melbourne
Time on 23 October 2009.
Applications submitted via post should use the business Cheque(s) or bank draft(s) must be in Australian dollars and
reply paid envelope accompanying this Prospectus, or be drawn on an Australian branch of an Australian bank, must
mailed to: be crossed ‘Not Negotiable’ and must be made payable:
My Piece of Myer – For MYER one Priority Offer Applicants – to
GPO Box 2237 ‘My Piece of Myer Account’;
Melbourne VIC 8060. – For Employee Priority Offer Applicants – to
Employee Gift Offer ‘My Piece of Myer Account’; and
– For Broker Firm Offer Applicants – in accordance with
A separate offer letter will be sent together with this
the directions of the Broker from whom you received
Prospectus to Eligible Employees detailing the terms
a firm allocation.
of the Employee Gift Offer.
Cheque(s) and bank draft(s) should use the business
Please refer to Section 10.7.5 for further details of the
reply paid envelope accompanying this Prospectus,
Employee Gift Offer.
or be mailed to:
Broker Firm Offer My Piece of Myer
Broker Firm Offer Applicants must complete their GPO Box 2237
Application Form in accordance with the instructions Melbourne VIC 8060.
received from their Broker. No payment is required for the Employee Gift Offer.
Broker Firm Offer Applicants must lodge their Application You should ensure that sufficient funds are held in the
Form and Application Monies with the relevant Broker in relevant account(s) to cover the amount of the cheque(s) or
accordance with the relevant Broker’s directions in order bank draft(s). If the amount of your cheque(s) or bank draft(s)
to receive their firm allocation. for Application Monies (or the amount for which those
3.5.3 Application Monies cheque(s) or bank draft(s) clear in time for allocation) is less
than the amount specified on the Application Form, you
Applicants under the MYER one Priority Offer and Employee may be taken to have applied for such lower dollar amount
Priority Offer can apply via BPAY by following the instructions of Shares as for which your cleared Application Monies will
on the Application Form. Alternatively, Applicants can submit pay (and to have specified that amount on your Application
their Applications online at www.mypieceofmyer.com.au Form) or your Application may be rejected.
or by posting their properly completed, personalised
Application Form with the accompanying cheque(s) or Closing date of the Retail Offer
bank draft(s). Applications and Application Monies must be received by
Application Monies received under the Retail Offer will be the Share Registry by no later than 5.00pm Melbourne Time
held in a special purpose account until Shares are issued or on 23 October 2009, unless NB Swanston, the Company and
transferred to Successful Applicants. Applicants under the the Joint Lead Managers elect to close the Offer or any part
Retail Offer whose Applications are not accepted, or who are of it early, extend the Offer or any part of it, or accept late
allocated a lesser dollar amount of Shares than the amount Applications either generally or in particular cases. The Offer
applied for, will be mailed a refund (without interest) of or any part of it may be closed at any earlier date and time,
all or part of their Application Monies, as applicable. Interest without further notice. Applicants are therefore encouraged
will not be paid on any monies refunded and any interest to submit their Applications as early as possible.
earned on Application Monies pending the allocation or Note that Applicants paying via BPAY should be aware
refund will be divided pro rata between Myer and the that their own financial institution may implement earlier
Selling Shareholders. cut-off times with regards to electronic payment than the
Applicants whose Applications are accepted in full will time at which the Retail Offer closes, and should therefore
receive the whole number of Shares calculated by dividing take this into consideration when making payment. It is
the Application Amount by the Final Price. Where the Final the responsibility of the Applicant to ensure that funds
Price does not divide evenly into the Application Amount, submitted through BPAY are received by the relevant
the number of Shares to be allocated will be rounded down due date.
to the nearest whole number of Shares. In this circumstance,
surplus Application Monies resulting from unallocated
fractions of Shares will become assets of Myer.
45
What to do if you have queries or want extra copies MYER one Value of guaranteed
of the Prospectus membership category minimum allocation ($)
Applicants with queries on how to complete the Application Gold $25,000

Form or who require additional copies of the Prospectus can Silver $5,000
contact the Myer Share Offer Hotline on 1300 820 260 (within
Australia) or +61 3 9415 4332 (outside Australia) or contact Standard None
the Joint Lead Managers (see the corporate directory for
contact details). The Prospectus may be downloaded from 3.5.5 Acceptance of Applications
the Offer website at www.mypieceofmyer.com.au.
An Application in the Retail Offer is an offer by the Applicant
3.5.4 Allocation policy under the Retail Offer to the Company and SaleCo to subscribe for or purchase
(as the case may be) Shares, for all or any of the Application
If the value of Applications in the Retail Offer is greater than
Amount specified in and accompanying the Application
the value of Shares available in the Retail Offer, Applications
Form, at the Final Price on the terms and conditions set out in
will be scaled back. NB Swanston, the Company and the
this Prospectus including any supplementary or replacement
Joint Lead Managers have absolute discretion regarding the
Prospectus and the Application Form (including the conditions
allocation of Shares to Applicants in the Retail Offer and may
regarding quotation on ASX in Section 3.10). To the extent
reject any Application, or allocate fewer Shares than applied
permitted by law, the Offer by an Applicant is irrevocable.
for, in their absolute discretion, except as set out below.
An Application may be accepted by NB Swanston, the
Firm stock which has been allocated to Brokers for allocation
Company and the Joint Lead Managers, in respect of the full
to their Australian and New Zealand resident Retail Investors
number of Shares specified in the Application Form or any of
will be issued or transferred to the Applicants nominated
them, without further notice to the Applicant. Acceptance of
by those Brokers (subject to the right of NB Swanston, the
an Application will give rise to a binding contract.
Company and the Joint Lead Managers to treat Applications
which are for more than $250,000 worth of Shares, or which 3.5.6 Announcement of the Final Price and final
are from persons whom they believe may be Institutional allocation policy in the Retail Offer
Investors, as Final Price bids in the Institutional Offer, or to
The Final Price and the final allocation policy in the Retail
reject them). It will be a matter for the Brokers how they
Offer will be advertised in The Australian, and other Australian
allocate firm stock among their retail clients, and they
newspapers selected by the Company, shortly after the
(and not NB Swanston, the Company and the Joint Lead
close of the Institutional Offer. The publication of the
Managers) will be responsible for ensuring that retail clients
announcement is expected to occur on 30 October 2009.
who have received a firm allocation from them receive
the relevant Shares. From the date the Final Price has been published, Applicants
under the Retail Offer will be able to call the Myer Share
Eligible Gold and Silver MYER one Members as at the MYER
Offer Hotline on 1300 820 260 (within Australia) or +61 3 9415
one Record Date who correctly submit their Applications
4332 (outside Australia) to find out details of their allocations.
under the MYER one Priority Offer will receive a guaranteed
Applicants under the Broker Firm Offer will also be able to
minimum allocation of Shares at the Final Price (or such
confirm their firm allocation through the Broker from whom
lower value applied for, subject to the minimum Application
they received their allocation.
size of $2,000 worth of Shares). The minimum Allocation
guarantee for Silver MYER one members is subject to an However, if you sell Shares before receiving a holding
overall cap of $200 million. In the event that the total statement, you do so at your own risk, even if you obtained
value of Applications from Silver members exceeds details of your holding from the Myer Share Offer Hotline
$200 million, the guaranteed minimum will be scaled back or confirmed your firm allocation through a Broker.
at the discretion of NB Swanston, the Company and the
Joint Lead Managers.
Guaranteed minimum allocations for each type of MYER one
member are outlined as follows:
3.6.2 Applications for additional Shares by

3.6 Noteholder Exchange Exchanging Myer Noteholders
Offer To the extent that Exchanging Myer Noteholders apply for
Shares in addition to the value of their Exchanged Myer
Notes, they will need to provide Application Monies with
their Exchange Notice and a valid Exchange Application
3.6.1 Myer Noteholder Exchange Form. If you apply for additional Shares, the minimum
Application size is $2,000. To apply for additional Shares,
Eligible Myer Noteholders have the right to Exchange their
you should forward your Application Monies along with
Myer Notes for Shares under the Noteholder Exchange Offer.
your Exchange Application Form to the Share Registry
Eligible Myer Noteholders are those holders of Myer Notes
or pay your Applications Monies via BPAY in accordance
at the Noteholder Exchange Closing Date who continue to
with the instructions on the Exchange Application Form
hold Myer Notes on the date they are Exchanged and who
by the Noteholder Exchange Closing Date, being 5.00pm
are residents of Australia or New Zealand, or are Institutional
Melbourne Time on 20 October 2009. Exchanging Myer
Investors in Hong Kong, Singapore, United Kingdom, China,
Noteholders will pay the Final Price for any additional
France, Dubai, Germany, Ireland, Japan, Netherlands, Norway,
Shares. Only Eligible Myer Noteholders who Exchange all of
Switzerland or the United Arab Emirates and who are not US
their Myer Notes are entitled to apply for additional Shares.
Persons or persons who hold Myer Notes for the account or
Eligible Myer Noteholders who apply for additional Shares
benefit of US Persons. In addition, holders of Myer Notes who
(including via BPAY) will be deemed to have elected to
are Institutional Investors in certain specified jurisdictions are
Exchange all of their Myer Notes.
Eligible Myer Noteholders (see Section 10.5.1).
The aggregate value of Applications for additional Shares
If an Eligible Myer Noteholder validly completes and
by Myer Noteholders will be placed as a Final Price bid
lodges the Exchange Application Form by the Noteholder
in the bookbuild under the Institutional Offer (refer to
Exchange Closing Date, that Eligible Myer Noteholder will
Section 3.7.2). The number of additional Shares allocated to
receive a guaranteed allocation of Shares under the Offer
Exchanging Myer Noteholders in total will be determined
as outlined below.
according to the allocation policy under the Institutional
Under the Noteholder Exchange Offer, each Exchanging Offer (refer to Section 3.7.4). The allocation of any additional
Myer Noteholder will be issued a number of Shares equal Shares among Exchanging Myer Noteholders who have
to the principal outstanding ($100 per Myer Note) on the applied for additional Shares will be determined by
Exchanged Myer Notes divided by 97.5% of the Final Price. NB Swanston, the Company and the Joint Lead Managers
If you are an Eligible Myer Noteholder as at 28 September with reference to the number of Myer Notes each Myer
2009, you should have already received an Exchange Noteholder holds, the size of each Myer Noteholder’s
Notice and you should receive a personalised Exchange Application for additional Shares and any other factors that
Application Form with this Prospectus. Please call the Myer NB Swanston, the Company and the Joint Lead Managers
Share Offer Hotline on 1300 820 260 (within Australia) or consider appropriate, in their sole discretion.
+61 3 9415 4332 (outside Australia) if you purchase your Myer
3.6.3 Application Monies
Notes after 28 September 2009, have not already received
an Exchange Notice or do not receive a personalised Exchanging Myer Noteholders who apply for additional
Exchange Application Form with this Prospectus. Shares can apply via BPAY by following the instructions
on the Exchange Application Form. Application Monies
Your Exchange Application Form (a personalised copy of
received for additional Shares from Exchanging Myer
which is attached to this Prospectus) must be received by
Noteholders will be held in a special purpose account
the Share Registry by the Noteholder Exchange Closing
until Shares are issued or transferred to Exchanging Myer
Date, being 5.00pm Melbourne Time on 20 October 2009.
Noteholders. Applicants under the Noteholder Exchange
You must continue to hold the Myer Notes you have sought
Offer whose Applications for additional Shares are not
to Exchange on the date the Myer Notes Register is closed,
accepted, or who are allocated a lesser dollar amount of
which is expected to be 20 October 2009.
additional Shares than the amount applied for, will be mailed
Interest that has accrued on Myer Notes up to the date a refund (without interest) of all or part of their Application
on which Shares are issued or transferred as a result of Monies, as applicable. Interest will not be paid on any
Exchange will be paid to Exchanging Myer Noteholders monies refunded and any interest earned on Application
on or about the date Exchange occurs (currently expected Monies pending the allocation or refund will be divided
to be 6 November 2009). pro rata between Myer and the Selling Shareholders.
47
Exchanging Myer Noteholders whose Applications for

additional Shares are accepted in full will receive the whole 3.7 The Institutional Offer
number of Shares calculated by dividing the Application
Amount by the Final Price. Where the Final Price does not
divide evenly into the Application Amount, the number of
additional Shares to be allocated will be rounded down to 3.7.1 Invitations to bid
the nearest whole number of Shares. In this circumstance, The Company, SaleCo and the Joint Lead Managers are
surplus Application Monies resulting from unallocated inviting certain Institutional Investors to bid for Shares in
fractions of Shares will become assets of Myer. the Institutional Offer.
Cheque(s) or bank draft(s) must be in Australian dollars and The Institutional Offer is structured in three parts:
drawn on an Australian branch of an Australian bank, must
be crossed ‘Not Negotiable’ and must be made payable – An invitation to Australian and New Zealand resident
to ‘My Piece of Myer Account’. Cheque(s) and bank draft(s) Institutional Investors to bid for Shares – made under
should use the business reply paid envelope accompanying this Prospectus;
this Prospectus, or be mailed to: – An invitation to Australian and New Zealand Brokers
My Piece of Myer who elect to bid for Shares at the Final Price under
GPO Box 2237 the Institutional Offer on behalf of Australian and
Melbourne VIC 8060. New Zealand resident Retail Investors – made under
this Prospectus; and
You should ensure that sufficient funds are held in the – An invitation to Institutional Investors resident in certain
relevant account(s) to cover the amount of the cheque(s) jurisdictions outside Australia and New Zealand – made
or bank draft(s). If the amount of your cheque(s) or bank under the Institutional Offering Memorandum.
draft(s) for Application Monies (or the amount for which
those cheque(s) or bank draft(s) clear in time for allocation) The Joint Lead Managers (or their related bodies corporate
is less than the amount specified on the Exchange or affiliates), any sub-underwriters and Co-Lead Managers
Application Form, you may be taken to have applied for may bid into the bookbuild.
such lower dollar amount of Shares as for which your 3.7.2 The bookbuild process and Indicative
cleared Application Monies will pay (and to have specified Price Range
that amount on your Exchange Application Form) or your
Application for additional Shares may be rejected. The Institutional Offer will be conducted using a bookbuild
process managed by the Joint Lead Managers. Full details
By making any payment for additional Shares you will be of how to participate, including bidding instructions, will be
deemed to have elected to Exchange all of your Myer Notes. provided to eligible Institutional Investors by the Joint Lead
3.6.4 Redemption of Notes not Exchanged by Myer Managers in due course.
Noteholders Institutional Investors can only bid into the book for Shares
The Myer Notes Issuer intends to Redeem any remaining through the Joint Lead Managers or the Co-Lead Managers.
Myer Notes, subject to the Offer proceeding, shortly after They may bid for Shares at specific price(s) or at the Final
completion of the Offer. On Redemption, Myer Noteholders Price. Institutional Investors may bid above, within or below
will receive 102.5% of the principal outstanding on the Myer the Indicative Price Range, which is $3.90 to $4.90 per Share.
Notes (i.e. $102.50 for each Myer Note plus any accrued interest The Indicative Price Range may be varied at any time by NB
to the date of Redemption). Swanston, the Company and the Joint Lead Managers.
Please refer to Section 10.5 for further details of the The minimum bid size is 50,000 Shares, and thereafter in
Noteholder Exchange Offer. multiples of 10,000 Shares. However, NB Swanston, the
Company and the Joint Lead Managers reserve the right
to accept smaller bids (including any Applications in the
Retail Offer which they elect to treat as Final Price bids in the
Institutional Offer as described in Section 3.5.4). Bids must be
received between 9.00am Melbourne Time on 28 October 2009
and 12 noon Melbourne Time on 29 October 2009, unless these
times and dates are varied by NB Swanston, the Company and
the Joint Lead Managers.
Bids may be submitted, amended or withdrawn by eligible 3.7.4 Allocation policy under the Institutional Offer
Institutional Investors until 12 noon Melbourne Time on
The allocation of Shares among bidders in the Institutional
29 October 2009. Any bid not withdrawn by this time (or such
Offer will be determined by NB Swanston, the Company
other time as varied by NB Swanston, the Company and the
and the Joint Lead Managers. They have absolute discretion
Joint Lead Managers) will be deemed to be an irrevocable
regarding the basis of allocation of Shares, and there is
offer by the relevant bidder to purchase the Shares bid for
no assurance that any bidder will be allocated any Shares,
(or such lesser number as may be allocated) at or below
or the number of Shares for which it has bid. The initial
the price bid per Share, on the terms and conditions in any
determinant of the allocation of Shares in the Institutional
bidding instructions provided by the Joint Lead Managers to
Offer will be the Final Price. Bids lodged at prices below the
participants and the conditions regarding quotation on ASX
Final Price will not receive an allocation of Shares.
referred to in Section 3.10. Bids can be accepted or rejected by
NB Swanston, the Company and the Joint Lead Managers in The allocation policy will be influenced by the
whole or in part, in their absolute discretion, without further following factors:
notice to the bidder. Acceptance of a bid will give rise to a – The price and number of Shares bid for by particular bidders;
binding contract.
– The timeliness of the bid by particular bidders;
All successful bidders will pay the Final Price for each Share – The Company’s desire for an informed and active
allocated to them. trading market in Shares following Listing;
3.7.3 Determination of Final Price – The Company’s desire to establish a wide spread
of institutional Shareholders;
The bookbuild process will be used to determine the Final Price.
– The size and type of funds under the management
The Final Price will be determined by NB Swanston, the of particular bidders;
Company and the Joint Lead Managers. It is expected that
– The likelihood that particular bidders will be long term
the Final Price will be determined and announced by
Shareholders; and
30 October 2009.
– Any other factors that NB Swanston, the Company and
In determining the Final Price, consideration will be given the Joint Lead Managers consider appropriate, in their
to the following factors: sole discretion.
– The level of demand for Shares in the Institutional Offer
at various prices;
– The level of demand for Shares in the Retail Offer; 3.8 Offer Management
– The objective of maximising the proceeds of the Offer;
and Agreement
– The desire for an orderly secondary market in the Shares.
The Final Price will not necessarily be the highest price at
which Shares could be issued or transferred under the Offer The Offer is not underwritten. The Offerors and the Joint
and may be set above, within or below the Indicative Price Lead Managers have entered into an Offer Management
Range. Accordingly, Successful Applicants under the Retail Agreement in respect of the management of the Offer.
Offer and the Institutional Offer may pay a Final Price which
is above, within or below the Indicative Price Range. Once the Final Price has been determined, the Joint Lead
Managers or their affiliates will be obliged to provide
settlement support in respect of successful bids in the
Institutional Offer under the Offer Management Agreement.
The Offer Management Agreement sets out a number of
circumstances under which the Joint Lead Managers may
terminate the agreement and their settlement support
obligations. A summary of certain terms of the agreement
and associated settlement support arrangements, including
the termination provisions, is set out in Section 10.8.1.
49
3.9 ASX listing 3.11 Brokerage, commission

and stamp duty
Application for admission of the Company to the official list
of ASX and quotation of the Shares on ASX will be made to
ASX no later than seven days after the Prospectus Date. No brokerage, commission or stamp duty is payable by
Applicants on acquisition of Shares under the Offer. See
If the Company does not make such an application within Section 10.14.5 for details of various fees payable by the
seven days after the Prospectus Date, or the Company is not Company to the Joint Lead Managers and by the Joint
admitted to the official list of ASX within three months after Lead Managers to certain Brokers.
the Prospectus Date (or any longer period permitted by law),
the Offer will be cancelled and all Application Monies will be
refunded (without interest).
ASX takes no responsibility for this Prospectus or the
3.12 Stamping fees
investment to which it relates. Admission to the official
list of ASX and quotation of the Shares on ASX are not
to be taken as an endorsement by ASX of the Company.
Brokers may claim a handling fee of 1.00% (inclusive of GST)
on successful Applications under the MYER one Priority Offer.
Where the Applicant is allotted Shares, a Broker may make
3.10 Conditional and deferred a claim with the handling fee payable by the Joint Lead
Managers. There is a cap on such handling fees of $2,500
Settlement trading (inclusive of GST) per Application (or multiple Applications
believed to be from the same person). No handling fees
will be payable on Applications under the Broker Firm Offer,
Employee Priority Offer, Employee Gift Offer or Noteholder
It is expected that the Shares will be quoted on ASX on Exchange Offer.
or about 2 November 2009 initially on a conditional and
Details of the claims process are to be separately
deferred Settlement basis.
communicated by the Share Registry.
The contracts formed on acceptance of Applications and
bids in the Institutional Offer will be conditional on ASX
agreeing to quote the Shares on ASX, and on settlement
occurring under the Offer Management Agreement
(Settlement). Trades occurring on ASX before Settlement
will be conditional on Settlement occurring.
Conditional trading will continue until the Company has
advised ASX that Settlement has occurred, which is expected
to be on or about 5 November 2009. Trading will then be
on an unconditional but deferred delivery basis until the
Company has advised ASX that holding statements have
been despatched to Shareholders. Normal Settlement trading
is expected to commence on or about 11 November 2009.
If Settlement has not occurred within 14 days (or such longer
period as ASX allows) after the day Shares are first quoted
on ASX, the Offer and all contracts arising on acceptance
of Applications under the Retail Offer and Noteholder
Exchange Offer and bids under the Institutional Offer will be
cancelled and of no further effect and all Application Monies
will be refunded (without interest). In these circumstances,
all purchases and sales made through ASX participating
organisations during the conditional trading period will
be cancelled and of no effect.
Following Settlement, Shareholders will be sent a holding

3.13 Discretion regarding statement that sets out the number of Shares that they
the Offer have been allocated. This statement will also provide details
of a Shareholder’s Holder Identification Number for CHESS
holders or, where applicable, the Securityholder Reference
Number of issuer sponsored holders.
NB Swanston, the Company and the Joint Lead Managers Shareholders will subsequently receive statements showing
reserve the right not to proceed with the Offer or any part any changes to their Shareholding. Certificates will not
of it at any time before the allocation of Shares to Applicants be issued.
in the Retail Offer and the Noteholder Exchange Offer and
to bidders in the Institutional Offer. If the Offer or any part
of it is cancelled, all Application Monies, or the relevant
Application Monies, will be refunded (without interest). 3.15 Enquiries
NB Swanston, the Company and the Joint Lead Managers
also reserve the right to close the Offer or any part of it early,
extend the Offer or any part of it, accept late Applications If you require assistance to complete the Application
or bids either generally or in particular cases, reject any Form, you should contact the Myer Share Offer Hotline on
Application or bid (other than Applications from Eligible 1300 820 260 (within Australia) or +61 3 9415 4332 (outside
Myer Noteholders pursuant to Exchange of their Myer Australia) from 9.00am until 5.00pm Melbourne Time
Notes), or allocate to any Applicant or bidder fewer Monday to Friday.
Shares than applied or bid for (other than Shares issued
to Eligible Myer Noteholders pursuant to Exchange of If you are unclear in relation to any matter or are uncertain as
their Myer Notes). to whether Myer is a suitable investment for you, you should
seek professional advice from your stockbroker, solicitor,
accountant or other independent professional adviser.
3.14 CHESS and issuer

sponsored holdings
The Company will apply to participate in ASX’s Clearing

House Electronic Subregister System (CHESS), in accordance
with the Listing Rules and the ASTC Settlement Rules.
CHESS is an electronic transfer and settlement system
for transactions in securities quoted on ASX under which
transfers are effected in an electronic form.
When the Shares become Approved Financial Products
(as defined in the ASTC Settlement Rules), holdings will be
registered in one of two subregisters, an electronic CHESS
subregister or an issuer sponsored subregister. Successful
Applicants in the MYER one Priority Offer and the Employee
Priority Offer will have their Shares issued on the issuer
sponsored subregister of Myer and will receive an issuer
sponsored holding statement following allocation of
the Shares. Post allocation, Shareholders will be able to
instruct their sponsoring participant to convert or transfer
their Shares into an existing CHESS holding. For all other
Successful Applicants, the Shares of a Shareholder who
is a participant in CHESS or a Shareholder sponsored by
a participant in CHESS will be registered on the CHESS
subregister. All other Shares will be registered on the
issuer sponsored subregister.
51

53
4
Industry overview
4 Industry overview
The Australian non-food retail industry comprises a wide

4.1 Overview range of retail formats including department stores,
discount department stores, specialty chains, discount
store chains and single store operations as well as alternate
channels such as internet retailers and direct retailers.
4.1.1 Australian non-food retail industry
4.1.2 Department store segment
As a department store chain, Myer offers a broad range of
product categories and operates across major segments As a multi-category retailer, Myer operates within the
of the Australian non-food retail industry. department store segment. Over the last five years, the
segment has grown at a compound annual growth rate
According to the Australian Bureau of Statistics (Retail Trade (CAGR) of 3.0%.
Australia, July 2009), the Australian non-food retail industry
generated total sales of approximately $112 billion for the Department store segment historical turnover
12 months ended 31 July 2009 and comprises four segments: (July 2004–July 2009)
– Household goods ($42.3 billion sales): includes 3.0% CAGR

furniture, floor coverings, housewares, textile goods, $18.2bn $18.7bn
$16.1bn $16.8bn $17.3bn
electrical and electronic goods, hardware, building and $16.1bn
garden supplies;
– Clothing and soft goods ($19.0 billion sales): includes
clothing, footwear and other personal accessories;
– Department stores ($18.7 billion sales): includes stores
where a significant proportion of revenue is attributable
to clothing, textile goods, furniture, kitchenware, china,
glassware and housewares, electrical, electronic and Year ending 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
gas appliances, perfumes, cosmetics and toiletries; and 31 July
– Other ($32.1 billion sales): includes newspapers, books,

Source: Australian Bureau of Statistics (Retail Trade Australia, July 2009). Data
other recreational goods (e.g. sporting equipment, shown is in nominal terms.
camping equipment, toys and games and entertainment
media), pharmaceuticals, cosmetics, toiletries and other The department store segment is generally considered to
goods (e.g. stationery, garden supplies, antiques and be further divided into two broad categories: department
non-store retailing). stores and discount department stores. Differentiation
between these two categories is partly driven by their focus
Australian non-food retail industry composition on different target customer groups and, consequently,
by segment (12 months ended July 2009) the nature of their product offering. Department stores
generally focus on medium to higher income earners,
29% Other 38% Household goods
whereas discount department stores generally target lower
to medium income earners. In Australia, there are two
main department store operators: Myer and David Jones.
David Jones is the second largest and only other national
department store operator, with 36 stores as at July 2009.
17% Clothing 17% Department David Jones competes in similar categories to Myer but
and soft goods stores generally has a narrower product range targeting a higher
income demographic.
Source: Australian Bureau of Statistics (Retail Trade Australia, July 2009).

Note: Percentages may not sum to 100% due to rounding.
55
– Customer service: Pleasant and efficient customer

4.2 Basis of competition service, including strong product knowledge, is highly
valued by customers, particularly in department stores
which tend to target more affluent customers.
As a multi-category retailer, Myer competes with a broad

range of retailers including:
– Other multi-category retailers including department
4.3 Consumer demand
stores such as David Jones and discount department drivers
stores such as Target, Kmart and BIG W;
– Other womenswear retailers such as Portmans
and Witchery;
– Other menswear retailers such as Roger David, Fletcher The level of consumer demand in the non-food retail
Jones and GAZ MAN; industry and in the department store segment is driven
– Other youth fashion retailers such as Just Jeans, SUPRÉ by a range of factors including:
and Jay Jays; – Disposable income;
– Other childrenswear retailers such as Seed and – Household wealth;
Pumpkin Patch; – Household debt; and
– Other intimate apparel retailers such as Bras N Things; – Consumer sentiment.
– Other beauty, fragrance and cosmetics retailers such These key consumer demand drivers are sensitive to the
as Priceline and The Perfume Connection; influence of general economic conditions including GDP
– Other homewares retailers such as Freedom and IKEA; growth, unemployment rates, wages growth, inflation
– Other electrical goods retailers such as JB Hi-Fi, Clive and interest rate levels.
Peeters and Harvey Norman; From 2004 to 2007, growth in department store sales was
– Other toys retailers such as Toys’R’Us; and supported by growth in the level of household disposable
– Other fashion accessories retailers such as diva income as a result of consistent macroeconomic growth,
and Strandbags. relatively low levels of unemployment, overall wage
increases and taxation relief as well as by strong gains in
Competition tends to be based on the following key factors: house and share prices, generally increasing wealth levels
– Store location: Competition tends to be region based and disposable incomes of households. However, the
rather than state-wide or nation-wide, with customers recent deterioration in global financial and macroeconomic
preferring to shop at stores which are conveniently conditions has resulted in rising unemployment and
located relative to their homes or places of work. Retail wealth destruction throughout most of 2008 and 2009. The
space in major shopping centres and malls tends to be negative influence of these events on consumer demand has
in very high demand and large vacancies in popular been partially offset by the Federal Government’s economic
locations are rare; stimulus package as well as actions by the Reserve Bank
– Price: Within a given region, price is a factor. The of Australia to reduce official interest rates. Although retail
relative importance of price to the customer is sales fell in June and July 2009 as the effects of the stimulus
dependent on demographics as well as product; began to wear off, positive news and data flow on domestic
– Product range: Many customers prefer to shop at and global economic growth, employment, housing market
places with a broad category offering (‘one-stop-shop’) strength, improving household consumption and a rising
and extensive product and brand range within a given stock market over recent months have seen consumer
category. Product range gives department stores a confidence improve.
comparative advantage against specialty retailers;
– Brand recognition: A well recognised and trusted
brand is a key competitive advantage, and the major
department stores invest significantly in advertising and
marketing. Brands are also differentiated by value added
products and services such as customer reward schemes
and in-house credit cards; and
4 Industry overview
The chart below tracks monthly house financing approvals

4.4 Outlook since June 2007.
Housing financing approvals ($m)

4.4.1 General economic conditions
#
The Australian economy has begun to show signs of
recovery with GDP growing more strongly than expected in

June 2009 (0.6% quarter on quarter growth), after returning
to positive growth in March 2009 (0.4% quarter on quarter
growth)1, supported by monetary and fiscal stimulus. News
of the positive March 2009 quarter GDP result saw consumer
sentiment confidence record its largest monthly gain in over
20 years2. The resilience of the Australian labour market,
including a stabilisation in job vacancies and small fall in
overall employment numbers, provides further evidence Source: Australian Bureau of Statistics (Housing Finance Australia, June 2009).
of an emerging recovery in the economy1. Household consumption expenditure growth has increased
Real GDP growth (quarter on quarter) steadily since June 2008, driven by continued low interest
rates, relatively stable unemployment rates and the Federal
1.5%
Government’s economic stimulus package.
1.0% 0.9 1.0
The chart below tracks quarterly household consumption
0.6 0.6 0.6
0.5% 0.4 expenditure growth since June 2007.
0.3
0% 0.1 Household consumption expenditure growth
(quarter on quarter)
(0.5)%
1.5% 1.5
(1.0)% (0.5)
1.2
Jun 07 Dec 07 Jun 08 Dec 08 Jun 09 1.0%
0.8
0.6 0.5
0.5% 0.6
Source: Australian Bureau of Statistics (Australian National Accounts: National
0.2 0.1
Income, Expenditure and Product, June 2009).
0%
4.4.2 Consumer demand drivers
(0.5)% (0.0)
Recent improvements in consumer and business sentiment
Jun 07 Dec 07 Jun 08 Dec 08 Jun 09
and evidence of improving housing construction and
finance approvals indicate that consumer demand has
begun to recover. Source: Australian Bureau of Statistics (Australian National Accounts: National
Income, Expenditure and Product, June 2009).
Housing finance approvals suggest that a housing recovery
has commenced. Housing affordability has improved Positive news and data flow on domestic and global
in the past 12 months and is now above its long term economic growth, employment, housing market strength,
historical average. A recovery in the housing market improving household consumption and a rising stock
alleviates consumer anxiety about wealth destruction market over recent months have seen consumer confidence
and is typically a positive for household consumption improve. The Westpac – Melbourne Institute Survey of
expenditure and consumer demand. Consumer Sentiment shows a 34% increase in consumer
sentiment since May 2009, the biggest four month gain
since the survey began in 1975. The survey is up 51% from
its July 2008 low and is currently at its highest level in two
years. This strong improvement in consumer sentiment is a
positive indicator for a recovery in consumer demand.
1. Source: Australian Bureau of Statistics (Australian National Accounts: National Income, Expenditure and Product, June 2009).
2. Source: Westpac – Melbourne Institute Survey of Consumer Sentiment, June 2009.
57
The chart below tracks the Westpac – Melbourne Institute’s

consumer sentiment index since June 2007.
Westpac – Melbourne Institute Survey of
Consumer Sentiment
140
120 119
100
80
79
60
Jun 07 Oct 07 Feb 08 Jun 08 Oct 08 Feb 09 Jun 09
Source: Data assembled by Myer from monthly media reports released by

Westpac – Melbourne Institute Survey of Consumer Sentiment, June 2007
to September 2009.
Consumer confidence is materially above the index’s neutral

sentiment level of 100, driven by evidence of improving
economic conditions both domestically and internationally.
Although retail sales fell in June and July 2009 as the effects
of the stimulus began to wear off, the recent improvement
in consumer confidence and other key indicators such as
housing activity point to a potential return to positive real
growth in retail spending, in particular non-food retailing
(although there are conflicting views as to the rate of this
growth). Any recovery will be further supported by the
current low interest rate environment.
59
5
Company overview
5 Company overview
5.1 Overview
Myer is Australia’s largest department store retailer1 and has been synonymous with style and fashion for over 100 years.
With a valuable footprint of 65 stores in prime retail locations across Australia, generating Total Sales Value (including sales
by concession operators) of over $3.2 billion in FY2009, Myer is a leader in Australian retailing. Myer has a strong connection with
its customers, with one of the most recognised and reputable retail brands in Australia2. It is known for its welcoming, familiar,
trusted, stylish and fun shopping environment, as well as its strong culture of philanthropy and local community engagement.
Myer caters for a large number of Australian households, offering more than 600,000 product lines, comprising
approximately 2,400 brands sourced from over 800 suppliers globally. Myer’s offering comprises 11 core product categories,
being womenswear; menswear; youth fashion; childrenswear; intimate apparel; beauty, fragrance and cosmetics; homewares;
electrical goods; toys; fashion accessories; and general merchandise. The broad appeal of Myer’s offering is evidenced by its
strong store patronage, with approximately 185 million visits in FY2009.
Recent transformation
Since the Company’s separation from the Coles Group in 2006, over $400 million has been invested in Myer to significantly
transform the business. As a result of the turnaround initiatives undertaken to date, Myer’s pre-existing competitive
advantages have been expanded to include a world class supply chain, an improved retail execution capability and a
performance based culture with a strong customer service focus. The following table illustrates the strong improvement
in Myer’s operating metrics since 2006.
Initiative Previously1 Today2
Supply chain costs 1.4% sales 0.7% sales

Distribution centres 8 4
Offsite merchandise warehouses 24 0
Store sortation points 227 464
Suppliers 1,053 893
Supplier ‘floor ready’ compliance NA 66%
Creditor days 41 days 59 days
Inventory turns 3.4x 3.9x
% selling space in average store 66% 69% (80% for all new stores)
Out-of-stocks 9.7% 7.1%
PoS system More than 21 years old New system being rolled out (c. $90m3)
Merchandising system 44 separate systems 1 system (c. $95m4)
Notes:
1. Supply chain costs relate to FY2007. Distribution centres, offsite merchandise warehouses, store sortation points, supplier ‘floor ready’ compliance, creditor
days, inventory turns, % selling space in average store, PoS system, and merchandising system data are as at the date of acquisition (2 June 2006). Number
of suppliers relates to the period 2H FY2007. Out-of-stocks are an average over 2H FY2006.
2. Supply chain costs, creditor days and inventory turns data relate to FY2009. Distribution centres, offsite merchandise warehouses, supplier ‘floor ready’
compliance, % selling space in average store and merchandising system data are as at the Prospectus Date. Number of store sortation points is as at 31
August 2009. Number of suppliers relates to the period from July to September 2009. Out-of-stocks are an average over 2H FY2009.
3. Estimated project cost. Project expected to complete during 2010.
4. Not included in $400 million total investment since June 2006 as most of the cost was funded by previous owners.
1. This statement applies within the department store categories of the Australian department store segment, which comprises both department stores and
discount department stores. Please refer to Section 4.1.2 for more information.
2. Source: AMR Interactive and Reputation Institute Survey (2009).
61
5 Company overview
Myer’s experienced and dedicated Management Team, led by CEO Bernie Brookes, has been responsible for this
transformation over the last three years which has also resulted in a significant improvement in financial performance.
Myer is now well positioned to enter the next chapter in its history as an increasingly profitable retailer with a strong,
identifiable growth strategy. On a pro forma basis, the Directors forecast Total Sales Value and EBITDA of $3.4 billion and
$330 million respectively for FY2010.
Pro forma
Wholesale sales 3,002 2,940 2,843 2,937
1
Total Sales Value 3,289 3,320 3,261 3,360
2
Gross profit 1,283 1,312 1,278 1,331
3
EBITDA 215 275 301 330
EBIT 165 213 236 261
Key ratios
EBIT growth 29.0% 10.6% 10.7%
Net adjustments 4 15 236 0 (81)
Notes:
4. See Sections 7.11.1. 7.11.2, 7.11.3 and 7.11.4 for a detailed explanation of the historical and forecast adjustments.
5 Company overview
5.2 The Myer vision and

brand identity
Iconic and highly reputable brand with over

100 years of retailing heritage provides a strong
connection with customers
Myer’s vision is to be an international class retail business
providing inspiration to everyone. Myer has one of the
most reputable brands in Australia and a strong connection
with its customers who identify Myer as representing a
welcoming, familiar, trusted, stylish and fun shopping
environment. Myer’s brand strength is further reinforced
by its rich heritage of philanthropy and community
engagement through a wide range of initiatives both
in-store and in the local community.
The reputation and prominence of the Myer brand are
considered fundamental to its ability to attract and
retain customers which in turn drives sales.
Myer’s identity
Trusted
reputation
Bringing news
Supporting and excitement
the community to customers
Welcoming, familiar, trusted,

stylish and fun
Committed to
Heritage and sustainable
fond nostalgia practices
63
5 Company overview
5.3 Stores
National store network in prime locations is difficult to replicate and captured approximately 185 million
visits in FY2009
5.3.1 Store footprint
Myer currently operates 65 stores in prime retail locations across Australia. The geographic distribution of the store portfolio
is in line with Australia’s geographic population distribution, with the majority of stores located in the more densely
populated eastern seaboard states. This store footprint is difficult to replicate.
Geographic distribution of Myer’s store portfolio
Queensland 11
6 5 New South Wales 23

Western Australia South Australia
ACT 3
Victoria 15
Tasmania 2
Source: Myer.
New South Wales is Myer’s largest market and its 23 stores contribute a significant proportion of Myer’s revenue. Victoria and
Queensland are the second and third largest markets with 15 and 11 stores respectively. Myer’s flagship Melbourne store is its
largest store.
New South Wales Victoria Queensland Western Australia

Albury Ballarat Brisbane Carousel
Bankstown Bendigo Brookside Fremantle
Blacktown Chadstone Cairns Garden City
Bondi Dandenong Carindale Karrinyup
Castle Hill Doncaster Chermside Morley
Charlestown Eastland Indooroopilly Perth City
Chatswood Forest Hill Loganholme
Dubbo Frankston Maroochydore South Australia
Eastgardens Geelong North Lakes Adelaide
Erina Highpoint Pacific Fair Colonnades
Hornsby Knox City Toowoomba Elizabeth
Hurstville Melbourne City Marion
Liverpool Northland Tea Tree Plaza
Macquarie Southland ACT
Miranda Werribee
Belconnen
Orange
Canberra City
Parramatta
Tuggeranong
Penrith
Roselands Tasmania
Sydney City Hobart
Wagga Wagga Launceston
Warringah
Wollongong
5 Company overview
Myer’s store distribution across Australia Australian population distribution

3% Tasmania 5% Australian 2% Tasmania
Capital Territory 8% South Australia 2% Australian
8% South Australia
Capital Territory
35% New South Wales 10% Western Australia
9% Western Australia 33% New South Wales
17% Queensland 20% Queensland

23% Victoria 25% Victoria
Note: Australian population sourced from the Australian Bureau of Statistics (ABS 3101.0, Australian Demographic Statistics, December 2008). The charts do not
include the Northern Territory, which accounted for approximately 1% of the Australian population in December 2008 according to the cited Australian Bureau
of Statistics survey.
Myer’s stores are generally located in areas of high foot traffic, such as city CBDs, major metropolitan shopping centres and
regional town centres where Myer is generally one of the most high profile retailers in the area. The stores vary in layout,
from traditional centre-of-town stores with multiple floors, to newer out-of-town stores based on an open plan, two floor
design. CBD stores are significantly larger, with selling space in excess of 20,000 square metres compared with metropolitan
stores (generally 14,000 square metres) and regional stores (generally 9,000 square metres).
Myer’s valuable store footprint includes prime tenancies in 25 of the top 30 largest shopping centres in Australia by turnover,
including all of the top 10.
Australia’s largest 30 shopping centres by turnover
1. Chadstone 16. Macquarie Centre
2. Bondi Junction 17. Garden City (Queensland)
3. Highpoint 18. Erina Fair
4. Chermside 19. Garden City Booragoon (Western Australia)
5. Southland 20. Penrith
6. Warringah Mall 21. Indooroopilly
7. Knox City 22. Macarthur Square
8. Marion 23. Eastland
9. Carindale 24. Carousel
10. Miranda 25. Chatswood
11. Fountain Gate 26. Eastgardens
12. Parramatta 27. Tea Tree Plaza
13. Castle Towers 28. Tuggerah
14. Pacific Fair 29. Hyperdome
15. Hornsby 30. Whitford City
Source: Pitney Bowes Business Insight Australia (2008).

Note: Grey shading denotes presence of a Myer store in that centre.
65
5 Company overview
Myer leases the vast majority of its stores with most landlords being large Australian real estate investment trusts and funds
management companies including Westfield Group, CFS and AMP. Westfield Group is currently Myer’s largest landlord and
manages approximately 30% of Myer’s leased stores. Myer stores are typically leased on a long term basis, with an average
lease term of 23 years. Myer owns the freehold title for three of its stores, being Dubbo, Wagga Wagga and part of the
Bendigo store, and intends to divest these as property demand recovers.
Myer’s flagship Melbourne store is currently being rebuilt, and is scheduled for a phased re-opening during 2010. Post
rebuild, Myer Melbourne will have 32,000 square metres of selling space with the option to lease a further 7,500 square
metres of selling space. Rent for the flagship Melbourne store is linked to the consumer price index. There have been
significant delays to the project related to the removal of hazardous materials and the obtaining of permits as well as issues
relating to structural integrity and building access. Myer is working with the developer to rectify the issues giving rise to
these delays, a number of which are now being effectively addressed. Myer believes that the handover dates planned
through 2010 will be met. Please refer to Section 9.2.11 for a discussion of the risk to Myer of the handover dates not
being met.
A new support office is also being constructed in Melbourne’s Docklands to a five star green design rating, and Myer plans
to relocate its support functions into these premises in early 2010.
To supplement Myer’s existing footprint, the Company plans to open 15 new stores over the next five years. Conditional
agreements for lease have been signed for 12 full-sized stores (selling space of approximately 10,000 square metres per
store), which management targets to achieve returns equivalent to twice Myer’s cost of capital by their second full year of
operation. Leases for a further three new full-sized stores are currently under negotiation. Subject to identifying attractive
sites and securing further leases, Myer’s management believes that the business has longer term potential to expand
beyond 100 stores.
Myer is targeting new stores in metropolitan ’infill’, ’growth corridor’ and regional city locations given their attractive growth
and demographic profiles. Below is a summary of key metrics for Myer’s planned new stores.
Location type
Average Metropolitan infill Growth corridor Regional city
Number of stores 5 5 5
Population catchment (’000) 150–350 150–250 150–200
Expected population growth Average High Average
Annual household income c. $65,000 c. $60,500 c. $55,500
Competing department store Yes Potentially No
Cannibalisation Yes Potentially No
1
SLA (m2) c. 10,000 c. 10,000 c. 10,000
1
Trade area (% GLA) 80% 80% 80%
2
Net capital expenditure c. $6m c. $6m c. $6m
Year 2 target sales3 c. $30m–$40m c. $30m–$35m c. $30m–$35m
Notes:
1. SLA defined as selling leasable area and GLA defined as gross leasable area (includes all SLA, reserve space and back office space).
2. Net of landlord contribution. Net capital expenditure represents planning criteria rather than a forecast. The estimated capital expenditure required to
construct a new store is assessed against these criteria. Capital expenditure estimates for new stores are built up using historical data as well as detailed
cost estimates (including rates per square metre for floor coverings, fixture costs etc.).
3. Year 2 target sales represent planning criteria rather than forecasts. The potential sales for a given new store are assessed against these criteria. Sales
estimates for new stores are built up using detailed demographic data, existing sales information and space allocation analysis.
5 Company overview
Below is a summary of the 12 new stores that Myer has signed conditional lease agreements.
Store State Anticipated GLA (sqm) Landlord Metro Growth Regional
year infill corridor city
Top Ryde1 NSW FY2010 10,550 Beville ✓
Robina 2
QLD FY2011 12,000 QIC ✓
Mackay QLD FY2011 10,000 Lend Lease ✓
Watergardens VIC FY2011 12,000 QIC ✓
Townsville QLD FY2012 12,000 Stockland ✓
Shell Harbour NSW FY2012 12,000 Stockland ✓
Mt. Gravatt QLD FY2013 12,500 Westfield ✓
Greenhills NSW FY2013 12,000 Stockland ✓
Plenty Valley VIC FY2013 12,000 Westfield ✓
Coomera QLD FY2013 12,000 Westfield ✓
Woden ACT FY2013 12,500 Westfield ✓
Tuggerah NSW FY2013 12,000 Westfield ✓
Notes:
1. Planned to open July 2010.
2. Planned to open October 2010.
The agreements for lease require Myer to enter into an agreed form of lease if certain conditions are met. There may be a
delay or inability to satisfy these conditions which may affect the planned opening date or ability of Myer to enter into the
lease. Myer may review its property strategy and this table is subject to change.
5.3.2 Store operations
Store operations cover a range of functions including the following:
– Product merchandising: Merchandise is displayed in clearly marked sections and supported by photographic and point-
of-sale displays. Products are generally grouped by brand to increase customer brand recognition and reflect how customers
shop. For example, Myer has identified that childrenswear sales have a high association with toy sales, and intends to structure
new stores such that the two departments are adjacent;
– Store refurbishment: Myer continues to rejuvenate its stores to enhance the shopping environment for customers. Myer
has an ongoing refurbishment program, with six stores refurbished over the last three years including the completion of the
Sydney flagship store. Myer also launched Project VM Revitalisation (internally referred to as Project Batman) in March 2009,
with the aim of improving the visual appeal of its stores by focusing on store decor and lighting, product positioning and
adjacency, brand emphasis and bringing excitement to its in-store layout and presentation. This is expected to be completed
at all stores but one by Christmas 2009;
– Space allocation: Decisions on space allocation and the product range are increasingly being made on a store-by-store
basis, as part of Myer’s strategy to decentralise decision making and increase management accountability at the store
level. Store managers are incentivised to generate strong performance at their stores and there is consultation between
management and staff to continuously identify selling opportunities and efficiency improvements;
– New store concepts: Myer is expanding its in-store offering to provide new services to customers at selected stores,
increasing foot traffic and maximising length-of-stay. These include health services such as WeightWatchers Clinics and
Wellness Centres, Laubman & Pank optical stores and Breast Cancer Institute Sunflower Clinics as well as cafes, bars and
restaurants;
– Improved store management: All store managers are measured against 10 defined store imperatives, and benchmarked
against the performance of other stores. This promotes a consistent standard and financial performance across stores; and
– Labour management: Labour productivity has increased substantially since 2006. More flexible and targeted rostering
has better aligned staff hours with customer shopping patterns to improve customer service and grow sales, with
labour productivity improving over 50% on average for stores in which the rostering changes have been implemented.
Approximately 750 roles have been reallocated from back-of-store to customer service positions as a result of efficiency
improvements in the supply chain. Additional initiatives relating to buying, back office and supply chain are expected to drive
further labour force efficiencies.
67
5 Company overview
In addition to in-store formats, Myer also operates an online stores are exhibiting strong sales performance on specific
sales channel. Myer is currently expanding its online store items. This initiative is designed for high fashion/on-trend
offering to drive increased sales. This online offering is products and longer lead time items such as European
being expanded to cover a broader range of gift-giving footwear and exclusive brand products, and is expected
occasions, commencing with Myer’s full range of gift hampers to substantially reduce out-of-stocks, markdowns and
for Christmas 2009. Myer’s online offering is expected to store-to-store transfer costs.
complement Myer’s retail stores as an additional sales channel
that is more convenient for the customer. Myer has greatly improved the efficiency of its international
supply chain through the introduction of four international
hubs – three in China (Shanghai, Shenzhen and Hong Kong)
and one in Singapore. This has reduced Myer’s average transit
5.4 Supply chain and lead time from 43 days to 24 days since FY2007 and has seen
information technology a reduction of 12% in international transportation costs over
the same period despite higher transportation volumes.
A number of other supply chain initiatives have improved
efficiencies at the store level, including the introduction
World class supply chain and enhanced IT of roll cages, ‘floor ready’ merchandising, source tagging
systems drive productivity and speed to market of products, flexibility in reverse logistics and greater
improvements with capacity to support over e-commerce capability.
100 stores
5.4.2 Information technology
Over the past three years, Myer has undergone a supply
Myer’s business critical IT systems include its supply chain
chain transformation and IT systems have been and continue
systems, merchandise system, PoS system and financial and
to be enhanced. This process has involved the consolidation
payroll systems. Significant investment in IT across all Myer
of distribution centres and warehouses, the establishment
stores and throughout its supply chain over the last three
of an integrated procurement and distribution network, and
years is now starting to deliver significant efficiencies across
the upgrade of IT systems covering merchandising, supply
the business.
chain and support office functions. Myer’s supply chain now
has world class operating metrics and, combined with Myer’s Supply chain IT systems have been upgraded and Myer’s new
enhanced IT platform, is delivering a number of benefits merchandising system MyMerch is now in place. MyMerch
across the business including improved safety and claims replaced 44 legacy IT systems and now enables orders to
management, better customer service, lower product lead be driven by daily rather than weekly stock on hand and
times, greater flexibility in stock allocation and substantially sales data. MyMerch provides full visibility of stock through
lower costs. one system and has synchronised the functions of ordering,
5.4.1 Supply chain supply chain tracking, stock measurement and sales rate
management with benefits for improved stock allocation to
Myer’s Australian supply chain is supported by four leased stores, greater forecast accuracy and reduced markdowns.
regional distribution centres located in Queensland, New
South Wales, Victoria and Western Australia. The New South Myer’s new PoS system is expected to be rolled out to all
Wales facility is less than three years old, and the other stores during 2010, and is expected to generate productivity
three sites have been fully refitted since 2006. In aggregate, improvements. The new PoS system permits real-time
these facilities represent over 90,000 square metres of promotional price adjustments which are expected to allow
space with capacity for 33,250 stock pallets and are capable for more dynamic promotional offers and lead to reduced
of supporting over 100 stores. The design, location and markdowns by better timing sales periods. Pricing will be
scalability of Myer’s current Australian distribution centre centralised under the new PoS system, increasing accuracy
network support ongoing sales growth and increased and removing the impact of store-specific delays. This system
international sourcing of products. is expected to improve customer service and staff member
satisfaction and productivity through faster transaction times,
At present, approximately 80% of all products entering the reducing peak trading queues and lost sales.
distribution centres are automatically sorted and delivered
directly to individual stores, with the remaining 20% retained
in the distribution centres to be delivered at a later date.
‘Smart allocation’ is currently being introduced, whereby
more of a product is initially retained at the distribution
centres and then allocated to stores once it is clear which
5 Company overview
Myer originally anticipated completing the deployment – Tighter inventory management: Inventory
of the new PoS system to stores in August 2008. However, management has been substantially improved since
there have been difficulties associated with the software 2006 as a result of increased supply chain flexibility,
development to accomplish a number of objectives for better buying practices and more sophisticated IT
Myer. These difficulties have resulted in a number of delays systems leading to a fall in inventory weeks and a
to testing phases, and subsequently the overall timing of the reduction in Myer’s aged stock; and
project. Myer is working with the software provider with a – Development of valuable global sourcing channels:
view to rectifying these issues. Myer has successfully expanded its portfolio of exclusive
Myer is implementing a new CCTV system, which is brands through a range of direct sourcing channels.
expected to assist in reducing loss through theft and Asian buying is now primarily facilitated by Li & Fung,
increase staff and customer security. A new labour the world’s largest soft goods trading house, and four
management system is also being introduced to improve overseas merchandising hubs located in China (three)
staff productivity by better matching labour hours with peak and Singapore (one). Expanding Myer’s exclusive brands
customer traffic times. The implementation of both these will continue to be a key focus going forward, with
systems has been delayed, but Myer believes both systems emphasis placed on improving design systems and
will be operational during 2010. reducing time to market.
Myer’s major trading partners include Estée Lauder and
Myer’s financial system, SAP R/3 Enterprise Financials, was
Pacific Brands. Other trading partners of significant volume
the first IT system Myer transitioned after commencing its
include Country Road, Voyager, Cue, Apple, Chanel, Maxwell
separation from the Coles Group, and is one of the leading
& Williams, Panasonic and Gazal Apparel.
financial systems in Australia. Myer has also consolidated its
payroll technology from two legacy systems and now runs,
with its payroll provider Talent2, a fully integrated human
resources information system. 5.6 Brand and product
Myer relies predominantly on IBM for its information
technology outsourcing requirements.
offering
5.5 Buying Comprehensive offering at a wide range of price

points underpins broad customer appeal and
provides flexibility to be tailored to each store’s
demographic profile
Transformed retail execution capability significantly Myer aims to provide customers with a broad range of
enhances the customer experience product categories and a wide selection of domestic and
Myer sources its merchandise from over 800 suppliers international brands at multiple price points. Myer carries
globally to provide customers with one of the broadest more than 600,000 product lines and approximately 2,400
brand offerings by a single retailer in Australia. Myer has brands across its 11 core product categories. Each store’s
greatly improved the efficiency and flexibility of its buying product range and brand offering are tailored to suit the
practices over the last three years in the following ways: size of that store and to reflect local selling conditions
including customer demographics, customer preferences
– Improved supplier collaboration and partnering: and competition.
Myer has reduced its supplier base by 15% over the
last two years and is focused on continually improving
supplier collaboration and partnering to increase its
supply chain efficiency, speed to market, sourcing
flexibility and its responsiveness to changing customer
wants and preferences;
– Implementation of the MyMerch merchandising
platform: MyMerch has contributed to substantially
improved forecasting accuracy, enabling buyers to better
respond to changing customer preferences and trends.
It has also resulted in improved inventory management,
reduced markdowns, shorter lead times, better contract
terms and a reduced level of out-of-stocks;
69
5 Company overview
5.6.1 Product categories

Myer believes its depth and breadth of product offering at a wide range of price points differentiate the Company from
specialty retailers and other department stores, and its superior customer service and product knowledge are a key
competitive advantage over discount department stores.
Myer competitive
Product category Description position1 Key competitors
Beauty, fragrance and cosmetics Cosmetic products, perfumes Target, David Jones, Priceline
and other personal care items and The Perfume Connection
Intimate apparel Women’s underwear, lingerie Target, David Jones and

and sleepwear Bras N Things
Womenswear Women’s apparel and David Jones, Portmans,

footwear Witchery, Wittner and
Nine West
Fashion accessories Women’s and men’s fashion David Jones, diva and
accessories Strandbags
Menswear Men’s apparel and footwear Roger David, David Jones,

Fletcher Jones, GAZ MAN
and Target
Electrical goods Electronic equipment and Clive Peeters, Harvey Norman
electrical appliances and JB Hi-Fi
Homewares Manchester, tabletop, Freedom, IKEA and

kitchenware and furniture David Jones
Childrenswear Children’s apparel Target, BIG W and Kmart
Youth fashion Youth apparel and footwear Just Jeans, SUPRÉ and Jay Jays
Toys Children’s toys Toys’R’Us, Target, BIG W

and Kmart
General merchandise Stationery, decorations and BIG W, Kmart and Target

miscellaneous items
Note:
1. This column shows the Management Team’s assessment of Myer’s ability to compete in the respective product categories, having regard to Myer’s range,
price, promotion, layout and/or store service model in relation to that product category. The more red the circle, the more the Management Team
believes it has a stronger competitive position in that product category.
Myer constantly monitors the profitability of each product category and adjusts the selling space allocated to each of these
product categories on a store-by-store basis in order to maximise the profit potential of each store and to provide customers
with more preferred product choices.
5 Company overview
5.6.2 Brand architecture – Myer exclusive brands: These brands are owned by
Myer, developed and designed exclusively for sale in Myer
To ensure broad customer appeal, having regard to the
stores by in-house teams. These brands are designed
demographic profile of each store, Myer has established
to fill gaps in Myer’s offering. They are typically priced
a clear brand architecture covering an extensive range of
lower than comparable international/national brands.
brands from entry level to luxury price points, with a focus
Myer also has a range of permanent value brands that
on modern and fashionable products.
provide lead-in price points, which help generate foot
Myer’s five key brand categories are: traffic into Myer stores. Myer exclusive brands generate
– Designer brands: Developed by external parties and significantly higher retail margins than the other brand
supplied to Myer, generally on an exclusive basis, to categories and Myer has built a portfolio of 45 leading in-
position Myer as a fashion leader. These brands are house brands across most merchandise categories, which
managed by high profile design houses and targeted now contributes around 15% of sales. Myer believes the
towards high income customers; growth of its exclusive brands will be a key component
of its growth strategy; and
– International/national brands: Developed and
designed by external parties, these brands allow Myer to – Youth brands: These brands cater specifically to the
satisfy the customer’s appetite for choice and credible youth customer in both men’s and women’s fashion. As
brands. These brands are generally supplied on a non- part of its focus on youth, Myer has become one of the
exclusive basis to Myer, and thus are often also available first Australian retailers to introduce plus-size fashion for
in many competitors’ stores; the younger demographic.
– Designers @ Myer brands: These are brands where Myer, via its extensive brand architecture, offers customers
a leading external designer, under exclusive contract, a range from permanent value to premium luxury choices.
works with the Myer team to develop a range that is then Permanent value offerings are a selection of brands which
manufactured and shipped through the Myer supply offer Myer customers a range of products at entry price
chain and is available exclusively through Myer stores. points in selected stores, providing every day value.
These brands allow Myer to provide a broader and more Premium luxury brands tend to appeal to higher income
exclusive range of choices to customers at affordable households with higher discretionary spend. Given Myer’s
prices and to extend its designer label offering to a wider extensive brand portfolio, the Company has the flexibility
range of stores; to tailor brands and price points to suit the demographic
profile of individual stores and respond to changing
economic conditions.
71
5 Company overview
Myer’s brand hierarchy

Permanent value Attainable fashion Inspired designs Affordable luxury Premium luxury
Designer brands Politix Maticevski Hugo Boss
Robert Robert camilla & marc Balmain
Cue Yeojin Bae Viktor & Rolf
Arabella Ramsey Cacharel
Nicola Finetti Donna Karan
Leona Edmiston Sonia by Sonia Rykiel
Jayson Brunsdon Narciso Rodriguez
Kate Sylvester Vivienne Westwood
Wayne Cooper Red Label
International/ Jag Cooper St Dom Bagnato
national brands Yarra Trail Wish Polo Ralph Lauren
Stiches Seafolly Lacoste
Jump Bardot G Star
Gordon Smith Jigsaw Armani Jeans
Sandler Decjuba True Religion
Diana Ferrari Pilgrim Bettino Liano
Cellini Feathers Ed Hardy
Esprit Rodd & Gunn Jamie Oliver
Levis Ben Sherman Missoni
Tony Bianco Country Road CK Jeans
Siren Tommy
Sportscraft
Resort Report
Taking Shape
Designers @ Myer Jane Lamerton Wayne Cooper (men’s)
brands Wayne by Wayne Cooper
Cozi by Jennifer Hawkins
Hi There from Karen
Walker
Wayne Junior
NF by Nicola Finetti
Maticevski Sweethearts
Marie Claire
Myer exclusive Finito Reserve Blaq Urban Soul Innovare
brands KWD Regatta Maddox
Always Urbane Basque
Piper Tokito
Soho Jack & Milly
Miss Pink Collection
Miss Shop Milkshake
Sprout Vue (& Vue Boutique
Heritage Collection)
Lost Highway Licorice
Chloe & Lola
Youth brands Mossimo Stussy
Freshjive Riders
Lipstick
Kenji
Bauhaus
Concessions are operated by leading external branded parties within Myer stores. Myer is generally entitled to a fixed
percentage of the revenue generated by sales of these brands in return for access to its retail space. Concession operators
are generally responsible for their own staff allocation, inventory management and the fit-out of their allocated selling space.
Concessions enable Myer to provide brands to which it would not otherwise have access and deliver a broader range of
choices to its customers. In FY2009, concession sales accounted for around 13% of Myer’s Total Sales Value. Some of Myer’s
main concession operators include Cue, Country Road, Sportscraft, Esprit, TS 14+, Polo Ralph Lauren, Politix and Virgin.
5 Company overview
5.7 MYER one loyalty program and Myer cards
Leading retail loyalty program provides valuable customer insights and serves as a powerful marketing
tool to drive sales
MYER one is Australia’s leading retail customer loyalty program with more than three million members contributing over
60% of Myer’s sales and spending 15% more on average per year at Myer than non-MYER one members. MYER one provides
valuable insights into customer needs and preferences and forms a cornerstone of Myer’s marketing activity, providing a
valuable platform from which to market directly to customers and target their specific needs. With free registration, MYER
one has grown strongly since June 2006, with an approximate 180% increase in membership since that time.
MYER one membership growth
63%
61%
58%
56%
47%
43%
43%
1.1m 1.4m 1.7m 2.2m 2.5m 2.8m 3.1m
Acquisition Jan 2007 Jul 2007 Jan 2008 Jul 2008 Jan 2009 Jul 2009
(Jun 2006)
Number of members % Total Sales Value generated from MYER one members
Source: Myer.
The MYER one loyalty program is primarily designed to encourage high value Myer customers to consolidate their
department store spending with Myer and to attract new high value customers. MYER one rewards customers for shopping
at Myer, with members accruing shopping credits in accordance with their spending levels within Myer stores. Members earn
a minimum of a $20 gift card for every $1,000 spent (over a rolling 24 month period). During FY2009, Myer distributed over
$43 million of Myer gift cards with members spending on average 3.3 times the value of the card at the time of redemption.
Membership is tiered by level of spend, as shown in the following table.
MYER one membership categories
Category Membership Annual spend
Gold c. 21,500 > $7,500 p.a.

Silver c. 487,000 $1,500–$7,499 p.a.
Standard c. 2,663,000 < $1,500 p.a.
Total c. 3,171,500
Source: Myer internal data.
Note: Standard members include newly joined members.
MYER one average customer spend and new cardholders targets

Customer status FY2009 average spend FY2010 target new cardholders
1
Traditional customer $795 -
MYER one without email $822 150,000
MYER one with email $971 350,0002
Myer Visa Card $2,562 50,000
Total new cardholders 550,000
Notes:
1. Myer estimate.
2. Myer’s target is to collect 350,000 email addresses from 550,000 new cardholders in FY2010.
73
5 Company overview
MYER one drives sales by drawing customers back to the Other significant advertising and marketing initiatives
stores through tangible member benefits including travel undertaken by Myer include:
offers, a wine club, use of exclusive MYER one lounges at – Jennifer Hawkins – the ‘Face of Myer’: One of Myer’s
selected stores, VIP tickets to Myer events, gifts cards and biggest ongoing brand initiatives is the marketing of
vouchers and the quarterly emporium magazine. New MYER Jennifer Hawkins as the Face of Myer. An Australian
one rewards initiatives are continually developed including the model crowned Miss Universe and Miss Australia in
Myer Affiliates program which is currently being trialled in four 2004, Jennifer features in Myer’s fashion parades and is
major shopping centres. Under the program, selected stores often the guest of honour at Myer functions and Myer
are invited to become Myer Affiliates, enabling them to offer sponsored events. Jennifer has recently signed a
MYER one credit points for purchases made in these stores. new contract to continue as the Face of Myer until
The MYER one database is a comprehensive and valuable November 2013;
source of customer information and enables Myer to more – Annual fashion events: These are timed to coincide
effectively target its offering to changing customer needs with the launches of the spring/summer season in
and drive sales through enhanced marketing initiatives, August and the autumn/winter season in February;
business planning, brand strategy, store network planning, – Spring Racing Carnival: Myer is a long term partner of
product merchandising, cross-selling and store layouts. the Victoria Racing Club through its sponsorship of the
Other initiatives that build on the MYER one loyalty offerings Melbourne Cup Carnival and Australia’s largest and most
include the Company’s Myer Visa Card, launched in 2007, prestigious outdoor fashion event, Myer Fashions on the
and Myer Card, launched in 2006. GE owns and manages the Field. Myer also sponsors Sydney’s Golden Slipper Festival
proprietary credit card portfolio and the credit risk. The Myer as well as 23 regional and local racing carnivals;
Visa Card is linked to the MYER one loyalty program enabling – emporium magazine: Launched in May 2007, emporium
customers to earn MYER one shopping credits everywhere is a widely circulated Australian fashion magazine with
that Visa is accepted (27 million locations worldwide). The a quarterly print run of more than 250,000 copies. While
Myer Card is a store credit card that can only be used in Myer the magazine is targeted toward MYER one members
stores and is also linked to the MYER one program. There are (free to MYER one members with any purchase), it is
currently 235,000 Myer Visa Card and Myer Card holders. made available in-store to all customers and features a
wide range of Myer’s brand offerings across all product
categories, providing an array of product choices
and fashion tips and driving incremental sales from
5.8 Advertising and Myer customers;
marketing – Joint branding and marketing campaigns: Myer
conducts joint campaigns which are focused on
driving sales and engaging customers. This strategy
was successfully employed by Myer, supported by its
Myer is a leading advertiser in the Australian retail suppliers and media partners, to drive sales during the
industry and invests heavily in advertising across most anticipated soft trading period of February, March and
media channels including catalogues, for which it has April in 2009; and
been awarded ‘Catalogue of the Year’ by the Australian – In-store events and theatre: Myer’s in-store visual
Catalogue Association for the last two years running. Since merchandising initiatives promote major events such
its change of ownership in 2006, Myer has transformed as Christmas as well as selected seasonal events such as
its marketing programs to increase their relevance to Mothers’ Day and Fathers’ Day and the Melbourne Spring
Myer’s target customers. Myer has focused on events Racing Carnival. Myer has also introduced a number of
based marketing where it can create a strong customer in-store theatre programs to excite and inspire customers
association with specific occasions, such as Christmas, outside of major events, such as the ‘Three Weeks in
Mothers’ Day and Fathers’ Day. Local community marketing New York’ initiative where CBD stores applied a New York
programs have also been emphasised to further reinforce theme to marketing and visual merchandising.
Myer’s strong connection with, and relevance to, the
Australian community.
5 Company overview
Myer’s management has sought to inspire and re-energise

5.9 Community initiatives the Company’s approximate 14,000 team members
and create a strong customer service culture. Myer has
introduced a range of programs and benefits to help
attract, retain and reward talent and ensure a continued
Sidney Myer, the founder of Myer, made community commitment by all staff to improving the business and
engagement part of the fabric of the organisation. This delivering superior customer service.
focus is an enduring aspect of Myer’s corporate philosophy
and helps to drive customer loyalty and reinforce the A number of initiatives are in place to enhance team
Myer brand. development, customer service, selling skills, product
knowledge and sales performance. For example, the
Myer’s strong connection with the community was Company’s ‘Awesome Service’ training program has been
illustrated through its rapid response to Victoria’s tragic completed by over 90% of Myer team members and a new
Black Saturday bushfires in February 2009. Customers, ‘Beyond Awesome Service’ initiative has been introduced
suppliers and team members rallied together with the which focuses on refining selling skills.
management and Board to donate $2.5 million to the
Salvation Army’s bushfire appeal. In addition, Myer’s A variety of incentive and bonus programs have been
philanthropic program in FY2009 donated over $400,000 to introduced to improve sales and productivity across all
62 store nominated charities, $290,000 to the Olivia Newton levels and areas of the business. A new program for store
John Wellness Centre, more than $300,000 to the Salvation managers has been introduced which ranks the individual
Army Spirit of Christmas CD and Christmas dinners, and also store’s performance on 10 store imperatives on a monthly
made donations to Canteen, the National Breast Cancer basis and results are aligned to bonus rewards. Over 1,500
Foundation, Movember and Jeans for Genes. members of management are incentivised annually against
business and service metrics, with average annual bonuses
Myer’s Local Area Marketing Program has been redesigned of approximately $20 million being paid to this group
to ensure a genuine connection with the community at a over the last three years. These incentive programs are
grassroots level, returning ownership of community related driving a significant cultural change in the business as well
marketing activities directly to stores. Over $1 million per as productivity improvements and sales growth. Almost
annum is allocated to stores to support community events, 400 senior managers participate in equity incentive plans,
local partnerships, community grants and in-store events. directly aligning them with the success of the business
Myer also sponsors other important community events through equity ownership.
such as Vision Australia’s Carols by Candlelight, Christmas
Parades in Melbourne, Brisbane and Hobart and the annual Please refer to Section 6.5 for additional information
Christmas windows in a number of Myer stores. regarding employees.
5.10 Employees and culture 5.11 Key growth strategies
Proven Management Team with over 300 years Strong, identifiable growth strategy is expected
of combined experience is transforming Myer to deliver attractive returns
and positioning the business for growth Myer’s growth strategy is built on four key pillars: growing
Myer’s Management Team, led by CEO Bernie Brookes, comparable store sales, the planned roll-out of new stores
has over 300 years of combined experience and has been (including the Myer Melbourne rebuild), gross margin
responsible for Myer’s transformation over the last three improvement and reductions in cost of doing business
years. Myer has approximately 14,000 team members and margins. This strategy is expected to drive attractive returns
is committed to being an employer of choice. The scale of for shareholders while at the same time increasing Myer’s
Myer’s business provides wide ranging career opportunities customer appeal.
for team members and further supports the Company’s ability
to continue to attract and retain the best talent available.
75
5 Company overview
Myer’s growth strategy

CODB
margin
reductions
Gross
margin
improvement
Attractive
New stores returns
and Myer
Melbourne
Comparable
store sales
growth
Transformed platform
Myer believes it has scope to grow its margins to world’s Introduction of new product categories, brands,
best practice levels. Many of Myer’s growth initiatives have concepts and concessions
only recently been introduced and so while some of them
Myer will continue to introduce new product categories,
will deliver some benefits during FY2010, the majority of
brands, concepts and concessions in order to attract
benefits are expected to be realised beyond FY2010.
customers, increase foot traffic through stores and drive
Continued development of the MYER one sales. Myer regularly reviews and refreshes its product
loyalty program offering and store formats to provide an exciting shopping
experience – for example, new concepts will continue to be
Myer intends to continue to develop the MYER one loyalty
rolled out in order to add excitement and attract customers
program to drive comparable store sales growth. MYER
into stores. Myer is also investing in high growth categories
one offers have been found to be an effective way to draw
such as audio-visual by increasing the prominence of these
customers into the stores and generate additional sales
categories within stores and employing specialist sales
in quieter trading periods – for example, offering ‘double
staff. Significant opportunities also exist to drive sales in
points’ can increase a day’s sales by up to 20%. Further
categories such as menswear and furniture by similarly
upside exists in marketing and promotion as the program
refining the brand architecture of these product categories.
expands in terms of membership and member offerings.
These initiatives are expected to have a meaningful impact
These initiatives are expected to have a meaningful impact
on earnings in FY2010, with more significant benefits
on earnings in FY2010, with significant benefits anticipated
anticipated beyond FY2010.
beyond FY2010.
Increase profile of highly profitable Myer
Stronger in-store execution
exclusive brands
Myer will continue to focus on improving its retail execution
Where there is an opportunity to complement its overall
through initiatives to improve customers’ shopping
offering for customers, Myer will take the opportunity to
experience and driving repeat customers, sales growth and
grow its sales of higher margin Myer exclusive brands.
margin improvement. Ongoing enhancements to buying
Specific ongoing exclusive brand sales initiatives include
practices and the supply chain are expected to reduce
dedicated marketing budgets, in-store commission
transit lead times and restocking times, improving stores’
structures, increased visual merchandising and more
in-stock positions and increasing customer satisfaction.
prominent positioning, and buying and logistics initiatives
Customer service and sales productivity is expected to
to increase customer appeal and speed to market. These
continue to improve through an ongoing focus on team
initiatives are expected to have a meaningful impact
member training and product knowledge, and a greater
on earnings in FY2010, with more significant benefits
alignment between staffing levels and customer foot traffic
levels. These initiatives are expected to have a meaningful
impact on earnings in FY2010, with more significant benefits
5 Company overview
Store refreshments and refurbishments Store roll-out program expected to add 15 new
full-sized stores in attractive markets over the
Myer will continue to enhance the presentation of its stores
next five years
in order to attract more customers and drive sales growth.
A positive sales impact is expected from the completion of Myer plans to open 15 new stores in attractive markets
the Project VM Revitalisation (internally referred to as Project over the next five years, supported by its transformed
Batman) refurbishments, which will have been applied retail platform. Myer is targeting new stores in metropolitan
to all but one of Myer’s stores in time for Christmas 2009. ‘infill’, ‘growth corridor’ and regional city locations given their
These partial refurbishments focus on improving visual attractive growth and demographic profiles. Conditional
merchandising to create on average 2%–3% uplift in sales agreements for lease have been signed for 12 new full-sized
from these stores for an average investment of $200,000, stores, with another three leases under negotiation to take
which is a fraction of the cost of a full refurbishment. the chain to 80 stores by July 2014. Myer undertakes rigorous
analysis of local demographics, income levels, population
Other visual merchandising projects are also underway
catchment and growth, potential cannibalisation and the
including a number of smaller ‘quick win’ projects with
competitor offer prior to selecting new store locations.
fast payback periods such as store department upgrades.
Myer’s world class supply chain will enable these stores to
The business will also benefit from the full year impact
have 80% trading space (compared with 69% in existing
of completed major store refurbishments (including the
stores) by reducing loading dock and storage requirements.
now international class Sydney flagship store) as well as
Myer has further scope to expand its store portfolio beyond
10 further full refurbishments planned over the next two
the current target of 80 stores by leveraging its flexible
years, which are expected to generate significant sales uplift.
brand architecture, which enables the Company to tailor its
More strategic and flexible allocation of retail floor space
merchandise offering to the different demographic sub-
between departments, brands and product lines represents
profiles of individual stores thus making lower demographic
further opportunities to increase sales per square metre
locations an attractive proposition. Strong returns from new
and respond to changing consumer trends. These initiatives
stores are expected to be a significant driver of earnings
are expected to have a meaningful impact on earnings in
growth beyond FY2010. This initiative will have no impact
FY2010, with significant benefits anticipated beyond FY2010.
on earnings in FY2010, but is expected to be a significant
Rebuild of the flagship Myer Melbourne store growth driver beyond FY2010.
When completed, the rebuild of the flagship Myer Reduced losses from theft (shrinkage)
Melbourne store, which currently accounts for around 7%
An extensive new CCTV system is due to be rolled out
of Total Sales Value, is expected to result in a significant sales
to all stores during 2010, covering all retail floor space as
uplift relative to current levels. The Myer Melbourne store
well as back-of-store operations such as loading docks.
rebuild is expected to be progressively opened during 2010,
The system has generated positive trial results and, in
and has the potential to be seen as on par with international
conjunction with other related initiatives such as improved
flagship department stores such as Selfridges (London),
shrinkage administration, the introduction of fitting room
Galeries Lafayette (Paris) and Bloomingdales (New York). This
attendants, additional electronic article surveillance gates
initiative is expected to have a limited impact on earnings
and undercover security guards, is anticipated to reduce
in FY2010, with meaningful benefits anticipated beyond
losses from theft. Shrinkage reduction is expected to have
FY2010.
a significant impact on earnings in FY2010 and beyond.
77
5 Company overview
Introduction of new PoS system Store support efficiencies

Myer’s new PoS system is expected to be implemented Substantial back-of-store efficiencies have been generated
across all stores during 2010. This system is anticipated at the supply chain level by implementing initiatives that
to generate productivity improvements and significantly avoid the multiple handling of inventory at the store level.
improve customer service and staff satisfaction. The new Roll cages have been implemented in over 70% of stores
PoS system permits real-time price adjustments which are and supplier compliance with ‘floor ready’ standards has
expected to allow for more dynamic promotional offers as increased to 66% in FY2009; however, the annualised
well as reduce markdowns by better timing sales periods. benefits of these actions are yet to be realised. Technology
Pricing will be centralised, increasing accuracy and removing improvements in buying and the new PoS system are
the impact of store-specific delays. This system will also expected to result in lower administrative requirements,
substantially improve customer service through faster and centralisation of Myer’s back-of-store administration
transaction times, reducing peak trading queues and lost processes, such as payroll and call centres, is expected to
sales. This initiative will have a limited impact on earnings generate additional operating efficiencies. These initiatives
in FY2010, but is anticipated to have a more significant will have a limited impact on earnings in FY2010, with a
influence beyond FY2010. more meaningful influence beyond FY2010.
Improved markdown management
‘Smart allocation’, where products are allocated to stores
in accordance with each store’s rate of sales of that product,
is only just beginning to be trialled and is expected to
reduce markdowns (as well as store-to-store transfer costs).
Improved buying and forecasting processes will further
refine Myer’s inventory management, reducing markdowns.
Additionally, greater collaboration with suppliers allows for
supplier-supported markdowns. This initiative will have a
limited impact on earnings in FY2010, but is anticipated to
have a more significant influence beyond FY2010.
Better sourcing practices
Myer’s buying strategy has strengthened the focus on
selecting products which maximise available gross margin.
Myer exclusive brands offer higher margins than third party
wholesale or concession sales, and Myer’s sourcing strategy
now reflects this. More direct sourcing is also taking place,
focusing on Asia and other low cost manufacturing regions.
The buying team is now supported by forecasting tools
and more automated ordering processes. This is expected
to help create a product offering more closely aligned with
customer preferences and trends. This initiative will have a
meaningful impact on earnings in FY2010, with a growing
influence beyond FY2010.
79
6
Board, senior management,
employees and
corporate governance
6 Board, senior management,

employees and corporate
governance
6.1 Board of Directors
The Board of Directors brings relevant experience and skills

including retailing, financial management and corporate
governance. The Board comprises:
Name Position
Howard McDonald Chairman Howard McDonald Bernie Brookes

Bernie Brookes Managing Director
Chairman Chief Executive Officer
(Executive Director)
and Managing Director
Anne Brennan Non-Executive Director Howard McDonald has been a Bernie Brookes was appointed
Director of Myer since October 2006 Chief Executive Officer of Myer
Tom Flood Non-Executive Director and was appointed Non-Executive in June 2006. In his role Bernie is
Rupert Myer Non-Executive Director Chairman on 4 August 2009. Howard responsible for the transition of
brings significant retail and fashion Myer following the separation
experience to the Myer business from the Coles Group and for
with 35 years of experience in rebuilding the Myer business
Myer is intending to appoint at least one more independent consumer goods industries. under new ownership. Bernie has
Non-Executive Director to the Board in the short term to spent 34 years working within
Howard was previously Managing the retail industry in local and in
further enhance its experience and capabilities, having Director of Just Group, from international roles in India and
regard to the Board’s role in an ASX-listed company. December 1997 to September 2006, China. Prior to joining Myer, Bernie
during which time he repositioned was a Management Director
The Board of Directors has resolved that it will invite and expanded the company. In of Woolworths and was a chief
2001, he led the Just Jeans Group architect of Woolworths’ Project
NB Swanston to appoint a Director to the Board prior to into Australia’s first public-to- Refresh, which reduced costs by
Listing if its Shareholding exceeds 5% following completion private management buyout more than $5 billion over five years
of the Offer. and in May 2004 Just Group was and reinvested these savings back
re-listed on ASX. Just Group is the into the business. His Woolworths
largest specialty apparel retailer in experience also included a variety
Australasia with over 800 stores. Its of General Management positions
stable of brands includes Just Jeans, in three states across the Buying,
Jay Jays, Jacqui E, Portmans, Peter IT, Marketing and Operations
Alexander Sleepwear and Dotti. departments.
Prior to this, Howard held a number Bernie has also held a number of
of roles within the Pacific Dunlop roles as President and executive
Group across Footwear, Clothing of various industry organisations
and Textiles and Corporate. Some including the Retail Traders
of Howard’s achievements during Association in Queensland and
this time include internationalising Victoria and President of the
the Sheridan Bedlinen business into Queensland Grocery Association,
Asia, the United States and Europe; and has assisted on a number
and heading up Corporate Affairs for of charitable and Government
Pacific Dunlop, where he sat on all ventures and committees.
of the management boards of this
diversified conglomerate. Howard’s Bernie has received many awards,
time at Pacific Dunlop culminated including Food Week Retail
in the role of Managing Director of Executive of the Year, National Retail
Pacific Brands Clothing, where he Association Food Industry Executive
focused on offshore manufacturing, of the Year and Food Week Buyer
international marketing and textile of the Year for four years during the
manufacturing, managing brands 1980s and 1990s.
such as Bonds, Holeproof, Berlei,
Jockey and others. Bernie is currently the patron of the
Australian Joe Berry Memorial Award
Howard holds a Bachelor of and the Australian representative
Economics degree from Monash judge of the World Retail Awards
University and is a member of the each year.
Australian Institute of Company
Directors. Howard is involved with a Bernie holds Bachelor of Arts and
number of charitable organisations. Diploma of Education degrees from
Macquarie University.
Details of Bernie’s terms of
employment with Myer are
described in Section 10.14.3.
81
Anne Brennan Tom Flood Rupert Myer AM

Non-Executive Director Non-Executive Director Non-Executive Director
Anne Brennan was appointed Tom Flood has been a Rupert Myer was appointed to the
as a Non-Executive Director in Non-Executive Director since Myer Board in 2006. He is chairman
September 2009, bringing to the August 2007, bringing to the of The Myer Family Company, an
Myer business strong financial business 39 years of experience in actively managed investment group
credentials and business experience. the retail industry, with the majority holding Australian and international
Anne has worked in a variety of of his career spent within the equity portfolios as well as private
senior management roles including supermarket industry. equity and property investments.
financial planning and reporting, He is a director of The Myer Family
audit and risk management, Tom began his retail career in Office Limited and is also a director
treasury, tax and investor relations. Ireland with the Superquinn of the publicly listed investment
Supermarket Group before companies AMCIL Limited and
Anne is currently the Finance moving to London for a role with Diversified United Investment
Director of the Coates Group, the United States-owned Safeway Limited. He was formerly a director
responsible for the strategic Supermarket Group. of MCS Property Limited.
financial direction of the Group,
however, Anne has recently Tom joined Woolworths upon Rupert serves as chairman of the
resigned from this role effective arrival in Australia. During his time National Gallery of Australia and as
30 October 2009. Anne was there, Tom assumed the position of a board member of the National
appointed to this role shortly after General Manager, Supermarkets for Gallery of Australia Foundation.
the merger and privatisation of the Western Australia and subsequently He also serves as chairman of
Coates Group and National Hire’s for Victoria (Safeway). In these Kaldor Public Art Projects, as a
hire businesses in January 2008. roles, Tom oversaw all areas of member of The Felton Bequests’
the business, including Buying, Committee, as a board member of
From 2006 to 2008, Anne was Marketing, Store Operations, Indigenous Enterprise Partnerships
Chief Financial Officer for CSR and Distribution, Finance, Security and and as a Member of the University
was a board member for a number Insurance. Tom was subsequently of Melbourne Faculty of Economics
of CSR’s investment companies. appointed Chief General Manager and Commerce Advisory Board.
In her role at CSR, Anne was Operations for all Woolworths stores
responsible for providing strategic in Australia. Following that, Tom was Rupert’s previous community
leadership, advice and broad appointed to the role of Director activities have been as chairman of
commercial perspectives to the of Supermarkets with overall the NGV Foundation, International
board, Chief Executive Officer responsibility for Woolworths’ core Social Service and WorkPlacement
and executive team. supermarkets business. and as a board member of The
Museum of Contemporary Art and
Prior to that, Anne was a partner a trustee of The National Gallery
in three professional services of Victoria. He chaired the Federal
firms; KPMG, Arthur Andersen Government’s Inquiry into the
and Ernst & Young, initially in the Contemporary Visual Arts and Craft
audit practice and, in the 10 years Sector which completed its report
before joining CSR, as a partner in in 2002.
Corporate Finance and Transaction
Services practices. During this He holds a Bachelor of Commerce
time she worked with large public (Honours) degree from the
companies involved in initial public University of Melbourne and a
offerings, demergers, takeovers and Master of Arts from the University
undertaking major acquisitions or of Cambridge and is a member of
joint ventures. In addition, Anne was the Australian Institute of Company
a member of the national executive Directors. He became a Member
team and a board member of of the Order of Australia in January
Ernst & Young. 2005 for service to the arts, for
support to museums and galleries,
Anne holds a Bachelor of Commerce and to the community through a
(Honours) degree from University range of philanthropic and service
College Galway. She is a Fellow organisations.
of the Institute of Chartered
Accountants in Australia and a
member of the Australian Institute
of Company Directors.
6 Board, senior management, employees and

Greg Travers
6.2 Senior management
Director of Strategic Planning and Human Resources
Greg has 29 years of industry experience and was
appointed Director of Strategic Planning and Human
Members of the Management Team have over 300 years Resources in June 2006. In his role, Greg oversees the
of combined experience in core retail operations including human resource management of the Company including
fashion, buying, supply chain, store operations, store design, organisational development, recruitment and training,
property development, project management, marketing employee relations, risk and safety, the procurement
and information technology and contribute relevant retail, function and the development of the Company‘s strategic
financial and public company experience. planning framework.
Over the past three years, the team has orchestrated the Previously, Greg spent 11 years with WMC Resources, where
separation of Myer from the Coles Group, which required he held the role of Executive General Manager, Group
creating a property strategy, an information technology Services, responsible for human resources, risk and safety,
platform and an entirely new supply chain. Over the same procurement, IT, corporate affairs and business services. Prior
period, the Management Team has driven the turnaround to his time at WMC, Greg worked for seven years at the Pratt
program, successfully implementing the 101 business Group in operations and human resources and seven years
improvements identified at acquisition, while managing at BHP in various human resources roles.
to grow market share, margins and return on funds
employed despite the economic downturn. Greg was previously a director of the Australian Mines
and Metals Association and a director of the Institute for
Profiles of the members of the Management Team are Public Affairs.
listed below (with the exception of Bernie Brookes, whose
biography is provided in Section 6.1). Marion Rodwell
A general description of the terms of employment of General Counsel and Company Secretary
key members of the Management Team is contained Marion has 22 years of commercial experience and was
in Section 10.14.4. appointed General Counsel and Company Secretary in 2008.
Mark Ashby As General Counsel, Marion manages the legal function
of Myer, incorporating the provision of legal advice to
Chief Financial Officer the Company and the management of the legal group. In
Mark has 30 years of experience and was appointed addition, Marion is Company Secretary of all companies in
CFO in January 2008. In his role, Mark manages the Myer Group.
the financial structure of Myer, including all the accounting Marion has extensive corporate, commercial and governance
aspects of the organisation as well as statutory reporting. experience, having held General Counsel and Company
In addition, Mark’s responsibilities cover treasury Secretary roles in the financial services, gaming and retail
management, compliance, internal audit and the Financial industries over many years. Previously, Marion held the role
Services division of the business. of General Counsel and Company Secretary of Tattersall’s
Mark has held CFO positions since 1990 for both local and and, prior to that, she was General Counsel and Company
international companies in retail, wholesale, technology Secretary of IOOF. Marion was heavily involved in the initial
and franchise industries. Prior to joining Myer, Mark spent public offering of Tattersall’s in 2005 and has negotiated
four years as the CFO of Mitre 10 Australia, was the Finance numerous joint venture and supply arrangements within
Director of Motorola and worked as a Finance Director/CFO Australia and internationally.
in fashion retail and technology organisations. Marion is a member of the Law Institute of Victoria and the
Mark is a member of the Australian Institute of Company Australian Corporate Lawyers Association.
Directors.
83
Prakash Menon When Tim was away from Myer between 1997 and 2002,
he held positions including the Executive General Manager
Director of Logistics
of Marketing Operations at Crown Casino and the General
Prakash has 25 years of retail experience and has been Manager of GAZ MAN Menswear.
with Myer for over 14 years. In this time, Prakash has worked
Tim is also a member of the Oracle CIO Global
in management roles across a range of areas within the
Advisory Board.
business, including stores, financial analysis, inventory,
merchandise replenishment, merchandise planning and John Hawker
supply chain. In his role, Prakash is responsible for the
Director of Store Operations
delivery of the supply chain business strategy and the
execution of the end-to-end process of supply chain and John has 29 years of retail industry experience, 19 of which
merchandise planning for both national and international have been at Myer. In his role, John is responsible for all
merchandise. Prakash has successfully delivered a number aspects of Myer’s store operations from conceptualisation
of key projects including the transition of Myer’s supply to delivery of operational strategies. He oversees the
chain from the Coles Group environment, the delivery of operations of the Company’s stores including store
four regional distribution centres to specification and the budgeting, scheduling, the ‘Store of the Future’ project,
delivery of four international hubs in China/Singapore to service models, asset protection, facilities management
improve speed to market. These initiatives have improved and the customer service centre. His previous roles at
supply chain productivity significantly, lowered international the Company include store management and regional
transit lead times, reduced international and domestic management positions across the east coast of Australia.
freight costs and improved inventory management,
John was previously Managing Director of LVMH Perfumes
including out-of-stocks and forecasting accuracy.
and Cosmetics for the Pacific Region and also held senior
In June 2007, in his role as Director of Supply Chain, sales roles with the Estée Lauder companies and the
Prakash was presented with the special Myer Chairman’s L’Oréal Luxury Products division.
Award for the exceptional work done in the transition and
John is also the Chairman of the Myer Stores Community
transformation of Myer’s supply chain.
Fund and a director of the Cancer Patients Foundation
Prior to joining Myer, Prakash was the Food and of Australia.
Beverage Manager for the Taj Group of Hotels in India
Penny Winn
and, on relocating to Australia, the director of his own
food company. Director of Buying Operations
Timothy Clark Penny has 24 years of retail experience and was appointed
Director of Buying Operations in March 2008. In her role,
Director of Information Technology and Project
Penny is responsible for the delivery of sales, gross profit
Management Office
and stock targets through the management of buying,
Tim has 27 years of retail experience and was appointed planning, supply chain, business administration and store
Director of Information Technology in June 2006. In this role, support teams.
he oversees the development of Myer’s IT strategic direction
Prior to joining Myer, Penny held a number of positions
along with the management and delivery of all IT services
in the retail and supermarket industries, including
and IT projects within the business. Tim first joined Myer in
management roles with BIG W discount stores and
1982 and spent 15 years with the business in various roles.
Grace Bros department stores. Penny spent 19 years
After a number of years working for other companies, he
with Woolworths in a number of key roles, including
returned to Myer in 2002. Since 2006, Tim has been involved
General Manager of Project Mercury (responsible for the
in a number of major IT projects and initiatives, including
reorganisation of Woolworths’ supply chain), General
Myer’s complete IT separation from the Coles Group, the
Manager of Retail Support and National Manager of Banking
transitioning of all IT services to Myer’s outsourcing partner
(establishing Woolworths Ezy Banking). In 2006, Penny was
IBM, the implementation of a new merchandise system, the
seconded to the role of Director of Strategy and Change at
change in payroll systems and the IT development for Myer’s
Asda Stores UK (a division of Walmart).
end-to-end supply chain capability. All in-house IT policies,
procedures, contracts, architectural guidelines and resource Penny was a finalist in the Telstra Business Woman of the
capability have been established since June 2006. Tim is also Year 2005. She is currently a director of the Fragrance
the executive in charge of the strategic development and Foundation of Australia.
operational delivery of Myer’s online capabilities and has
recently added the new company wide Project Management
Office function to his portfolio.

Paul Banks From 1987 to 2006, Judy held senior merchandising roles at
Roger David, Hallensteins (where she was later promoted to
Director of Property Development
Managing Director) and the Sportsgirl/Sportscraft Group.
Paul has 17 years of retail experience and joined Myer in Judy has also founded her own homewares lifestyle business
January 2007. In his role, Paul is responsible for overseeing called Roost, which won an international IGDS award for
the management of Myer’s existing property network as well best specialty retailer, and is a former non-executive director
as developing and realising the property strategy for Myer in of Ezibuy, the largest mail order business in Australasia.
Australia. As part of Paul’s current role, he is actively involved
Megan Foster
in the redevelopment of current Myer stores, sourcing new
locations that will allow Myer to meet its wider business Director of Store Concepts and Design
objectives, and also leads projects for the development
Megan has 21 years of retail experience. She joined Myer
of new stores and the new National Support Office.
in June 2006 as a consultant and has worked across several
Prior to working at Myer, Paul worked at Woolworths for areas including merchandise, supply chain, human resources,
14 years across various roles, most recently that of Senior store development and marketing. In August 2007 Megan
Property Manager for Victoria and Tasmania, which involved was appointed as Director of the Program Office before
managing around 400 sites as well as delivering new moving into her current role in April 2008. In her role,
supermarkets, Dan Murphy’s stores, BWS Liquor stores Megan oversees all design in-store development including
and petrol outlets. refurbishments, new stores and in-store initiatives, as well
as ‘strategic space’ and the redevelopment of the flagship
Paul is also a member of the Property Council of Australia.
Myer Melbourne store.
Nick Abboud
Prior to joining Myer, Megan held senior sales and marketing
Director of Retail Stores roles within fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG) companies,
including 10 years spent at Unilever, before working for several
Nick has 21 years of retail experience and was appointed
years as a consultant to FMCG companies and Woolworths.
Director of Retail Stores in March 2008. In his role, Nick
oversees the operation of the chain of 65 stores, focusing In 2007, in her role as Director of the Program Office, Megan
on areas such as store presentation, sales, customer service, was awarded the CEO’s Award for Excellence for a project
profit, costs, compliance, shrinkage, safety and the people under her stewardship and in 2008 in her current role was
management of approximately 13,000 store team members. awarded the Chairman’s Award for Excellence. Megan is
Nick joined Myer in 1993 as a department manager and over also a director of the Myer Stores Community Fund.
the past 16 years progressed through the business in various
Adam Stapleton
store management and regional management roles.
General Manager of Marketing
Nick was previously the National Operations Manager of the
Megamart business. Adam has 14 years of industry experience and was
appointed General Manager of Marketing in December
In 2007, in his role as NSW Regional Manager for Myer,
2008. In his role, Adam manages Myer’s advertising and
Nick was presented with the Myer Chairman’s Award for
direct marketing, the MYER one loyalty program, emporium
the turnaround performance of Myer in NSW.
magazine, myer.com.au creative, customer insights and
Judy Coomber research as well as the Company’s brand strategy. Adam
joined Myer in 2002, holding positions including Marketing
Director of Apparel
Operations Manager and National Manager of Advertising
Judy has 30 years of retail experience. She was appointed and Loyalty before being appointed to his current role.
Director of Apparel in 2006, initially responsible for
Prior to joining Myer, Adam worked for a number of
childrenswear, intimate apparel, cosmetics and youth. In her
organisations across a diverse range of industries; these
current role, Judy is responsible for overseeing all areas of
businesses include Kodak, Accenture and ANZ Banking Group.
women’s apparel, footwear, accessories, childrenswear and
intimate apparel. Judy first joined Myer as a cadet in the late
1970s and has since held a number of roles within stores and
in the buying office.
85
Mitch Catlin
6.3 Remuneration and
General Manager of Communications
Mitch has over 14 years of career experience, seven years in
compensation for senior
management roles and over four years in the direct retail executives
industry. In his role, Mitch oversees all of the Company’s
‘below the line’ marketing initiatives including sponsorships,
community engagement, events and public relations, along
with corporate affairs, internal communications and investor Myer’s senior executives are employed under individual
relations. contracts of employment. The contracts establish:
Prior to joining Myer, Mitch worked for Haystac Public Affairs – The individual’s total fixed compensation, which
where he held the position of Media Director, managing includes fixed cash remuneration and the Company’s
media issues for clients including Myer, ANZ Banking Group, superannuation contribution;
Toyota, GSK, the City of Melbourne, Heinz, both federal – Eligibility to participate in Myer’s short term incentive
and state government departments and agencies, the program (e.g. annual bonuses) and long term incentive
2006 Commonwealth Games and the World Swimming program (e.g. the Myer Equity Incentive Plan);
Championships.
– Notice and termination provisions; and
Prior to this, Mitch had an extensive career as a journalist – Leave entitlements and other employment
working in such roles as a foreign correspondent, based related matters.
in the United States, and in the Parliamentary Press Gallery
in Canberra. Further details of the employment contracts are set out in
Sections 10.14.3 and 10.14.4.
Wayne Latham
For senior executives other than the CEO, retention incentives
General Manager of Visual Brand have recently been incorporated into contracts, which include
Wayne has 20 years of retail experience and has been with the payment of a cash incentive over a two year period from
Myer for six years. In his role, Wayne is responsible for Myer’s Listing, and/or a grant of equity incentives based on a three
visual merchandise creative, strategy and operations and year period from Listing. The incentives are conditional on
the in-house design studio. The key objectives of this role Listing, continued employment with the Myer Group for a
include the improvement of the customer experience, specified period, and performance conditions.
including innovative season and brand launches, gift-giving Myer makes contributions with respect to the senior
events and lifestyle product merchandising solutions. executives to complying superannuation funds, in
During his time at Myer, Wayne has led a number accordance with relevant superannuation legislation.
of improvements within the business, including the Myer contributes at a rate for senior executives with
introduction of ‘mytickets’, a product ticketing system; regard to its obligations under:
Project VM Revitalisation, which is currently rolling out – Relevant superannuation legislation (i.e. at least 9%
across all stores; and the creative direction of ‘The Basement’, of ordinary time earnings);
a youth shopping, lifestyle and entertainment destination. – Individual contracts of employment for senior
Prior to joining Myer, Wayne held visual merchandise executives; and
roles with specialty retailers including Country Road – If a senior executive is a member of the Myer
and Jeanswest. Superannuation Plan, a sub-plan of the Mercer Super
Trust, the relevant category of membership under the
trust deed for the Mercer Super Trust.

The key unions covering Myer team members are the

6.4 Special team member Shop, Distributive and Allied Employees Association, the
Australian Services Union and the National Union of Workers.
Myer believes that it has a positive relationship with its
team members and key unions. There has been minimal
Jennifer Hawkins industrial action over the past three years.
The ‘Face of Myer’ Myer currently has a number of collective enterprise
Jennifer is an Australian model, television presenter, Miss agreements with its team members. The key collective
Universe and Miss Australia for 2004 and the Face of Myer. enterprise agreement (the Myer Stores Agreement 2007)
covers retail team members and is due to expire in July 2010.
Jennifer has recently signed a new contract to continue as Myer has not yet commenced negotiating with the Shop,
the Face of Myer until November 2013. Distributive and Allied Employees Association in relation
to the renewal of this agreement.
The Federal Government has recently implemented
6.5 Employees changes to industrial relations legislation which could affect
Myer’s operations. Some of these changes are already in
force while others, including the introduction of modern
awards, will take effect from 1 January 2010. The proposed
Myer employs approximately 14,000 team members. Over General Retail Industry Award will apply from 1 January
the past three years improved productivity through more 2010. Any replacement agreement for the Myer Stores
aligned rostering to customer trading patterns, together with Agreement 2007 will be subject to a ‘better off overall test’
supply chain, store logistics and administration improvements against the new Modern Award. At this time, the details of
has enabled some back-of-store team member roles to be the General Retail Industry Award and the extent of any
reallocated to front-of-store sales roles, increasing customer transitional arrangements are not yet fully clear and will
service, or to be removed. In common with other retailers, need to be monitored and assessed to determine the exact
Myer has a relatively high labour turnover, particularly impact on Myer. Please refer to Section 9.2.13 for details of
of casual and temporary team members compared risks to Myer associated with recent changes to industrial
to permanent full-time and part-time team members. relations legislation.
Turnover was 31% in 2009 versus 36% in 2008. Myer makes superannuation contributions in respect of
Team member distribution by employment type employees in accordance with superannuation legislation.
In addition, approximately 28 employees participate in a
39% Permanent part-time
26% Full-time defined benefit superannuation scheme.
6.6 Corporate governance

35% Casual
6.6.1 The Board and corporate governance
Team member distribution by function The Board is committed to maximising performance,

generating appropriate levels of Shareholder value and

financial return and sustaining the growth and success

of the Myer business and the Myer brand.
In conducting business with these objectives, the Board

is concerned to ensure that Myer is properly managed
to protect and enhance Shareholder interests, and that
Myer, its Directors, officers and employees operate in
an appropriate environment of corporate governance.
Accordingly, the Board has adopted corporate governance
policies and practices designed to promote the responsible
Note: As at 31 August 2009. Distribution by function applies equal weighting management and conduct of Myer.
to full-time, permanent part-time and casual team members. Percentages
may not sum to 100% due to rounding.
87
The main policies and practices adopted by Myer are Rupert Myer is chairman of The Myer Family Company.
summarised below. In addition, many governance elements Its subsidiary M F Custodians presently owns approximately
are contained in the Constitution of the Company. 8.8% of the issued Shares in Myer. However, following
Listing, M F Custodians will hold less than 5% of the issued
The Myer code of conduct outlines how Myer expects
Shares, and accordingly, Mr Myer will be considered to be
Directors and employees to behave and conduct business
an independent Director.
in a range of circumstances. In particular, the code requires
awareness of, and compliance with, laws and regulations Anne Brennan has not been employed by Myer, and is
relevant to Myer’s operations, including occupational not associated with any of Myer’s substantial Shareholders.
health and safety, fair trading and dealing, privacy and Accordingly, Ms Brennan is considered to be an
employment practices. independent Director.
Details of Myer’s key policies and practices and the charters for
the Board and each of its committees will be made available
at www.myer.com.au.
6.6.2 Board appointment and composition
It is the Board’s policy that there should be a majority of
independent Non-Executive Directors and that the office
of Chairman be held by a Non-Executive Director.
The Board considers an independent Director to be a
Non-Executive Director who is not a member of Myer’s
management and who is free of any business or other
relationship that could materially interfere with the
independent exercise of their judgement. The Board
will consider the materiality of any given relationship
on a case-by-case basis and has adopted materiality
guidelines to assist it in this regard. The Board reviews
the independence of each Director in light of interests
disclosed to the Board from time to time.
The Board is currently made up of five Directors, four of
whom are Non-Executive Directors.
Tom Flood was appointed a Director in August 2007 and
provided consultancy services to Myer one day per week
during the period from July 2007 to March 2008 as part of
his specific Board function in overseeing the ‘Store of the
Future’ project. Howard McDonald was appointed a Director
in October 2006 and Chairman in August 2009 and supplied
consultancy services to Myer from October 2006 to March
2009. Mr McDonald is also chairman of Rodd & Gunn
(a Myer supplier) and a director of General Pants Co
(a Myer competitor). Having regard to the nature and extent
of the work performed, and in the case of Mr McDonald,
the extent of the dealings between the other companies
and Myer, the Board has determined that Mr Flood and Mr
McDonald are independent Directors.

6.6.3 Risk management The committee discharges these responsibilities by:

Myer is committed to the proper identification and – Overseeing the adequacy of the controls established
management of risk. Myer has in place processes to identify by senior management to identify and manage areas
and measure business risk, including regular review of results of potential risk and to safeguard the assets of Myer;
from its risk identification procedures. The Audit, Finance – Overseeing Myer’s relationships with its external auditor
and Risk Committee is charged with oversight of this process and the external audit function generally; and
(please refer to Section 6.6.4). – Evaluating the processes in place to ensure that
Myer regularly undertakes reviews of its risk management accounting records are properly maintained in
procedures which include implementation of a system of accordance with statutory requirements and financial
internal sign-offs to ensure not only that Myer complies information provided to investors and the Board is
with its legal obligations but that the Board, and ultimately accurate and reliable.
Shareholders, can take comfort that an appropriate system A copy of the committee’s charter will be available on the
of checks and balances is in place regarding those areas Myer website at www.myer.com.au.
of the business which present financial or operating risks.
The committee consists of three Non-Executive Directors.
Myer has also adopted a code of conduct which sets out The current members of the committee are:
Myer’s commitment to maintaining the highest level of
– Anne Brennan (Chair);
integrity and ethical standards in all business practices. The
code of conduct sets out for all Directors, management – Tom Flood; and
and employees the standards of behaviour expected of – Rupert Myer.
them, and the steps that should be taken in the event of
The committee’s charter provides that the committee will
uncertainty or a suspected breach by a colleague.
comprise all Non-Executive Directors, a majority of whom
6.6.4 Board responsibilities are independent.
The Board has ultimate responsibility for setting policy Members of management and the external auditors attend
regarding the business and affairs of Myer for the benefit meetings of the committee by invitation. The committee
of Shareholders and other stakeholders. may also have access to financial and legal advisers, in
accordance with the Board’s general policy.
The Board delegates management of Myer’s resources to
senior management, under the leadership of the CEO, to Nomination and Remuneration Committee
deliver the strategic direction and goals determined by
The Nomination and Remuneration Committee is
the Board.
responsible for matters relating to succession planning,
In discharging their duties, Directors are provided direct recruitment and the appointment and remuneration of the
access to and may rely upon senior management and Directors and the CEO, and overseeing succession planning,
outside advisers and auditors. Board committees and selection and appointment practices and remuneration
individual Directors may seek independent professional packages for management and employees of the
advice at Myer’s expense for the purposes of the proper Myer Group.
performance of their duties.
The objectives of the committee include to:
The Board discharges its duties in relation to certain specific – Review, assess and make recommendations to the Board
functions through the following committees of the Board: on the desirable competencies of the Board;
– Audit, Finance and Risk Committee; and – Assess the performance of the members of the Board;
– Nomination and Remuneration Committee. – Oversee the selection and appointment practices
Audit , Finance and Risk Committee for Non-Executive Directors and management of the
Myer Group;
The Audit, Finance and Risk Committee monitors and
– Develop succession plans for the Board and oversee
reviews the effectiveness of Myer’s controls in the areas of
the development of succession planning in relation
operational and balance sheet risk, legal and regulatory
to management; and
compliance and financial reporting.
– Assist the Board in determining appropriate remuneration
policies (including short and long term incentive plans for
the CEO).
89
In making recommendations to the Board regarding the Share trading guidelines

appointment of Directors, the committee periodically
Myer has adopted guidelines for dealing in securities which
assesses the appropriate mix of skills, experience and
are intended to explain the prohibited type of conduct in
expertise required on the Board and assesses the extent
relation to dealings in securities under the Corporations
to which the required skills and experience are represented
Act and establish a best practice procedure in relation
on the Board.
to Directors’, management’s and employees’ dealings in
The committee may obtain information from, and consult Myer’s securities.
with, management and external advisers, as it considers
Subject to the overriding restriction that persons may
appropriate.
not deal in Shares while they are in possession of material
A copy of the committee’s charter will be available on the price-sensitive information, Directors and senior executives
Myer website at www.myer.com.au. will only be permitted to deal in Shares during certain
‘window periods’, such as following release of Myer’s full
The committee consists of three Non-Executive Directors.
and half year financial results and the annual general
The committee’s charter provides that the majority of the
meeting. Outside of these periods, Directors and senior
committee members will be independent Directors. The
executives must receive clearance for any proposed dealing
current members of the committee are:
in Shares.
– Rupert Myer (Chair);
6.6.6 Employee, senior executive and Director equity
– Anne Brennan; and
incentive plans
– Howard McDonald.
Myer has introduced a number of equity incentive plans
6.6.5 Corporate governance policies pursuant to which employees, senior executives and
The Board has adopted the following corporate governance Directors may acquire Shares or rights to Shares.
policies (which become effective upon commencement of Details of the terms and conditions of the plans are set
trading on ASX): out in Section 10.7.
Continuous disclosure policy 6.6.7 Deeds of access, indemnity and insurance
Myer places a high priority on communication with Myer has entered into deeds of access, indemnity and
Shareholders and is aware of the obligations it will have, insurance with each Director which confirm the Director’s
once listed, under the Corporations Act and the Listing right of access to Board papers and require Myer to
Rules, to keep the market fully informed of information indemnify the Director to the full extent permitted by law
which is not generally available and which may have a for liability incurred as a Director or officer of Myer or any of
material effect on the price or value of Myer’s securities. its related bodies corporate.
Myer has adopted a policy which establishes procedures Please also refer to Section 10.6.16 for further details on
to ensure that Directors and management are aware of and the indemnities provided by Myer to its Directors and
fulfil their obligations in relation to the timely disclosure senior executives.
of material price-sensitive information.
91
7
Financial information
7 Financial information
carried out in accordance with generally accepted auditing

7.1 Introduction standards or other standards and practices applicable in the
United States to engagements of this type, standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)
or any auditing or other standards or practices of any other
This Section contains a summary of the following historical jurisdiction (other than the Australian Auditing Standards
and forecast financial information of Myer (together, applicable to review engagements referred to above).
Financial Information). Accordingly, it should not be relied upon by US investors, or
The Historical Financial Information comprises: other investors outside of Australia and New Zealand, as if it
had been carried out in accordance with those US standards
– The adjusted income statements of Myer for FY2007, or any other standards besides the Australian standards
FY2008 and FY2009, together with a reconciliation of mentioned above.
the statutory consolidated income statement of Myer for
FY2007, FY2008 and FY2009 (see Sections 7.3 and 7.11); The Forecast Financial Information has been reviewed by
– The pro forma statement of financial position of Myer PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities Ltd, whose Investigating
as at 25 July 2009, together with a reconciliation of the Accountant’s Report is contained in Section 8. Investors
statutory statement of financial position of Myer as at should note the scope and limitations of the Investigating
25 July 2009 (see Section 7.5); and Accountant’s Report. Investors should be aware that the
Forecast Financial Information has not been prepared
– The adjusted cash flows from operations after capital in accordance with Regulation S-X of the United States
expenditure of Myer for FY2007, FY2008 and FY2009, Securities and Exchange Commission or generally accepted
together with a reconciliation of the statutory accounting principles in the United States. In addition,
consolidated cash flows from operations of Myer for the rules and regulations related to the preparation
FY2007, FY2008 and FY2009 (see Sections 7.6 and 7.11). of financial information in other jurisdictions may also
The Forecast Financial Information comprises: vary significantly from the requirements applicable in
– The pro forma forecast income statement of Myer for Australia. The review of the Forecast Financial Information
FY2010, together with a reconciliation of the forecast by PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities Ltd has not been
statutory consolidated net profit after tax of Myer for carried out in accordance with generally accepted auditing
FY2010 (see Sections 7.3 and 7.11.4); and standards or other standards and practices applicable in the
United States to engagements of this type, standards of the
– The pro forma forecast cash flow statement of Myer for Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)
FY2010, together with a reconciliation of the forecast or any auditing or other standards or practices of any other
statutory consolidated cash flow statement of Myer for jurisdiction (other than the Australian Auditing Standards
FY2010 (see Sections 7.6 and 7.11.8). applicable to review engagements referred to above).
Also summarised in this Section are: Accordingly, it should not be relied upon by US investors, or
– The basis of preparation of the Financial Information other investors outside of Australia and New Zealand, as if it
(see Section 7.2); had been carried out in accordance with those US standards
or any other standards besides the Australian standards
– The Directors’ best estimate assumptions underlying the mentioned above.
Forecast Financial Information (see Section 7.9); and
– An analysis of the sensitivity of FY2010 pro forma EBIT The information in this Section should also be read in
to changes in key assumptions (see Section 7.10). conjunction with the risk factors set out in Section 9 and
other information contained in this Prospectus.
The Historical Financial Information has been reviewed by
PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities Ltd, whose Investigating
Accountant’s Report is contained in Section 8. Investors
should note the scope and limitations of the Investigating
Accountant’s Report. Investors should be aware that the
Historical Financial Information has not been prepared
in accordance with Regulation S-X of the United States
Securities and Exchange Commission or generally accepted
accounting principles in the United States. In addition,
the rules and regulations related to the preparation of
financial information in other jurisdictions may also vary
significantly from the requirements applicable in Australia.
The review of the Historical Financial Information by
PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities Ltd has not been
93
7.2.2 Preparation of Forecast Financial Information

7.2 Basis of preparation
The Forecast Financial Information has been based on the
and presentation of the best estimate assumptions of the Directors. The Directors
Financial Information believe that they have prepared the Forecast Financial
Information with due care and attention, and consider all
best estimate assumptions when taken as a whole to be
reasonable at the time of preparing this Prospectus.
The Financial Information included in this Section has been The Forecast Financial Information has been prepared
prepared and presented in accordance with the recognition on the basis of numerous assumptions, including the
and measurement principles prescribed in Australian best estimate assumptions set out in Section 7.9. This
Accounting Standards and other mandatory professional information is intended to assist investors in assessing the
reporting requirements in Australia, except where otherwise reasonableness and likelihood of the assumptions occurring,
disclosed in this Section. and is not intended to be a representation that the
assumptions will occur.
Significant accounting policies relevant to the Financial
Information are disclosed in Note 1 to the financial Investors should be aware that the timing of actual events
statements in Myer’s 25 July 2009 Annual Report and the magnitude of their impact might differ from that
which has been lodged with ASIC and is available assumed in preparing the Forecast Financial Information,
from www.myer.com.au. and that this may have a material positive or negative
effect on Myer’s actual financial performance or financial
The Financial Information is presented in an abbreviated position. Investors are advised to review the best estimate
form and does not contain all of the disclosure provided assumptions set out in Section 7.9, in conjunction with
in an annual report prepared in accordance with the the sensitivity analysis set out in Section 7.10, the risk
Corporations Act. factors set out in Section 9 and other information set out
Neither the adjusted historical nor pro forma financial in this Prospectus.
information included in the Prospectus purports to be in The basis of preparation and presentation of the Forecast
compliance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X of the United Financial Information, to the extent relevant, is consistent
States Securities and Exchange Commission because with the basis of preparation and presentation for the
only pro forma adjustments directly attributable to the Historical Financial Information.
transaction are permitted under Regulation S-X.
Furthermore, investors should be aware that certain of
the financial information included in the Prospectus
may be considered ‘non-GAAP financial measures’ under
Regulation G of the United States Securities and Exchange
Commission. These measures include Total Sales Value,
EBITDA and ROFE. EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure that
means earnings before interest, income tax, depreciation
and amortisation. The Company believes that adjusted
EBITDA presented herein provides useful information
regarding the Company, but it should not be considered an
indication of, or alternative to, operating or net profit as an
indicator of operating performance or as an alternative to
cash flows from operating activities as a measure of liquidity,
in each case determined in accordance with Australian
Accounting Standards. In addition, certain identified items
in the remaining financial data have been adjusted and
presented in a manner not consistent with Australian
Accounting Standards. The Company believes that this
presentation provides useful information as it permits
investors to examine what it believes to be the underlying
performance of the Company’s business.
7.2.1 Preparation of Historical Financial Information
The FY2007, FY2008 and FY2009 statutory financial
statements of Myer are available from www.myer.com.au
and were audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers, which has
issued unqualified opinions on these financial statements.
In preparing the adjusted and pro forma Historical Financial
Information, certain adjustments were made to the audited
results of Myer that the Company considered appropriate to
exclude the impact of certain non-recurring items, details of
which are set out in Section 7.11.
7.3 Summary of adjusted historical and pro forma forecast
income statements
Set out below is a summary of Myer’s adjusted historical income statements for FY2007, FY2008 and FY2009 and the pro
forma forecast income statement for FY2010. The historical income statements have been presented before interest and
income tax due to the different capital and funding structure that will be in place after the Offer.
Pro forma
Wholesale sales 3,002 2,940 2,843 2,937
Total Sales Value1 3,289 3,320 3,261 3,360
Gross profit2 1,283 1,312 1,278 1,331
Cost of doing business (1,068) (1,037) (977) (1,001)
EBITDA3 215 275 301 330
Depreciation and amortisation (50) (62) (65) (69)
EBIT 165 213 236 261
Net interest expense (38)
Profit before tax 223
Income tax expense (63)
4
Net adjustments 15 236 0 (81)
Notes:
3. EBITDA is calculated as gross profit less the cost of doing business. The cost of doing business does not reflect any salary costs associated with
concession sales, as these costs are generally borne by the concession operators.
4. See Sections 7.11.1, 7.11.2, 7.11.3 and 7.11.4 for a detailed explanation of the historical and forecast adjustments.
95
7.4 Key operating metrics
Set out below is a summary of Myer’s key operating historical metrics for FY2007, FY2008 and FY2009 and the key operating
forecast metrics for the FY2010 pro forma forecast.
Pro forma
FY2007 FY2008 FY2009 FY2010
1
Number of stores 61 65 65 66
Total Sales Value growth 1.0% (1.8)% 3.0%
Gross profit margin (% Total Sales Value) 39.0% 39.5% 39.2% 39.6%
Cost of doing business (% Total Sales Value) 32.5% 31.2% 29.9% 29.8%
EBITDA margin (% Total Sales Value) 6.5% 8.3% 9.2% 9.8%
EBITDA growth 27.9% 9.3% 9.6%
EBIT growth 29.0% 10.6% 10.7%
2,3
Return on funds employed 22.1% 22.4%
Notes:
1. As at the end of each financial year. For the FY2010 pro forma forecast, one store is forecast to open in July 2010.
2. Calculated as EBIT divided by average funds employed. Funds employed are calculated as net assets plus net debt at the beginning and end of each year.
3. For the calculation of return on funds employed for FY2008, funds employed at the beginning of FY2008 have been adjusted to remove the
Myer Melbourne properties in Lonsdale and Bourke Streets that were sold during August 2007. Refer to Section 7.11.2 for further details.
7.5 Pro forma statement of financial position
The pro forma statement of financial position shown below has been extracted from the audited financial statements for the
year ended 25 July 2009 and adjusted to reflect the impact of the Offer and the proposed new funding structure (including
Redemption of the Myer Notes) as if it was in place as at 25 July 2009. The adjustments also include assumptions relating to
matters that are not known as at the Prospectus Date, for example, the Final Price, extent of selldown by Selling Shareholders
and the number of Shares to be issued. The pro forma statement of financial position is therefore provided for illustrative
purposes only and is not represented as being indicative of Myer’s view on its future financial position.
$ millions
Impact of the
Offer and the
New Bank
As at 25 July 2009 Audited Facilities Pro forma
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents 185 (160) 25
Trade and other receivables 33 33
Inventories 355 355
Current tax assets 0 13 13
Non-current assets classified as held for sale 29 29
Total current assets 602 (147) 455
Non-current assets
Other financial assets 8 8
Property, plant and equipment 371 371
Deferred tax assets 91 14 105
Intangible assets 909 909
Other 6 6
Total non-current assets 1,385 14 1,399
Total assets 1,987 (133) 1,854
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables 469 469
Derivative financial instruments 10 10
Current tax liabilities 7 (7) 0
Provisions 106 106
Borrowings 0 0
Other 3 3
Total current liabilities 595 (7) 588
Non-current liabilities
Borrowings 879 (462) 417
Derivative financial instruments 22 (22) 0
Provisions 69 69
Other 42 42
Total non-current liabilities 1,012 (484) 528
Total liabilities 1,607 (491) 1,116
Net assets 380 358 738
Equity
Contributed equity 85 432 517
Reserves (19) 20 1
Retained profits 314 (94) 220
Total equity 380 358 738
97
Pro forma adjustments Intangible assets

The impact of the Offer and the New Bank Facilities reflect As at 25 July 2009, Myer’s intangible assets consisted of:
the following transactions: – Goodwill, representing the excess of the cost of the
– Repayment of previous bank facilities ($645 million), acquisition of Myer over the fair value of the net
which also results in non-recurring expenses of identifiable assets;
$31 million (after tax effects) relating to the write-off of of the business at the date of acquisition (carrying
previously capitalised borrowing costs ($10 million) and amount in the pro forma statement of financial position:
settling interest rate swaps ($21 million); $350 million);
– Myer Notes ($255 million) being either Exchanged as – Brand names and trade marks, including the Myer brand
part of the Offer or Redeemed, which also results in name, which has an indefinite useful life, and other brands
non-recurring expenses of $11 million (after tax effects) which have a finite useful life (carrying amount in the pro
relating to the 2.5% Exchange discount and the 2.5% forma statement of financial position: $391 million);
Redemption premium ($6 million) and the write-off of – Computer software, comprising the capitalised value of
previously capitalised borrowing costs ($5 million); all costs directly incurred in the purchase or development
– New Bank Facilities ($425 million) offset by the of major computer software or subsequent upgrades and
capitalisation of new borrowing costs ($8 million); material enhancements, which can be reliably measured
– Gross transaction costs of $83 million ($58 million after tax and are not integral to a related asset (carrying amount
effects) allocated between a non-recurring expense of in the pro forma statement of financial position: $128
$48 million (after tax effects) based on an assumed transfer million); and
of 90% of Existing Shares (excluding current management – Lease rights, representing the amount paid up-front to
and certain key contractors) and $10 million (after tax take over store site leases from the existing lessee where
effects) being capitalised against contributed equity such payments are in addition to the ongoing payment
relating to New Shares being issued under this Offer; and of normal market lease rentals (carrying amount in the
– The offer of $432 million of Shares (based on the midpoint pro forma statement of financial position: $40 million).
of the Indicative Price Range of $3.90 to $4.90), which
includes $191 million of Shares issued to satisfy the Myer
Notes conversion, $6 million of New Shares gifted to
Eligible Employees (the latter resulting in a non-recurring
expense of $4 million after tax effects) and $237 million of
New Shares.
Adjustments to tax assets and liabilities reflect the tax effects
of the above transactions.
7.6 Adjusted historical and pro forma forecast cash

flow statements
Set out in the table below is a summary of Myer’s adjusted historical cash flow statements for FY2007, FY2008 and FY2009
and the pro forma forecast cash flow statement for FY2010. The historical cash flow statements have been presented before
investing and financing activities due to the different capital and funding structure that will be in place after the Offer.
Pro forma
Adjusted historical1 forecast2
EBITDA 215 275 301 330

Change in working capital 11 7 19 41
Change in other assets, liabilities and provisions 18 (13) (14) (24)
Capital expenditure (119) (150) (126) (140)
Operating cash flow after capital expenditure 125 119 180 207
Net interest paid (38)
Income tax paid (29)
Cash flow before dividends and debt repayment 140
3
Dividends paid (60)
Cash flow available for debt repayment 80
Notes:
1. A detailed explanation of adjustments made to the historical cash flow statements for FY2007, FY2008 and FY2009 is set out in Sections 7.11.5, 7.11.6 and 7.11.7.
2. A detailed explanation of the adjustments made to the pro forma forecast cash flow statement for FY2010 is set out in Section 7.11.8.
3. Based on an indicative assumption that 50% of the total FY2010 dividend is paid as the interim FY2010 dividend.
7.7 Seasonality
There is a seasonal fluctuation in Myer’s business. As a result, sales and EBIT are generally higher in the first half of the year as
this half includes the Christmas trading period, which has a higher proportion of sales.
The table below demonstrates the impact of seasonality on the Total Sales Value and EBIT of Myer.
Adjusted historical Pro forma forecast

1H as a % 2H as a % 1H as a % 2H as a % 1H as a % 2H as a % 1H as a % 2H as a %
$ millions of FY2007 of FY2007 of FY2008 of FY2008 of FY2009 of FY2009 of FY2010 of FY2010
Total Sales Value 54.8 45.2 55.1 44.9 54.0 46.0 54.6 45.4
EBIT 75.2 24.8 71.2 28.8 68.4 31.6 65.2 34.8
Note: Please refer to Section 7.11 for details of the adjustments made to Total Sales Value and EBIT.
7.8 Management discussion and analysis of historical results
7.8.1 General factors affecting the operating results of the Company

Below is a brief discussion of the main factors which affected the Company’s operating and financial performance in
FY2007, FY2008 and FY2009 and which the Company expects may continue to affect operating and financial performance
in future periods.
The general factors described below are a summary only and do not represent everything that affected the Company’s
historical operating and financial performance, nor everything that is expected to affect operating and financial performance
in future periods. The information in this Section should also be read in conjunction with the risk factors set out in Section 9
and other information contained in this Prospectus.
Turnaround program
Myer’s turnaround program, initiated in June 2006 following Myer’s separation from the Coles Group, has been a key driver
of Myer’s improved financial performance over the period covered by the Historical Financial Information.
Over $400 million has been invested into the business since June 2006 to establish a new supply chain, enhance Myer’s
information technology platform, refurbish stores, improve buying practices and instil a performance based culture with a
strong customer service focus. These initiatives have improved Myer’s cost structure and operating performance.
While most of the capital investment has been made, a number of turnaround initiatives are yet to be completed, or have
been completed during FY2009 and are yet to generate a full year of expected benefits.
New store roll-out and store refurbishments
New store openings and refurbishments of existing stores are anticipated to improve Myer’s sales, and consequently, Myer’s
gross margin, EBIT and cash flow. The sales generated by Myer’s new and refurbished stores have typically grown at a faster like-
for-like rate after opening or completion of refurbishment than the sales generated by Myer’s other stores.
In FY2007, FY2008 and FY2009, Myer opened seven new stores1, closed two stores2 and fully refurbished six stores. As part of
its new store and refurbishment strategy, Myer seeks to obtain a return on investment equivalent to twice the cost of capital
from all store openings and refurbishments.
FY2007 FY2008 FY2009
Beginning number of stores 60 61 65

Store openings 3 4 0
Store closures (2) 0 0
Ending number of stores 61 65 65
Myer has signed conditional agreements for lease for a further 12 new full-sized stores. Myer has 10 store refurbishments
planned over the next two years, and is also planning to refresh the fit-out in all stores with the exception of one in time for
Christmas 2009 under Project VM Revitalisation. Refurbishments and refreshments drive sales by improving the customer’s
in-store experience as well as converting ‘back-of-store’ space into selling space where appropriate.
1. Three of these stores were smaller sized stores.

2. These store closures were required as part of Myer’s separation from the Coles Group.
99
Impact of macroeconomic conditions on the retail The Company’s foreign currency hedging policy involves
environment hedging a certain percentage of forward purchases and is
dependent on the length of time that the purchases are
Myer’s financial performance since FY2008 has been
expected to be made from the date the hedge is taken
negatively impacted by the global financial crisis and its
out. For example, between 80% and 100% of purchases
effect on the retail environment. As a result of weak economic
made within the next three months may be hedged. In
conditions, consumer sentiment has declined, negatively
order to efficiently manage the Company’s foreign currency
impacting Myer’s sales and earnings performance. However,
exposure, the proportion of future purchases that are
consumer sentiment has recently shown an increase, driven
hedged decreases as the amount of time in which the
by the recovery in housing markets and stock markets, and
purchases will be made increases (and so a lower proportion
the return to positive GDP growth. Myer expects that the
of purchases will be hedged 12 months out relative to
strengthening economic environment will in part drive its
purchases occurring within the next three months).
future financial performance.
Generally, the Company will not hedge transactions more
Seasonality
than 12 months in advance but may elect to do so should
Myer’s business is subject to seasonal variations, with sales it be in the best interests of the Company and requires
and earnings typically higher during the first half of the approval from the Audit, Finance and Risk Committee.
financial year (as set out in Section 7.7). This seasonality
Developments since 25 July 2009
is driven by the Christmas trading period (November to
January), which is Myer’s most important trading period The work done to date implementing the turnaround
in terms of sales, EBITDA and cash flow. Working capital initiatives described above is beginning to deliver results,
typically peaks in October, just prior to the Christmas trading with Myer’s trading performance improving significantly
period. In addition to the Christmas period, sales also peak in in the second half of FY2009. This trend has continued into
June as a result of the stocktake sale, albeit to a lesser extent. FY2010. The improved sales performance is being driven by
a number of company-specific factors including improved
Foreign exchange rates
performance of refurbished stores, better store presentation
A proportion (approximately $100 million) of Myer’s including visual merchandising, enhanced price perception
inventory is supplied from overseas and paid for in foreign and better in-store execution, as well as the continued
currency, primarily US dollars. Thus, movements in exchange improvement in the macroeconomic environment, which is
rates have an impact on Myer’s overall financial performance. driving a strong recovery in consumer confidence.
Myer limits its exposure to sudden increases and decreases
in the cost of internationally sourced merchandise using
exchange rate hedges. Please refer to Section 7.10 for an
estimate of the impact of a 1.0% increase or decrease in the
A$/US$ exchange rate on Myer’s FY2010 pro forma EBIT.
7.8.2 Income statement: FY2008 compared to FY2007
Adjusted historical
$ millions FY2007 FY2008 Change
Weeks in year 52 52
Number of stores1 61 65 +4
Wholesale sales 3,002 2,940 (2.1)%
Sales by concession operators 287 380 +32.6%
Total Sales Value2 3,289 3,320 +1.0%
3
Gross profit 1,283 1,312 +2.2%
Cost of doing business (1,068) (1,037) (3.0)%
4
EBITDA 215 275 +27.9%
Depreciation and amortisation (50) (62) +24.5%
EBIT 165 213 +29.0%
Key ratios
Gross profit margin (% Total Sales Value) 39.0% 39.5% +49bps
Cost of doing business (% Total Sales Value) 32.5% 31.2% (126)bps
EBITDA margin (% Total Sales Value) 6.5% 8.3% +175bps
EBIT margin (% Total Sales Value) 5.0% 6.4% +140bps
Adjusted EBIT 165 213
Net adjustments5 15 236
Statutory EBIT 180 449
Notes:
1. As at the end of each financial year.
5. See Sections 7.11.1 and 7.11.2 for a detailed explanation of the historical adjustments.
Adjusted Total Sales Value Sales by concession operators grew by 32.6%, reflecting
the full year sales impact of a number of brands that
Adjusted Total Sales Value increased by 1%, from $3,289
transferred from wholesale to concession during FY2007.
million in FY2007 to $3,320 million in FY2008, driven by the
The net concession income to the Company resulting from
opening of four new stores during the year (albeit three
concession sales was $87 million in FY2008, compared to
towards year end). However, sales were adversely impacted
$64 million in FY2007.
by an increasingly challenging trading environment in
FY2008. Consumer sentiment and retail market conditions Adjusted gross profit
deteriorated during the second half of the year, largely as a
Adjusted gross profit increased by 2.2% to $1,312 million,
result of higher domestic interest rates, increased banking
with margins increasing 49bps compared to FY2007. The
spreads on consumer mortgages and higher petrol prices.
increase was attributable to a number of key factors,
The positive effects of the new store openings were also including the use of less broad and more targeted, regionally
offset in part by a fire that burned down the Hobart store based clearances and promotions, which helped sell-
and refurbishment work at four stores, including the through at improved margins, as well as the negotiation of
commencement of the redevelopment of both the Myer improved supply trading terms for both national brands and
Melbourne flagship store and the Sydney CBD store, which Myer exclusive brands (particularly with overseas suppliers).
are Myer’s two largest stores. The increase in adjusted gross profit was also attributable to
rationalisation of the supply chain and the consolidation of
Sales were driven by strong performances in womenswear,
warehousing sites, which led to reductions in warehousing
accessories, furniture and electrical. On a geographical basis,
and distribution costs. Myer’s overseas transit lead time
sales were significantly stronger in Western Australia and
was reduced from an average of 43 days in FY2007 to an
Queensland compared to New South Wales and Victoria,
average of 24 days in FY2008, and the Company opened the
although sales slowed in all regions later in the year, due to
final of its four distribution centres in FY2008 as part of the
deteriorating economic conditions.
consolidation of its distribution centres.
101
Adjusted cost of doing business Adjusted depreciation and amortisation

The adjusted cost of doing business decreased by Adjusted depreciation and amortisation increased by 24.5%
$31 million (representing an improvement of 126bps) to $62 million in FY2008.
from FY2007 to FY2008. The reduction in costs driving
Adjusted amortisation increased by $9 million, $6 million of
this improvement was broad based and was the result of
which was the result of a full year’s amortisation of MyMerch,
management continuing to drive a cost conscious culture
which was implemented during FY2007. The remaining
through the business. More specifically, the cost of doing
$3 million increase is the result of the amortisation of lease
business margin was affected by the following factors:
rights which were acquired on four store sites at the end of
– Selling expenses: Selling expenses comprise mostly FY2007.
store salaries and marketing expenses. Selling expenses
The remaining increase in adjusted depreciation and
decreased by 7.8% from FY2007 to FY2008. This decrease
amortisation was mainly attributable to an increase in asset
was attributable to an improvement in store salary costs
write-offs, resulting from store refurbishments undertaken
resulting from internal initiatives to improve the store
during FY2008 and the Hobart store fire.
staffing structure;
– Administrative expenses: Administrative expenses Adjusted EBIT
comprise those costs required to operate Myer’s support Adjusted EBIT increased 29.0% to $213 million, with margins
offices, such as head office salaries. Administrative increasing 140bps compared to FY2007. This movement is
expenses decreased by 0.7% from FY2007 to FY2008. attributable to the reasons outlined above.
This decrease was due primarily to the cessation of the
Fly Buys rewards program and a reduction in employee
expenses; and
– Occupancy expenses: Occupancy expenses include
base and percentage rent, outgoings, rates, taxes
and other occupancy costs, such as light and power.
Total occupancy costs (including rent and outgoings)
increased by 9.6% from FY2007 to FY2008 driven by three
store openings during FY2008 and the full year impact of
four store openings during FY2007.
7.8.3 Income statement: FY2009 compared to FY2008

Adjusted historical
$ millions FY2008 FY2009 Change
Weeks in year 52 52
Number of stores1 65 65 0
Wholesale sales 2,940 2,843 (3.3)%
Sales by concession operators 380 418 +10.0%
Total Sales Value2 3,320 3,261 (1.8)%
Gross profit3 1,312 1,278 (2.6)%
Cost of doing business (1,037) (977) (5.8)%
EBITDA4 275 301 +9.3%
Depreciation and amortisation (62) (65) +4.8%
EBIT 213 236 +10.6%
Key ratios
Gross profit margin (% Total Sales Value) 39.5% 39.2% (33)bps
Cost of doing business (% Total Sales Value) 31.2% 29.9% (126)bps
EBITDA margin (% Total Sales Value) 8.3% 9.2% +94bps
EBIT margin (% Total Sales Value) 6.4% 7.2% +81bps
Adjusted EBIT 213 236
Net adjustments5 236 0
Statutory EBIT 449 236
Notes:
1. As at the end of each financial year.
5. See Sections 7.11.2 and 7.11.3 for a detailed explanation of the historical adjustments.
Adjusted Total Sales Value Adjusted gross profit
Adjusted Total Sales Value decreased by 1.8% from $3,320 Adjusted gross profit declined by 2.6% to $1,278 million, with
million in FY2008 to $3,261 million in FY2009. The decrease margins declining 33bps compared to FY2008. The decline in
was mainly due to weak economic conditions, a difficult adjusted gross profit was due in part to the shift in product
retail market and general softness in discretionary retail mix between concession and wholesale sales and strong
spending conditions as a result of the impact of the global concession sales, as outlined above. Adjusted gross profit
financial crisis on consumer sentiment. However, sales was also adversely impacted by an increase in markdowns
performance was better than expected due to a number of in response to more aggressive competitor activity as
key factors including: the trading environment became more difficult. The
– Positive customer response to targeted promotional impact of markdowns was partially offset by merchandise
offers, particularly during the softer sales months of and supply chain efficiencies and rationalisations, which
February, March and April; resulted in inventory optimisation. These efficiencies and
rationalisations included a 45% growth in overseas direct
– The benefits of improved store presentation, improved
sourcing through Myer’s supply chain in the second half of
stock availability and local marketing;
FY2009 and the reduction of delivery time through close
– The effects of the Federal Government’s stimulus collaboration with local suppliers. In addition, adjusted
package; gross profit was positively affected by improved negotiation
– The full year impact of the four stores opened in FY2008 of trading terms and an overall focus on driving higher
and the completion of the refurbishment of four stores margins.
during the year, being Castle Hill, Doncaster, Geelong and
Adjusted cost of doing business
the Sydney CBD store;
– Further leveraging of the growing MYER one customer The adjusted cost of doing business declined in FY2009 by
base, which has enabled the Company to better target its 5.8% to $977 million (an improvement of 126bps) relative to
product offering to evolving customer needs; and FY2008, driven by a number of key factors:
– Improved visual presentation standards across 22 stores – Selling expenses: Selling expenses decreased by
implemented in the second half of FY2009 as part of 13.4% from FY2008 to FY2009. This decrease was driven
Project VM Revitalisation. by improvement in store salary costs resulting from
internal initiatives to better align staff rosters to customer
In addition, sales of Myer exclusive brands increased in the trading patterns and a targeted reduction in marketing
second half of FY2009, driven by improvements in range costs, which represented a shift away from positioning
and fashionability as well as in-store presentation, visual statements and an increased focus on tactical and
merchandising, stock availability and the introduction of a promotional offers;
number of new Myer exclusive brands.
– Administrative expenses: Administrative expenses
In terms of product categories, sales were driven by strong comprise those costs required to operate Myer’s support
performances in cosmetics, womenswear and accessories. offices, such as head office salaries. Administrative
Electronics also performed well in FY2009, driven by expenses increased by 4.9% from FY2008 to FY2009 due
competitive pricing, the introduction of an improved primarily to increases in both IT operating expenses and
merchandising format and improvements to staffing, employment costs; and
including the introduction of more effective sales incentives. – Occupancy expenses: Total occupancy costs (including
Sales in menswear and youth showed signs of improvement rent and outgoings) increased by 5.1% from FY2008 to
in the fourth quarter as a result of improvements in product FY2009, largely driven by an increase in base rent from
range, as did sales of homewares and furniture. the full year impact of store opened in FY2008, and
On a geographical basis, sales were strongest in Western increases in rates and taxes, as well as some movement in
Australia and Queensland, but improved in Victoria, New other base rent.
South Wales and South Australia in the second half of the The Company focused successfully on reducing its cost
year. structure in response to the changing economic climate.
Sales by concession operators grew by 10.0% from FY2008 to Adjusted depreciation and amortisation
$418 million, driven by the expansion of concession products
into more stores and efforts made by concession operators Adjusted depreciation and amortisation increased by
to take advantage of store traffic, which remained relatively $3 million or 4.8%, which was largely the result of capital
consistent from FY2008. The net concession income to the expenditure made by the Company during FY2009 and the
Company resulting from concession sales was $95 million in full year impact of capital expenditure made throughout
FY2009 (compared to $87 million in FY2008). FY2008, resulting in additional depreciation and amortisation
of $7 million. Offsetting this increase was a decline in asset
In delivering solid sales results during difficult trading write-offs. Asset write-offs were relatively higher in FY2008
conditions, the Company has focused on offering value at than in FY2009 as a result of the refurbishment of the
different price points and tailoring its offering to meet the Sydney CBD and the Myer Melbourne flagship stores (which
needs of different customer demographics. commenced in FY2008) and the Hobart store fire.
Adjusted EBIT
Adjusted EBIT increased 10.6% to $236 million, with margins
increasing 81bps compared to FY2008. This movement is
attributable to the reasons outlined above.
103
7.8.4 Cash flow statements

Adjusted historical1
$ millions FY2007 FY2008 FY2009
EBITDA 215 275 301

Change in working capital 11 7 19
Change in other assets, liabilities and provisions 18 (13) (14)
2
Capital expenditure (119) (150) (126)
Operating cash flow after capital expenditure 125 119 180
Notes:
1. See Section 7.11 for a detailed explanation of the historical adjustments.
2. As outlined in Section 5.1, the Company has invested over $400 million since separation from Coles Group in 2006. Total capital expenditure from FY2007
to FY2009 in the table above is $395 million; the $400 million also includes project costs, which have not been capitalised and are therefore not included
in capital expenditure.
Adjusted change in working capital Adjusted operating cash flow after capital expenditure
FY2008 working capital benefited from an improvement in Adjusted operating cash flow after capital expenditure
creditor days (from 42 days in FY2007 to 53 days in FY2008). declined by $6 million from FY2007 to FY2008, with the
This benefit was partially offset by the opening of three new increase in capital expenditure largely offsetting the rise in
full-sized stores towards the end of FY2008, as these new EBITDA. Adjusted operating cash flow substantially increased
stores required stocking of all inventory lines. in FY2009 to $180 million, primarily driven by EBITDA growth,
a falling working capital balance and a reduction in capital
FY2009 working capital improved as a result of a further
expenditure relative to FY2008.
improvement in creditor days (to 59 days in FY2009), coupled
with an improvement in inventory turnover from 3.87 times 7.8.5 Liquidity and capital resources
in FY2008 to 3.94 times in FY2009.
Over the period relating to the Historical Financial
Adjusted change in other assets, liabilities and provisions Information, Myer has funded its capital requirements out
of surplus operating cash flow, supplemented by its Existing
The other assets, liabilities and provisions category
Senior Finance Facility. Myer anticipates that its future capital
comprises mostly provisions for employee benefits,
requirements (primarily relating to capital expenditure)
unfavourable leases and fixed lease rental increases.
will continue to be funded out of surplus operating cash
The favourable movement in other assets, liabilities and flow, supplemented by the New Bank Facilities. Details of
provisions in FY2007 of $18 million was mostly due to an Myer’s capitalisation and indebtedness after giving effect
increase in employee benefit provisions of $23 million, partly to the impact of the Offer and description of the New Bank
offset by the unwinding of the unfavourable lease and fixed Facilities are outlined further in Sections 7.14 and 10.8.2.
lease rental provisions.
The decrease in other assets, liabilities and provisions of $13
million in FY2008 and $14 million in FY2009 was driven by 7.9 Best estimate
further unwinding of the unfavourable lease and fixed lease
rental provisions. assumptions underlying
Adjusted capital expenditure the Directors’ forecasts
FY2007 adjusted capital expenditure of $119 million
(excluding contributions from suppliers and landlords)
was primarily related to store refurbishments, information
technology projects and supply chain investments. The Forecast Financial Information is based on various
best estimate assumptions, including those set out below,
FY2008 adjusted capital expenditure of $150 million which should be read in conjunction with the Investigating
(excluding contributions from suppliers and landlords) Accountant’s Report in Section 8 and the risk factors set out
funded construction and fit-out of new stores, refurbishment in Section 9.
of existing stores, information technology projects, brand
presentation and the construction of a new Support Office 7.9.1 Specific assumptions
in Docklands, Melbourne. Set out below are specific best estimate assumptions
FY2009 adjusted capital expenditure of $126 million that have been adopted in preparing the Forecast
(excluding contributions from suppliers and landlords) was Financial Information.
primarily related to information technology projects, store Total Sales Value
refurbishments, construction of the new Support Office in
Docklands, Melbourne, the Myer Melbourne rebuild and The forecast has been prepared based on a store portfolio of 66
construction and fit-out of new stores. stores, including the opening of Top Ryde (New South Wales),
planned for July 2010. Although no sales have been factored
into the forecast for this, store pre-opening costs of $1.3 million
have been included in the FY2010 pro forma forecast.
Total Sales Value is expected to increase by 3.0% over the – Selling expenses: Selling expenses are forecast to
forecast period to $3,360 million. This growth is driven decrease by 1.4% in the FY2010 pro forma forecast.
by a number of initiatives including a comprehensive Store salaries are forecast to increase by 1.4%, including
store refurbishment program, including both full and a salary increase in line with the increase stipulated by
partial store refurbishments as well as the strengthening the relevant collective enterprise agreement.
economic environment.
For marketing expenses, some efficiencies have been
The refurbishment program in the forecast period is part factored into the FY2010 pro forma forecast as further
of a long term program across the entire store portfolio. benefits from a more targeted marketing strategy,
The program in FY2010 includes the completion of Project and increased focus on direct marketing targeting
VM Revitalisation (under which all but one of the remaining MYER one members, local community marketing and
stores will undergo a part-refurbishment by Christmas event marketing are expected to be realised.
2009 with the aim of improving their visual appearance), Other selling expenses are forecast to remain relatively
and the full refurbishment of four stores, being Blacktown, constant as a percentage of sales in the FY2010 pro forma
Northland, Garden City and Canberra. FY2010 will also see a forecast.
full year impact of the Castle Hill expansion and the Sydney – Administrative expenses: Administrative expenses
City, Doncaster and Geelong refurbishments, which were are forecast to increase by 10.9% in the FY2010
completed in FY2009. pro forma forecast.
Comparative year-on-year Total Sales Value per store is New Support Office rent is included in the FY2010
expected to increase in the FY2010 pro forma forecast, pro forma forecast from February to July 2010 and
driven by: equates to approximately $6 million. Additional
– Further leveraging of the MYER one customer base; administrative expenses associated with the running of
– Improvements in customer service and improved the Company as a publicly listed company are forecast to
targeted rostering; be approximately $4 million on an annualised basis.
– Further refinements to the product mix to appeal to – Occupancy expenses: Total occupancy costs (including
every customer (including Myer exclusive brands), rent and outgoings) are forecast to increase by 4.2%,
tailored according to store demographics; which is largely being driven by an increase in base rental
costs due to standard rent reviews and existing lease
– Depth of overall product range and store specific contracts due for renewal.
ranging capability;
Base and percentage rental costs have been forecast
– Effective and targeted marketing; and using a store-by-store methodology based upon the
– Improving retail space allocation. store lease agreements currently in place, and take into
account any rental renewals expected to occur during
Net concession income to the Company is forecast to be
the forecast period.
$96 million in the FY2010 pro forma forecast ($95 million
in FY2009). EBITDA
Gross profit EBITDA is expected to grow by 9.6% in the FY2010 pro forma
forecast, with margins increasing 59bps from 9.2% in FY2009
Gross profit is forecast to increase by 4.2% to $1,331
to 9.8%. Growth in EBITDA is expected to be through sales
million, with margins increasing 42bps from 39.2% in
and gross profit improvements.
FY2009 to 39.6% in the FY2010 pro forma forecast. The
increase in forecast gross profit arises from a number Depreciation and amortisation
of factors including:
The FY2010 pro forma forecast depreciation expense is
– Increasing penetration of higher margin Myer assumed to increase based on existing rates of depreciation,
exclusive brands; adjusted for planned capital expenditures and disposals.
– Focusing on higher margin national branded products;
Depreciation rates are based on an estimation of useful lives,
– Through direct sourcing, focusing on Asia and other low which are not expected to change in the forecast period. For
cost manufacturing regions; a description of the Company’s accounting policies relating
– Reducing markdowns using greater forecasting accuracy, to useful lives for property, plant and equipment, please
tight management of inventory, increased ‘smart refer to significant accounting policies disclosed in Note 1
allocation’ and central stocks at the distribution centres, to the financial statements in Myer’s 25 July 2009 Annual
and lower levels of clearance stocks; and Report which has been lodged with ASIC and is available
– Reducing losses through theft with improved service from www.myer.com.au.
levels and the roll-out of CCTV. Net interest expense
As outlined in Section 7.8.1, movements in exchange rates Pro forma net interest expense for FY2010 is forecast to be
have an impact on Myer’s overall financial performance. $38 million based on a pro forma net debt of $392 million
For the forecast period, an average exchange rate of (including $8 million of capitalised borrowing costs) and an
A$1 = US$0.745 has been used, which is based on hedging the average draw of the working capital facility of $50 million.
first half FY2010 purchases at a rate of A$1 = US$0.727 and the This has been calculated in accordance with the terms of
second half FY2010 purchases at a rate of A$1 = US$0.788. the New Bank Facilities as described in Section 7.14.
Cost of doing business Taxation
The cost of doing business is forecast to increase by 2.5% The Australian corporate tax rate is 30%. However, the
to $1,001 million, but decrease as a percentage of sales from Company’s effective tax rate forecast for FY2010 is expected
29.9% in FY2009 to 29.8% in the FY2010 pro forma forecast. to be approximately 28%, mainly due to the impact of the
The increase in cost of doing business arises from a number Federal Government’s investment allowance rebate.
of factors including:
105
Cash tax payments for the forecast year are based on Change in other assets, liabilities and provisions
expected tax instalments in FY2010 based on a percent
The movement in other assets and liabilities included as part
to revenue ratio advised by the Australian Taxation Office,
of the FY2010 pro forma forecast cash flow is based on the
including the final reconciliation on the FY2009 tax payable
assumed reduction in provisions over the period, largely in
versus the instalments made in FY2009.
relation to unwinding of provisions for unfavourable leases
Capital expenditure and fixed lease rental provisions.
Capital expenditure is forecast to be $140 million for FY2010 7.9.2 General assumptions
as allocated in the table below.
In preparing the Forecast Financial Information, the
FY2010 capital expenditure following general best estimate assumptions have been
The Myer Melbourne rebuild $43m adopted:
Investment in PoS $21m – No material change in the competitive operating
environment;
Fit-out of the new Support Office $21m
– No significant deviation from current market expectations
Total non-recurring capital expenditure $85m of global or Australian economic conditions relevant to
Other IT projects $18m the retail industry in Australia for the period;
Refurbishment of existing stores $9m – No material business acquisitions or disposals;
Project VM Revitalisation $7m – No material industrial strikes or other disturbances,
environmental costs or legal claims;
Construction and fit-out of new stores $6m
– Retention of key personnel;
Other $14m
– No significant change in the legislative regimes (including
Total $140m tax) and regulatory environments in the jurisdictions in
which Myer or its key customers or suppliers operate;
In FY2011, budgeted capital expenditure is expected to be
– No changes in applicable Australian Accounting
approximately $90 million.
Standards, other mandatory professional reporting
Change in working capital requirements or the Corporations Act which would have
a material effect on Myer’s financial performance, cash
The movement in working capital included as part of
flows, financial position, accounting policies, financial
the FY2010 pro forma forecast cash flow is based on
reporting or disclosure; and
expectations around the continued improvement in
creditors days and inventory days as the benefits of – No change in Myer’s capital structure other than as set
measures already implemented in previous periods out in, or contemplated by, this Prospectus.
continue to be realised.
7.10 Sensitivity analysis
The Forecast Financial Information is based on a number of estimates and assumptions that are subject to business,
economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of Myer and the
Directors and management, and upon assumptions with respect to future business decisions, which are subject to change.
Set out below is a summary of the sensitivity of the FY2010 pro forma forecast EBIT to changes in a number of key
variables. The changes in the key variables are set out in the sensitivity analysis and are not intended to be indicative of the
complete range of variations that may be experienced. For purposes of the analysis below, the effect of the changes in key
assumptions on the FY2010 pro forma forecast EBIT of $261 million is presented.
Assumptions Increase/(decrease) FY2010 pro forma EBIT impact
1
Change in Total Sales Value 1.0%/(1.0)% $8.5 million/$(8.5) million
Change in gross profit percentage2 10bps/(10)bps $2.9 million/$(2.9) million
3
Change in store occupancy expenses 1.0%/(1.0)% $(2.2) million/$2.2 million
Change in salaries and wages expense 1.0%/(1.0)% $(4.8) million/$4.8 million
Change in A$/US$ exchange rate 4 1.0%/(1.0)% $1.4 million/$(1.4) million
Notes:
1. The EBIT impact of a 1.0% change in Total Sales Value has been calculated based on the gross profit impact which equates to approximately $13 million,
less an offsetting 1.0% change that would be made in variable operating costs including store salaries, store operating costs and advertising, totalling
approximately $5 million.
2. The EBIT impact has been calculated on a 10bps change in gross profit percentage based on wholesale sales.
3. The EBIT impact has been calculated on total store occupancy expenses (including rent and outgoings) notwithstanding that base rental
expense is largely predetermined via lease agreements. If the sensitivity was calculated with reference to variable components of store
occupancy expenses, the impact on the FY2010 pro forma forecast EBIT of a 1.0%/(1.0%) change in store occupancy expenses is estimated
at $(0.7) million/$0.7 million.
4. The EBIT impact has been calculated on all forecast purchases, notwithstanding that a portion of these purchases has been hedged. If the sensitivity
was calculated with reference to only non-hedged transactions, the impact on the FY2010 pro forma forecast EBIT of a 1.0%/(1.0%) change in the A$/$US
exchange rate is estimated at $0.3 million/$(0.3) million.
Care should be taken in interpreting these sensitivities. The estimated impact of changes in each of the variables has been
calculated in isolation from changes in other variables to illustrate the likely impact on the FY2010 pro forma EBIT (except for
Note 1 above). In practice, changes in variables may offset each other or be additive, and it is likely that Myer management
would take further measures in response to any other adverse change in one variable to minimise the net effect on Myer’s EBIT.
While impacting cash flow and profit before tax rather than EBIT, Myer’s sensitivity to interest rate movements is also
an important consideration. As set out in Section 7.5, Myer’s proposed net debt included in the pro forma statement of
financial position is $392 million, comprising $425 million of floating rate term debt, less $8 million of capitalised borrowing
costs and $25 million of cash. In addition, the working capital facility is a floating rate facility. Assuming that $392 million of
net debt is outstanding for the whole of the FY2010 pro forma forecast, and that on average the working capital facility is
drawn down $50 million, if interest rates increase/(decrease) by 100bps per annum, the pro forma net interest expense will
increase/(decrease) by approximately $5 million.
7.11 Adjusted and pro forma reconciliation to statutory

income statements
7.11.1 FY2007 adjusted income statement

In presenting the FY2007 adjusted income statement included in Section 7.3, certain adjustments to the FY2007 statutory
consolidated income statement have been made to exclude the impact of certain non-recurring items. These adjustments
are summarised below.
$ millions Statutory Adjustments Adjusted
Weeks in year 52 52
Wholesale sales 3,002 3,002
Sales by concession operators 0 287 287
Total Sales Value1 3,002 287 3,289
Gross profit2 1,281 2 1,283
Cost of doing business (1,088) 20 (1,068)
Other income 44 (44) 0
EBITDA3 237 (22) 215
Depreciation and amortisation (57) 7 (50)
EBIT 180 (15) 165
Notes:
1. Total Sales Value represents all sales (both by Myer and concession operators) generated in Myer stores and excludes the costs associated with the
customer loyalty program. Concession income (net) is shown in the statutory financial statements as other operating revenue. In the above presentation,
concession sales (gross) have been shown in order to illustrate the level of sales value at Myer stores and provide a basis of comparison with similar
department stores.
Sales by concession operators

To provide a more appropriate reference when assessing profitability measures relative to sales, an adjustment has been made to
include gross concession sales of $287 million in the Total Sales Value. For statutory purposes, concession income (net) is recorded
as other operating revenue. For FY2007, net concession income was $64 million.
Gross profit
During FY2007, Myer was requested by the landlord of the Burwood store to prematurely end its lease, for which Myer received
$23 million in compensation. This non-recurring income has been removed from adjusted gross profit.
An accounting standard change was implemented in FY2009, which required the Company to record costs associated with
customer loyalty reward points in gross profit (as an offset to wholesale sales). Previously, these were included in the cost of doing
business. An adjustment of $19 million has been made to the FY2007 statutory gross profit to reclassify costs associated with
customer loyalty reward points to reflect this accounting standard change as if it applied in FY2007.
Gross profit has also been adjusted to include other income of $44 million, which represents additional income from operating
activities.
Cost of doing business
As a consequence of the sale and leaseback of the Myer Melbourne properties (please refer to Section 7.11.2), Myer commenced
paying rent on the Myer Melbourne properties from 10 August 2007. A $17 million adjustment has been made to cost of doing
business in order to reflect a full year of Myer Melbourne rental expense in FY2007 to ensure consistency of reporting across the
historical and forecast periods shown.
107
Following the divestment of Myer from the Coles Group, Myer incurred approximately $18 million in additional operating expenses
relating to the transition of its IT systems from the Coles Group and to setting up MyMerch and the SAP general ledger system. This
adjustment removes the non-recurring additional operating expenses incurred during FY2007 from cost of doing business.
As a result of the accounting standard change for customer loyalty reward points as outlined above, an adjustment has been made
to reclassify $19 million of loyalty program costs from the cost of doing business to gross profit.
Depreciation and amortisation
Asset write downs of $3 million incurred by Myer on exit of the Burwood store lease have been removed from depreciation and
amortisation.
As a consequence of the sale and leaseback of the Myer Melbourne properties (please refer to Section 7.11.2), Myer commenced
paying rent on the Myer Melbourne properties from 10 August 2007. A $4 million adjustment has been made to depreciation in
order to reverse out the actual depreciation expense that was incurred during FY2007 when Myer owned the properties to ensure
consistency of reporting across the historical and forecast periods.
Weeks in year 52 52
Gross profit2 1,278 34 1,312
Profit on sale of property 236 (236) 0
EBITDA3 511 (236) 275
Depreciation and amortisation (62) (62)
EBIT 449 (236) 213
Notes:

To provide a more appropriate reference when assessing profitability measures relative to sales, an adjustment has been
made to include gross concession sales of $380 million in the Total Sales Value. For statutory purposes, concession income
(net) is recorded as other operating revenue. For FY2008, net concession income was $87 million.
Gross profit
An accounting standard change was implemented in FY2009, which required the Company to record costs associated
with customer loyalty reward points in gross profit (as an offset to wholesale sales). Previously, these were included in the
cost of doing business. An adjustment of $21 million has been made to the FY2008 statutory gross profit to reclassify costs
associated with customer loyalty reward points to reflect this accounting standard change as if it applied in FY2008.
Gross profit has also been adjusted to include other income of $55 million, which represents additional income from
operating activities.
As a result of the accounting standard change for customer loyalty reward points as outlined above, an adjustment has been
made to reclassify $21 million of loyalty program costs from the cost of doing business to gross profit.
Profit on sale of property
On 10 August 2007, Myer completed a sale and leaseback transaction over the Myer Melbourne properties in Lonsdale
and Bourke streets with a consortium of investors. The non-recurring profit on sale recognised in the income statement
on completion of the transaction of $236 million has been removed.
Weeks in year 52 52
Sales revenue deferred under customer loyalty program (44) 44 0
Gross profit2 1,225 53 1,278
Cost of doing business (977) (977)
EBITDA3 301 301
Depreciation and amortisation (65) (65)
EBIT 236 236
Notes:
Sales revenue deferred under customer loyalty program

An accounting standard change was implemented in FY2009, which required the Company to record costs associated with
customer loyalty reward points as an offset to wholesale sales. In the adjusted income statement, these are excluded from
Total Sales Value.
To provide a more appropriate reference when assessing profitability measures relative to sales, an adjustment has been
made to include gross concession sales of $418 million in the Total Sales Value. For statutory purposes, concession income
(net) is recorded as other operating revenue. For FY2009, net concession income was $95 million.
Gross profit
Gross profit has been adjusted to include other income of $53 million, which represents additional income from operating
activities.
109
7.11.4 FY2010 pro forma income statement

In presenting the FY2010 pro forma income statement in Section 7.3, certain adjustments to the FY2010 statutory
$ millions Statutory Adjustments Pro forma
Weeks in year 53 (1) 52
Wholesale sales 2,972 (35) 2,937
Sales revenue deferred under customer loyalty program (48) 48 0
Gross profit2 1,306 25 1,331
3
EBITDA 250 80 330
Depreciation and amortisation (70) 1 (69)
EBIT 180 81 261
Net interest expense (106) 68 (38)
Profit before tax 74 149 223
Income tax expense (20) (43) (63)
Net profit after tax 54 106 160
Notes:
Wholesale sales Gross profit

FY2010 will be a 53 week year for statutory reporting The gross profit earned on the sales relating to the 53rd
purposes, compared to FY2007, FY2008 and FY2009, which week of FY2010 totalling $17 million has been removed
were all 52 week years. In order to present the pro forma in the pro forma forecast in order to present the forecast
forecast on a comparable basis, $35 million of wholesale on a comparable basis to FY2007, FY2008 and FY2009 (52
sales relating to the 53rd week have been removed from the week years). Gross profit has been adjusted to include other
statutory forecast. income of $42 million, which represents additional income
from operating activities.
Sales revenue deferred under customer loyalty program
An accounting standard change was implemented in FY2009,
which required the Company to record costs associated with The cost of doing business incurred in generating the sales
customer loyalty reward points as an offset to wholesale sales. relating to the 53rd week of FY2010 has been removed in
In the adjusted income statement, these are excluded from the pro forma forecast in order to present the forecast on a
Total Sales Value. comparable basis to FY2007, FY2008 and FY2009 (52 week
years).
In addition, cost of doing business has been adjusted for the
To provide a more appropriate reference when assessing
following items:
profitability measures relative to sales, an adjustment has
been made to include gross concession sales of $430 million – Transaction costs relating to the Listing process have been
in the Total Sales Value. For statutory purposes, concession allocated between non-recurring expenses that impact
income (net) is recorded as other operating revenue and is the income statement and those to be capitalised against
forecast to be $98 million in FY2010 (on a 53 week basis). contributed equity. This allocation has been made based
on the distinction between costs relating to transferred
FY2010 will be a 53 week year for statutory reporting Existing Shares which are a non-recurring expense,
purposes, compared to FY2007, FY2008 and FY2009, which and costs relating to the issue of New Shares which are
were all 52 week years. In order to present the pro forma capitalised. In allocating costs between the income
forecast on a comparable basis, $7 million of concession statement and contributed equity, a 90% selldown of
sales relating to the 53rd week have been removed. Of this Existing Shares held by the Selling Shareholders (excluding
$7 million, the net concession income to Myer is forecast to current management and key contractors) has been
be approximately $2 million. assumed. Cost of doing business has been adjusted to
remove the non-recurring expense portion of $69 million;
– Retention payments of $6 million. To ensure stability As a result of the refinancing of existing financing facilities,
of senior management over a two year period post currently capitalised borrowing costs of $21 million
Listing, certain senior management will be paid retention will be written off. This adjustment removes this non-
payments to encourage their continued tenure. These recurring expense.
payments are expected to be incurred in FY2010, FY2011
As a result of the refinancing of existing financing facilities,
and FY2012. The impact on FY2010 has been removed on
existing interest rate swaps will be settled. This adjustment
the basis that these payments are not an ongoing cost to
removes the effect of the $29 million non-recurring expense
the business; and
that will be incurred when this occurs. This adjustment
– Employee Gift Offer costs of $6 million. Eligible reflects what this amount would have been if these interest
Employees will be gifted an allocation of Shares. For rate swaps were settled at 25 July 2009; the actual expense
accounting purposes, this will result in an expense of to be incurred upon Settlement would reflect market
$6 million being recognised to the extent of the gifting. conditions at that time.
This adjustment removes this non-recurring expense.
Net interest expense has also been adjusted to remove the
Depreciation and amortisation $6 million non-recurring expense that will arise relating to
FY2010 will be a 53 week year for statutory reporting the Exchange discount and Redemption premium on the
purposes, compared to FY2007, FY2008 and FY2009, which Myer Notes.
were all 52 week years. In order to present the pro forma Income tax expense
forecast on a comparable basis, $1 million of depreciation
and amortisation relating to the 53rd week has been The tax adjustment reflects the income tax effect of the
removed in the pro forma forecast. adjustments discussed above.
Net interest expense 7.11.5 FY2007 adjusted cash flow statement
In the pro forma FY2010 income statement, net interest In presenting the FY2007 adjusted cash flow statement
expense reflects the annualised effect of the proposed included in Section 7.6, certain adjustments to the FY2007
debt structure post Listing. As the Listing of the Company statutory consolidated cash flow statement have been made
is not expected to occur until part way through FY2010, to exclude the impact of certain non-recurring items. These
an adjustment has been made to reflect the incremental adjustments are summarised below.
interest expense of $11 million to be incurred under the
existing facilities in the period prior to Listing.
EBITDA 237 (22) 215

1
Change in other assets, liabilities and provisions 18 0 18
Capital expenditure2 (119) 0 (119)
3
Operating cash flow after capital expenditure 147 (22) 125
Notes:
1. Change in working capital represents changes in trade and other receivables, inventories and trade and other payables.
2. Capital expenditure represents payments for property, plant and equipment and intangible assets less lease incentives.
3. Operating cash flow after capital expenditure represents statutory cash flow from operating activities after adding back interest and tax paid and
deducting capital expenditure.
EBITDA
Please refer to the discussion of adjustments to EBITDA in Section 7.11.1.
7.11.6 FY2008 adjusted cash flow statement
In presenting the FY2008 adjusted cash flow statement included in Section 7.6, certain adjustments to the FY2008 statutory
consolidated cash flow statement have been made. These adjustments are summarised below.
EBITDA 511 (236) 275

Change in working capital1 7 0 7
Change in other assets, liabilities and provisions (13) 0 (13)
Profit on sale of property (236) 236 0
2
Capital expenditure (150) 0 (150)
3
Notes:
111
EBITDA
Profit on sale of property
Please refer to the discussion of adjustments for the profit on sale of property in Section 7.11.2.
7.11.7 FY2009 adjusted cash flow statement
In presenting the FY2009 adjusted cash flow statement included in Section 7.6, certain adjustments to the FY2009 statutory
consolidated cash flow statement have been made. These adjustments are summarised below.
EBITDA 301 0 301

1
2
Capital expenditure (126) 0 (126)
3
Notes:
7.11.8 FY2010 pro forma cash flow statement

In presenting the FY2010 pro forma cash flow statement included in Section 7.6, certain adjustments to the FY2010 statutory
consolidated cash flow statement have been made to exclude the impact of certain non-recurring items and to reflect the
full year impact of the Offer. These adjustments are summarised below.
$ millions Statutory Adjustments Pro forma
1
EBITDA 250 80 330
2
Capital expenditure3 (140) 0 (140)
Transaction costs funded via Share Offer4 81 (81) 0
5
6
Net interest paid (49) 11 (38)
Income tax paid (29) 0 (29)
Cash flow before dividends and debt repayment 113 27 140
Dividends paid (60) 0 (60)
Cash flow available for debt repayment 53 27 80
Notes:
1. EBITDA adjustments represent costs associated with investing and financing activities, such as incurrence of transaction costs ($69 million), Employee
Gift Offer costs ($6 million) and retention payments ($6 million) less an adjustment of $1 million for the 53rd week. These adjustments are discussed in
Section 7.11.4 in further detail.
4. Transaction costs associated with the Offer have been adjusted on the basis that they will be classified as part of financing activities in the statutory
cash flow statement.
6. The net interest paid adjustment in the table above is $11 million compared to the net interest expense adjustment in Section 7.11.4 of $68 million.
The variance represents non-cash interest adjustments including the settlement of existing interest rate swaps and the write-off of borrowing costs.
Please refer to Section 7.5 for further detail on these adjustments.
EBITDA
Change in working capital
Adjustment to working capital represents impact of removing the movement in working capital for the 53rd week of the
period to arrive at a cash flow based on a 52 week period.
Net interest paid
Please refer to the discussion of adjustments to net interest expense in Section 7.11.4.
7.12 Dividend policy
Subject to the Directors’ forecasts being achieved and other relevant factors, the Board intends to declare a FY2010 dividend
per Share of 20.5–21.2 cents. It is expected that this dividend will be fully franked in Australia.
The forecast dividend for FY2010 corresponds to an annualised forecast yield of 4.3%–5.3% based on the Indicative Price
Range of $3.90–$4.90.
Beyond the forecast period, the Directors’ dividend policy is to distribute 70%–80% of net profit after tax and to frank
and impute dividends to the greatest extent possible.
In respect of future years, subject to available profits and the financial position of the Company, an interim dividend is
expected to be payable annually in May, with a final dividend payable annually in November. No guarantee can be given
about future dividends, or the level of franking or imputation of such dividends, as these matters will depend upon the
future profits of the Company and its financial and taxation position at the time.
As at the Prospectus Date, the Company has a consolidated franking account balance of $67 million.
7.13 Capitalisation and indebtedness
The below table sets out:

– Consolidated cash, short term debt, long term debt and total capitalisation of Myer as at 25 July 2009; and
– Consolidated cash, short term debt, long term debt and total capitalisation of Myer as adjusted after giving effect
to the impact of the Offer and the New Bank Facilities as if the transactions had occurred on 25 July 2009.
$ millions
As at 25 July 2009 Actual Pro forma
Cash 185 25
Current debt 0 0
Non-current unsecured debt 879 417
– Term facility1 631 417
– Myer Notes1 248 0
Total indebtedness 879 417
Contributed equity 85 517
Reserves (19) 1
Retained profits 314 220
Total equity 380 738
Total capitalisation and indebtedness 1,259 1,155
Note:
1. The term facility and Myer Notes amounts shown in the table above are net of capitalised borrowing costs.
7.14 Description of the New Bank Facilities
On the date of issue and transfer of Shares under the Offer, Myer intends to repay its Existing Senior Finance Facility.
Twenty eight days after the date of issue and transfer of Shares under the Offer, Myer intends to Redeem any remaining
Myer Notes. This will be funded through New Bank Facilities and certain proceeds from sale of New Shares under the Offer.
The New Bank Facilities will comprise:
– A syndicated facility providing Myer with a $425 million three year term debt facility, together with a $200 million three
year working capital facility; and
– A bilateral facility incorporating a three year $50 million bank guarantee facility and a 60 day $25 million cash advance facility.
113
Pro forma
amount
drawn as at
$ millions Commitment 25 July 2009
Term debt facility 425 425
Working capital facility 200 –
Bank guarantee and letter of credit facility 50 39
Cash advance facility 25 –
Myer’s working capital requirements are greatest in October as the Company builds up its stock position ahead of its peak
sales period over Christmas, and so Myer’s working capital facility tends to be heavily drawn in October and the beginning
of the Christmas trading period (November to January). The increase in inventory unwinds over the Christmas trading period.
The New Bank Facilities contain certain representations, undertakings, events of default and review events which are usual
for facilities of this nature. Any breach of the representations or undertakings, or the occurrence of an event of default or a
review event, may lead to the funds borrowed becoming due and the facilities being cancelled. Myer expects to remain in
compliance with the terms and conditions of the New Bank Facilities.
The New Bank Facilities will contain financial undertakings usual for facilities of this nature, including ensuring that:
– The ratio of the Myer Group’s net debt to EBITDA is not greater than 2.5 times;
– The ratio of the Myer Group’s EBITDA plus rental expense to net interest expense (paid or payable or received
or receivable in cash) plus rental expense is equal to or not less than 1.65 times; and
– The Shareholders’ equity of the Myer Group is not less than $500 million.
The base interest rate charged on the New Bank Facilities is a function of the prevailing market rate.
Adjustments usual for a facility of this nature will be made to EBITDA for the purposes of determining compliance with the
financial undertakings.
Further details of the New Bank Facilities are provided in Section 10.8.2.
7.15 Contractual obligations
Myer’s long term contractual obligations are presented in the table below.
$ millions Pro forma Payments due by period
As at 25 July 2009 Total < 1 year 1 – 5 year(s) > 5 years
1
Operating lease commitments 2,247 179 665 1,403
Debt obligations2
Term debt facility 425 0 425 0
Other liabilities
Employee benefits 87 82 5 0
Total 2,759 261 1,095 1,403
Notes:
1. Myer does not have any finance leases. The majority of Myer’s lease commitments relate to operating commitments for its department stores.
2. Debt obligations have been disclosed in the table above on a pro forma basis and are based on the proposed debt structure post Listing
(please refer to Section 7.14).
7.16 Off-balance sheet arrangements
Historically, Myer has not used special purpose vehicles or similar financing arrangements. Myer does not have any
off-balance sheet financing arrangements with any of its affiliates or with any unconsolidated entities.
7.17 Market risk disclosures
Significant market risks relevant to the Financial Information are disclosed in Note 2 to the financial statements in
Myer’s 25 July 2009 Annual Report which has been lodged with ASIC and is available from www.myer.com.au.
115
8
Investigating Accountant’s
Reports
8 Investigating Accountant’s Reports
PricewaterhouseCoopers
Securities Ltd
ACN 003 311 617
ABN 54 003 311 617
Holder of Australian Financial
The Directors Services Licence No 244572
Myer Holdings Limited
Freshwater Place
Myer SPV Limited 2 Southbank Boulevard
295 Lonsdale Street SOUTHBANK VIC 3006
GPO Box 1331
Melbourne, VIC, 3000 MELBOURNE VIC 3001
DX 77
Telephone 61 3 8603 1000
Facsimile 61 3 8603 1999
28 September 2009 Direct Phone : 61 3 8603 6040
Direct Fax : 61 3 8613 2137
Dear Directors
Subject: Investigating Accountant’s Report on Forecast Financial Information and Financial

Services Guide
We have prepared this report on certain forecast financial information of Myer Holdings Limited and
its controlled entities (the “Company”) for inclusion in a prospectus dated on or about 28
September 2009 (the “Prospectus”) relating to an offer of New Shares in the Company and the sale
of Existing Shares in the Company by Myer SPV Limited (together, the “Offer”).
Expressions defined in the Prospectus have the same meaning in this report.
The nature of this report is such that it should be given by an entity which holds an Australian
financial services licence under the Corporations Act 2001. PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities
Ltd, which is wholly owned by PricewaterhouseCoopers, holds the appropriate Australian financial
services licence. This report is both an Investigating Accountant’s Report, the scope of which is set
out below, and a Financial Services Guide which is attached as an Appendix.
Background
The purpose of the Offer is to achieve the listing of the Company on the ASX and to provide
existing shareholders an opportunity to sell down their current shareholdings.
The Offer comprises the offer of New Shares by the Company and the sale of Existing Shares by
Myer SPV Limited. Proceeds received by the Company from the Offer of New Shares will be used
to pay the costs of the Offer and to repay debt. Proceeds received by Myer SPV Limited will be
remitted to those Selling Shareholders who sell Existing Shares to Myer SPV Limited.
Scope
The Company and Myer SPV Limited have requested PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities Ltd to
prepare this investigating accountant’s report (the “Report”) covering the following information:
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation

117
(a) the pro forma forecast income statement and footnotes thereto in Section 7.3 of
the Company for the year ending 31 July 2010; and
(b) the pro forma forecast cash flow statement and footnotes thereto in Section 7.6 of
the Company for the year ending 31 July 2010,
(collectively, the “Forecasts”).
This Report has been prepared for inclusion in the Prospectus. We disclaim any assumption of
responsibility for any reliance on this Report or on the Forecasts to which this Report relates for
any purposes other than the purpose for which it was prepared.
Scope of review of Forecasts
The Forecasts are set out in Sections 7.3 and 7.6 of the Prospectus. The Directors are responsible
for the preparation and presentation of the Forecasts, including the best estimate assumptions set
out in Section 7.9 of the Prospectus on which they are based and adjustments (as set out in
Sections 7.11.4 and 7.11.8; the “Forecast Adjustments”), including the recognition of gross
concession sales which is a departure from Australian Accounting Standards.
Our review of the best estimate assumptions and Forecast Adjustments underlying the Forecasts
was conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards applicable to review
engagements. Our procedures consisted primarily of enquiry and comparison and other such
analytical review procedures as we considered necessary to form an opinion as to whether
anything has come to our attention which causes us to believe that:
(a) the best estimate assumptions do not provide a reasonable basis for the
Forecasts;
(b) in all material respects, the Forecasts are not properly prepared on the basis of the
best estimate assumptions and presented fairly in accordance with the recognition
and measurement principles prescribed in Australian Accounting Standards (with
the exception of the recognition of gross concession sales as set out in Section
7.3), and other mandatory professional reporting requirements in Australia, and the
accounting policies of the Company referred to in Section 7.2 of the Prospectus; or
(c) the Forecasts are unreasonable.
The Forecasts have been prepared by the Directors to provide investors with a guide to the
Company’s potential future financial performance based upon the achievement of certain
economic, operating, development and trading assumptions about future events and actions that
have not yet occurred and may not necessarily occur. There is a considerable degree of subjective
judgement involved in the preparation of Forecasts. Actual results may vary materially from the
Forecasts and the variation may be materially positive or negative. Accordingly, investors should
have regard to the description of investment risks set out in Section 9 of the Prospectus.
Our review of the Forecasts and the best estimate assumptions and Forecast Adjustments upon
which the Forecasts are based is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance
with Australian Auditing Standards. A review of this nature provides less assurance than an audit.
(2)
We have not performed an audit and we do not express an audit opinion on the Forecasts included
in the Prospectus.
Review statement on the Forecasts
Based on our review of the Forecasts, which is not an audit, and the reasonableness of the best
estimate assumptions giving rise to the Forecasts, nothing has come to our attention which causes
us to believe that:
(a) the best estimate assumptions set out in Section 7.9 of the Prospectus do not
provide a reasonable basis for the preparation of the Forecasts;
(b) the Forecasts are not properly prepared on the basis of the best estimate
assumptions and presented fairly in accordance with the recognition and
measurement principles prescribed in Australian Accounting Standards (with the
exception of the recognition of gross concession sales as set out in Section 7.3),
and other mandatory professional reporting requirements in Australia, and the
accounting policies of the Company referred to in Section 7.2 of the Prospectus; or
(c) the Forecasts are unreasonable.
The best estimate assumptions set out in Section 7.9 of the Prospectus are subject to significant
uncertainties and contingencies often outside the control of the Company. If events do not occur as
assumed, actual results achieved by the Company may vary significantly from the Forecasts.
Accordingly, we do not confirm or guarantee the achievement of the Forecasts, as future events, by
their very nature, are not capable of independent substantiation.
Subsequent events
Apart from the matters dealt with in this Report, and having regard to the scope of our Report, to
the best of our knowledge and belief no material transactions or events outside of the ordinary
course of business of the Company have come to our attention that would require comment on, or
adjustment to, the information referred to in our Report or that would cause such information to be
misleading or deceptive.
(3)
119
Relevant auditing or other standards
Our review of the Forecasts has not been carried out in accordance with generally accepted
auditing standards or other standards and practices applicable in the United States of America to
engagements of this type, standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States) or any auditing or other standards or practices of any other jurisdiction (other than the
Australian Auditing Standards applicable to review engagements referred to above).
Independence or disclosure of interest
PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities Ltd does not have any interest in the outcome of the Offer
other than the preparation of this Report and participation in due diligence procedures for which
normal professional fees will be received.
Liability
PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities Ltd has consented to the inclusion of this Report in the
Prospectus in the form and context in which it is included. The liability of PricewaterhouseCoopers
Securities Ltd to investors is limited to the inclusion of this Report in the Prospectus (and any
references in the Prospectus to the Report). PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities Ltd makes no
representation regarding, and has no liability for, any other statements or other material in, or any
omissions from, the Prospectus.
Financial Services Guide
We have included our Financial Services Guide as an Appendix to our Report. The Financial
Services Guide is designed to assist retail clients in their use of any general financial product
advice in our Report.
Yours faithfully
Andrew Hanson Charles Humphrey

Authorised Representative Authorised Representative
PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities Ltd PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities Ltd
(4)
Appendix - Financial Services Guide
PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS SECURITIES LTD

FINANCIAL SERVICES GUIDE
This Financial Services Guide is dated 28 September 2009
5. Fees, commissions and other benefits we may

1. About us receive
PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities Ltd (ABN 54 003 311 PwC Securities charges fees to produce reports, including
617, Australian Financial Services Licence no 244572) ("PwC this Report. These fees are negotiated and agreed with the
Securities") has been engaged by Myer Holdings Limited (the entity who engages PwC Securities to provide a report. Fees
“Company”) and Myer SPV Limited to provide a report in the are charged on an hourly basis or as a fixed amount
form of an Investigating Accountant's Report in relation to depending on the terms of the agreement with the person
certain forecast financial information of the Company (the who engages us. In the preparation of this Report our fees
“Report”) for inclusion in a Prospectus dated on or around 28 have been charged on an hourly rate basis and have been
September 2009. disclosed in Section 10.14.5 of the Prospectus.
You have not engaged us directly but have been provided Directors or employees of PwC Securities,
with a copy of the Report as a retail client because of your PricewaterhouseCoopers, or other associated entities, may
connection to the matters set out in the Report. receive partnership distributions, salary or wages from
2. This Financial Services Guide PricewaterhouseCoopers.
This Financial Services Guide ("FSG") is designed to assist 6. Associations with issuers of financial products
retail clients in their use of any general financial product PwC Securities and its authorised representatives,
advice contained in the Report. This FSG contains employees and associates may from time to time have
information about PwC Securities generally, the financial relationships with the issuers of financial products. For
services we are licensed to provide, the remuneration we example, PricewaterhouseCoopers may be the auditor of, or
may receive in connection with the preparation of the Report, provide financial services to the issuer of a financial product
and how complaints against us will be dealt with. and PwC Securities may provide financial services to the
3. Financial services we are licensed to provide issuer of a financial product in the ordinary course of its
business. PricewaterhouseCoopers provides ongoing audit
Our Australian financial services licence allows us to provide and taxation services to the Company.
a broad range of services, including providing financial
product advice in relation to various financial products such 7. Complaints
as securities, interests in managed investment schemes, If you have a complaint, please raise it with us first, using the
derivatives, superannuation products, foreign exchange contact details listed below. We will endeavour to
contracts, insurance products, life products, managed satisfactorily resolve your complaint in a timely manner. In
investment schemes, government debentures, stocks or addition, a copy of our internal complaints handling procedure
bonds, and deposit products. is available upon request.
4. General financial product advice If we are not able to resolve your complaint to your
The Report contains only general financial product advice. It satisfaction within 45 days of your written notification, you are
was prepared without taking into account your personal entitled to have your matter referred to the Financial
objectives, financial situation or needs. Ombudsman Service ("FOS"), an external complaints
resolution service. FOS can be contacted by calling 1300
You should consider your own objectives, financial situation 780 808. You will not be charged for using the FOS service.
and needs when assessing the suitability of the Report to
your situation. You may wish to obtain personal financial 8. Contact Details
product advice from the holder of an Australian Financial PwC Securities can be contacted by sending a letter to the
Services Licence to assist you in this assessment. following address:
Andrew Hanson
PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities Ltd
GPO Box 1331
Melbourne, VIC, 3001
_____________________________
121
PricewaterhouseCoopers
Securities Ltd
ACN 003 311 617
ABN 54 003 311 617
Holder of Australian Financial
The Directors Services Licence No 244572
Myer Holdings Limited
Freshwater Place
Myer SPV Limited 2 Southbank Boulevard
295 Lonsdale Street SOUTHBANK VIC 3006
GPO Box 1331
Melbourne, VIC, 3000 MELBOURNE VIC 3001
DX 77
Telephone 61 3 8603 1000
Facsimile 61 3 8603 1999
28 September 2009 Direct Phone : 61 3 8603 6040
Direct Fax : 61 3 8613 2137
Dear Directors
Subject: Investigating Accountant’s Report on Historical Financial Information and Financial

Services Guide
We have prepared this report on certain historical financial information of Myer Holdings Limited
and its controlled entities (the “Company”) for inclusion in a prospectus dated on or about 28
September 2009 (the “Prospectus”) relating to an offer of New Shares in the Company and the sale
of Existing Shares in the Company by Myer SPV Limited (together, the “Offer”).
Expressions defined in the Prospectus have the same meaning in this report.
The nature of this report is such that it should be given by an entity which holds an Australian
financial services licence under the Corporations Act 2001. PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities
Ltd, which is wholly owned by PricewaterhouseCoopers, holds the appropriate Australian financial
services licence. This report is both an Investigating Accountant’s Report, the scope of which is set
out below, and a Financial Services Guide which is attached as an Appendix.
Background
The purpose of the Offer is to achieve the listing of the Company on the ASX and to provide
existing shareholders an opportunity to sell down their current shareholdings.
The Offer comprises the offer of New Shares by the Company and the sale of Existing Shares by
Myer SPV Limited. Proceeds received by the Company from the Offer of New Shares will be used
to pay the costs of the Offer and to repay debt. Proceeds received by Myer SPV Limited will be
remitted to those Selling Shareholders who sell Existing Shares to Myer SPV Limited.
Scope
The Company and Myer SPV Limited have requested PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities Ltd to
prepare this investigating accountant’s report (the “Report”) covering the following information:
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation

(a) the adjusted historical income statements and footnotes thereto in Section 7.3 of
the Company for the years ended 28 July 2007, 26 July 2008 and 25 July 2009,
which includes the adjustments disclosed in Sections 7.11.1, 7.11.2 and 7.11.3;
(b) the adjusted historical cash flow statements and footnotes thereto in Section 7.6 of
the Company for the years ended 28 July 2007, 26 July 2008 and 25 July 2009,
which includes the adjustments disclosed in Sections 7.11.5, 7.11.6 and 7.11.7;
and
(c) the historical statement of financial position as at 25 July 2009, and the pro forma
statement of financial position as at 25 July 2009 (the “Pro Forma Balance Sheet”)
which assumes completion of the proposed transactions disclosed in Section 7.5
of the Prospectus (the “Pro Forma Transactions”),
(collectively, the “Historical Financial Information”).
This Report has been prepared for inclusion in the Prospectus. We disclaim any assumption of
responsibility for any reliance on this Report or on the Historical Financial Information to which this
Report relates for any purposes other than the purpose for which it was prepared.
Scope of review of Historical Financial Information
The Historical Financial Information set out in Sections 7.3, 7.5 and 7.6 of the Prospectus has been
derived from the audited financial statements of the Company. The financial statements were
audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers who issued unqualified audit opinions on them. The Historical
Financial Information incorporates such Pro Forma Transactions and adjustments (as set out in
Sections 7.11.1, 7.11.2, 7.11.3, 7.11.5, 7.11.6 and 7.11.7; the “Historical Adjustments”) as the
Directors considered necessary to present the Historical Financial Information on an appropriate
basis, including the recognition of gross concession sales which is a departure from Australian
Accounting Standards. The Directors are responsible for the preparation of the Historical Financial
Information, including the determination of the Pro Forma Transactions and Historical Adjustments.
We have conducted our review of the Historical Financial Information in accordance with Australian
Auditing Standards applicable to review engagements. We made such inquiries and performed
such procedures as we, in our professional judgement, considered reasonable in the
circumstances including:
x an analytical review of the audited financial performance of the Company for the relevant
historical period
x a review of work papers, accounting records and other documents
x a review of the Historical Adjustments made to the Historical Financial Information
x a review of the Pro Forma Transactions used to compile the Pro Forma Balance Sheet
x a comparison of consistency in application of the recognition and measurement principles

under Australian Accounting Standards and other mandatory professional reporting
(2)
123
requirements in Australia, and the accounting policies adopted by the Company referred to
in Section 7.2 of the Prospectus, and
x enquiry of Directors, management and others.
These procedures do not provide all the evidence that would be required in an audit, thus the level
of assurance provided is less than given in an audit. We have not performed an audit and,
accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion on the Historical Financial Information.
Review statement on Historical Financial Information
Based on our review, which is not an audit, nothing has come to our attention which causes us to
believe that:
x the Pro Forma Balance Sheet has not been properly prepared on the basis of the Pro
Forma Transactions
x the Pro Forma Transactions do not form a reasonable basis for the Pro Forma Balance
Sheet
x the Historical Financial Information, as set out in Sections 7.3, 7.5 and 7.6 of the
Prospectus, does not present fairly:
(a) the adjusted historical income statements of the Company for the years ended 28
July 2007, 26 July 2008 and 25 July 2009;
(b) the adjusted historical cash flow statements of the Company for the years ended
28 July 2007, 26 July 2008 and 25 July 2009; and
(c) the historical statement of financial position as at 25 July 2009, and the pro forma
statement of financial position of the Company as at 25 July 2009 assuming
completion of the Pro Forma Transactions
in accordance with the recognition and measurement principles prescribed under Australian
Accounting Standards (with the exception of the recognition of gross concession sales as set out in
Section 7.3), and other mandatory professional reporting requirements in Australia, and the
accounting policies adopted by the Company referred to in Section 7.2 of the Prospectus.
Subsequent events
Apart from the matters dealt with in this Report, and having regard to the scope of our Report, to
the best of our knowledge and belief no material transactions or events outside of the ordinary
course of business of the Company have come to our attention that would require comment on, or
adjustment to, the information referred to in our Report or that would cause such information to be
misleading or deceptive.
(3)
Relevant auditing or other standards
Our review of the Historical Financial Information has not been carried out in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards or other standards and practices applicable in the United
States of America to engagements of this type, standards of the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States) or any auditing or other standards or practices of any other
jurisdiction (other than the Australian Auditing Standards applicable to review engagements
referred to above).
Independence or disclosure of interest
PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities Ltd does not have any interest in the outcome of the Offer
other than the preparation of this Report and participation in due diligence procedures for which
normal professional fees will be received.
Liability
PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities Ltd has consented to the inclusion of this Report in the
Prospectus in the form and context in which it is included. The liability of PricewaterhouseCoopers
Securities Ltd to investors is limited to the inclusion of this Report in the Prospectus (and any
references in the Prospectus to the Report). PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities Ltd makes no
representation regarding, and has no liability for, any other statements or other material in, or any
omissions from, the Prospectus.
Financial Services Guide
We have included our Financial Services Guide as an Appendix to our Report. The Financial
Services Guide is designed to assist retail clients in their use of any general financial product
advice in our Report.
Yours faithfully
Andrew Hanson Charles Humphrey

Authorised Representative Authorised Representative
PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities Ltd PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities Ltd
(4)
125
Appendix - Financial Services Guide
PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS SECURITIES LTD

FINANCIAL SERVICES GUIDE
This Financial Services Guide is dated 28 September 2009
5. Fees, commissions and other benefits we may

1. About us receive
PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities Ltd (ABN 54 003 311 PwC Securities charges fees to produce reports, including
617, Australian Financial Services Licence no 244572) ("PwC this Report. These fees are negotiated and agreed with the
Securities") has been engaged by Myer Holdings Limited (the entity who engages PwC Securities to provide a report. Fees
“Company”) and Myer SPV Limited to provide a report in the are charged on an hourly basis or as a fixed amount
form of an Investigating Accountant's Report in relation to depending on the terms of the agreement with the person
certain historical financial information of the Company (the who engages us. In the preparation of this Report our fees
“Report”) for inclusion in a Prospectus dated on or around 28 have been charged on an hourly rate basis and have been
September 2009. disclosed in Section 10.14.5 of the Prospectus.
You have not engaged us directly but have been provided Directors or employees of PwC Securities,
with a copy of the Report as a retail client because of your PricewaterhouseCoopers, or other associated entities, may
connection to the matters set out in the Report. receive partnership distributions, salary or wages from
2. This Financial Services Guide PricewaterhouseCoopers.
This Financial Services Guide ("FSG") is designed to assist 6. Associations with issuers of financial products
retail clients in their use of any general financial product PwC Securities and its authorised representatives,
advice contained in the Report. This FSG contains employees and associates may from time to time have
information about PwC Securities generally, the financial relationships with the issuers of financial products. For
services we are licensed to provide, the remuneration we example, PricewaterhouseCoopers may be the auditor of, or
may receive in connection with the preparation of the Report, provide financial services to the issuer of a financial product
and how complaints against us will be dealt with. and PwC Securities may provide financial services to the
3. Financial services we are licensed to provide issuer of a financial product in the ordinary course of its
business. PricewaterhouseCoopers provides ongoing audit
Our Australian financial services licence allows us to provide and taxation services to the Company.
a broad range of services, including providing financial
product advice in relation to various financial products such 7. Complaints
as securities, interests in managed investment schemes, If you have a complaint, please raise it with us first, using the
derivatives, superannuation products, foreign exchange contact details listed below. We will endeavour to
contracts, insurance products, life products, managed satisfactorily resolve your complaint in a timely manner. In
investment schemes, government debentures, stocks or addition, a copy of our internal complaints handling procedure
bonds, and deposit products. is available upon request.
4. General financial product advice If we are not able to resolve your complaint to your
The Report contains only general financial product advice. It satisfaction within 45 days of your written notification, you are
was prepared without taking into account your personal entitled to have your matter referred to the Financial
objectives, financial situation or needs. Ombudsman Service ("FOS"), an external complaints
resolution service. FOS can be contacted by calling 1300
You should consider your own objectives, financial situation 780 808. You will not be charged for using the FOS service.
and needs when assessing the suitability of the Report to
your situation. You may wish to obtain personal financial 8. Contact Details
product advice from the holder of an Australian Financial PwC Securities can be contacted by sending a letter to the
Services Licence to assist you in this assessment. following address:
Andrew Hanson
PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities Ltd
GPO Box 1331
Melbourne, VIC, 3001
_____________________________
127
9
Risk factors
9 Risk factors
conditions will worsen, as the effects of these measures

9.1 Introduction dissipate and the full impact of the global financial crisis
and resulting disruptions to the Australian and international
economies flows through to lagging indicators such as
unemployment rates. There is a risk that Australian interest
There are a number of risks, both specific to Myer and rates may increase leading to a reduction in discretionary
of a general nature, which may either individually or in household expenditure.
combination materially and adversely affect the future
operating and financial performance of Myer, its investment If Australian economic conditions worsen, there is a risk that the
returns and the value of the Shares. Many of these risks retail environment will deteriorate as consumers reduce their
are outside the control of Myer and its Directors and level of consumption or redirect their spending to cheaper
management. There can be no guarantee that Myer will products or discount stores. A reduction in consumer spending
achieve its stated objectives or that any forward looking or a change in spending patterns is likely to result in a reduction
statements or forecasts will eventuate. in Myer’s revenue and may have a material adverse effect on
Myer’s future financial performance and financial position.
This Section describes the areas that are believed to be
the major risks associated with an investment in the Shares. 9.2.2 Myer’s turnaround initiatives and growth
These risks have been separated into business risk factors strategies may not achieve their objectives
(described in Section 9.2) and investment risk factors Since 2006, Myer has implemented a number of turnaround
(described in Section 9.3). Prospective investors should initiatives in which Myer has invested over $400 million.
note that this is not an exhaustive list of the risks associated Some of Myer’s turnaround initiatives are continuing to be
with an investment in Myer and should be considered implemented. Examples include the partial refurbishment
in conjunction with other information disclosed in this of existing stores, more strategic allocation of retail floor
Prospectus. Investors should have regard to their own space, the continued roll-out of store-within-store concepts
investment objectives and financial circumstances, and and the implementation of the PoS and CCTV projects.
should consider seeking professional guidance from their Myer has also identified a number of growth strategies to
stockbroker, solicitor, accountant or other independent continue to drive margin improvements and sales growth.
professional adviser before deciding whether to invest.
The implementation of these initiatives has already
experienced delays. There is a risk that the implementation
of Myer’s turnaround initiatives and growth strategies will
9.2 Business risk factors be subject to further delays or cost overruns and there is no
guarantee that these initiatives and strategies will generate
the full benefits anticipated or result in sales growth. Further,
the implementation of Myer’s turnaround initiatives and
9.2.1 Retail environment and general economic growth strategies will result in changes to Myer’s product
conditions may deteriorate mix and the consumer shopping experience, which may
result in unintended consequences if such changes do not
The Australian retail environment in which Myer operates match customer preferences. Any delay in implementation,
is currently experiencing challenging conditions due failure to successfully implement, or unintended
to volatility in consumer sentiment and retail demand. consequences of implementing any or all of Myer’s
This has arisen as a result of general uncertainty about turnaround initiatives and growth strategies may have
future Australian and international economic conditions, an adverse effect on Myer’s future financial performance.
which has been precipitated by factors including the
global financial crisis. To date, the adverse impact on the 9.2.3 Information technology failures may occur
Australian economy has been relatively constrained and, and information technology projects may not be
in particular, the increase in the unemployment rate has successfully implemented
been less than what consumers may have anticipated. In Myer is heavily reliant on the capability and reliability of its
part, this may be due to a number of measures which have information technology systems, and those of its external
been implemented at a macroeconomic level to stimulate service providers such as communication carriers, to process
economic activity in Australia. These measures include transactions, manage inventory, report financial results
the Federal Government’s financial stimulus package and and manage its business. Key systems on which Myer
the relaxation of monetary policy by the Reserve Bank relies include the merchandising system, MyMerch, and,
of Australia resulting in a relatively benign interest rate it is expected from 2010, the new PoS and CCTV systems.
environment. There is a risk that Australian economic
129
Myer relies predominantly on IBM for its information 9.2.6 Myer brand name may diminish in reputation
technology outsourcing requirements. IBM provides a range and value
of information technology services, including help-desk,
The Myer brand name is a key asset of the business. The
desk-top support, data hosting and provisioning and network
reputation and value associated with the Myer brand
support, under a contract that expires in 2011. Significant or
name could be adversely impacted by a number of factors
sustained failure of the information technology systems of
including failure to provide customers with the quality of
Myer and its external service providers or a disruption in the
product and service standards they expect, disputes or
relationship between Myer and its key information technology
litigation with third parties such as employees, suppliers and
provider would have a material adverse effect on Myer’s future
customers, or adverse media coverage. Significant erosion in
the reputation of, or value associated with, the Myer brand
Myer plans to implement its new PoS and CCTV systems name could have an adverse effect on Myer’s future financial
in all stores during 2010. The implementation of the new performance and financial position, particularly arising from
PoS system is expected to result in faster processing times any impairment in the value of the Myer brand name.
for customer transactions and will support the roll-out of
9.2.7 Myer’s relationships with key brand owners,
new stores. The implementation of the new CCTV system
designers or concession operators may deteriorate
is expected to result in a reduction in losses due to theft.
There may be further delays in the implementation of these Myer’s ability to offer a wide variety of brands in its stores
systems (which, in the case of PoS, could affect the roll-out is a key contributor to the appeal of its product offering to
of new stores) or unanticipated increases in costs to Myer customers. External brand owners operating concessions
arising from the implementation process. It is also possible (i.e. store-within-store) in Myer stores allow Myer to further
that the technology associated with these systems may not expand its product offering and provide a key source of
function as intended, may not be compatible with Myer’s Myer’s revenue. The loss or impairment of Myer’s relationships
requirements or may not be capable of being deployed in with key brand owners, designers or concession operators, or
Myer’s operating environment. This could result in a project an inability to renew existing contractual arrangements with
not proceeding, continuing reliance on existing systems such parties or negotiate agreement with new parties on
(which may be outdated) or some of the expected benefits terms which are no less favourable to Myer, is likely to result
not being obtained. These consequences could have an in a reduction in revenue and could have an adverse effect
adverse effect on Myer’s future financial performance. on Myer’s future financial performance.
9.2.4 Myer’s competitive position may deteriorate 9.2.8 Myer’s relationships with landlords may
deteriorate
The Australian retail industry in which Myer operates
is competitive, has low barriers to entry and is subject Myer has 65 stores and four regional distribution centres.
to changing customer preferences. Myer’s competitors Myer leases its stores from over 12 landlords, of whom the
include traditional department stores, discount department most significant owns/controls 20 stores. Myer has signed
stores, specialty retailers, supermarkets, discount stores, conditional agreements for lease on a further 12 new stores.
independent local operators, mail order catalogues and The leases typically contain a range of restrictions on Myer’s
online retailers. Competition is based on factors including activities at the relevant premises (such as restrictions on
merchandise selection, price, advertising, store location, effecting structural changes or sub-leasing or licensing more
store appearance, product presentation and customer than a limited amount of space to concession operators
service. Further, Myer anticipates that a challenging retail without landlord consent), which may restrict Myer’s
environment may lead to an increased focus on price operating flexibility.
based competition by some of Myer’s competitors.
The leases have a range of terms and option periods,
Myer’s competitive position may deteriorate as a result of although they are generally long term leases which
factors including actions by existing competitors, the entry Myer cannot readily terminate.
of new competitors or a failure by Myer to continue to
Any default under a lease by Myer (which, under a number
position itself successfully as the retail environment changes.
of leases, would be triggered if Myer does not satisfy its
Any deterioration in Myer’s competitive position may result
obligations under the relevant change of control provisions),
in a decline in revenue and margins and a loss of market
or failure to renew existing leases on acceptable terms or
share which may have an adverse effect on Myer’s future
an inability to negotiate alternative arrangements could
materially adversely affect Myer’s ability to operate stores
9.2.5 Customer preferences may change in preferred locations, which may result in a reduction
in revenue and have an adverse effect on Myer’s future
A significant proportion of Myer’s revenues are generated
financial performance. In addition, there is a risk that Myer
from fashion related products, which are subject to rapid
may become subject to lease terms which are relatively
and occasionally unpredictable changes in customer
unfavourable due to unanticipated changes in the property
preferences. A large number of products sold in Myer stores
market or if one or more stores do not achieve the financial
are manufactured internationally which means there can be
performance anticipated at the time of entering into the
a significant delay between ordering and delivery. This delay
relevant leases. In relation to the conditional agreements
further exposes Myer to the risk that customer preferences
for lease, there may be a delay or inability to satisfy those
may change between the time products are ordered and
conditions which may affect the planned opening date or
the time they are available for purchase. If Myer misjudges
ability for Myer to enter into the lease.
customer preferences or fails to convert market trends into
appealing product offerings on a timely basis, this may result
in lower revenue and margins and could adversely impact
Myer’s future financial performance.
9 Risk factors
9.2.9 Relationships with suppliers may deteriorate, 9.2.12 Loss of key personnel may occur
production costs may increase and Myer may
Myer’s success depends to a significant extent on its key
be adversely impacted by conditions affecting
personnel, in particular the Management Team discussed
foreign suppliers
in Section 6. These individuals have extensive experience in,
Myer’s relationships with suppliers are often governed and knowledge of, the Australian retail industry and Myer’s
by individual purchase orders or invoices subject to business. The loss of key personnel and an inability to recruit
standard purchase terms and conditions and therefore or retain suitable replacement or additional personnel may
can be altered by suppliers without the supplier incurring adversely affect Myer’s future financial performance.
significant penalties. Myer’s suppliers may cease providing
9.2.13 Myer’s employment costs may increase
merchandise, change pricing levels, experience operational
or transportation difficulties (resulting in a failure or delay Myer currently has a number of collective enterprise
in supplying products) or incur increased production or agreements with its employees. The key collective enterprise
transportation costs which they seek to pass on to Myer. If agreement (the Myer Stores Agreement 2007) covers retail
this occurs in relation to one or more major suppliers and staff and is due to expire in July 2010. Myer has not yet
Myer is unable to make acceptable alternative arrangements, commenced negotiating with the Shop, Distributive and
Myer may suffer inventory shortages, a reduction in revenue Allied Employees Association in relation to the renewal of
and a loss of market share which may materially adversely this agreement. Any failure to reach agreement on a new
affect its future financial performance. collective enterprise agreement for the Myer stores on
acceptable terms could materially adversely affect Myer’s
Myer sources a significant proportion of its products from
future financial performance.
foreign suppliers. As a result, in addition to the risks referred
to above, Myer is also exposed to risks including political The Federal Government has recently implemented changes
instability, increased security requirements for foreign goods, to industrial relations legislation which could affect Myer’s
costs and delays in international shipping arrangements, operations. Some of these changes are already in force
imposition of taxes and other charges as well as restrictions while others, including the introduction of modern awards,
on imports, currency and exchange rate risks. Myer is also will take effect from 1 January 2010. The proposed General
exposed to risks related to labour practices, environmental Retail Industry Award will apply from 1 January 2010. Any
matters and other issues in the foreign jurisdictions where replacement agreement for the Myer Stores Agreement 2007
suppliers operate. Any of these risks, in isolation or in will be subject to a ‘better off overall test’ against the new
combination, could materially adversely affect Myer’s Modern Award. This may impose additional employment
future financial performance. related costs on Myer, for example, as a result of increases
to penalty and casual loading rates. At this time, the details
9.2.10 New store roll-out program may not meet
of the General Retail Industry Award and the extent of any
its objectives
transitional arrangements are not yet clear and will need to
Myer’s growth strategy includes the planned roll-out of be monitored and assessed to determine the exact impact
15 additional stores over the next five years. Myer’s ability on Myer. Any material increase in employment related costs
to successfully open new stores on schedule may be resulting from the introduction of the General Retail Industry
affected by factors including project delays, cost overruns Award or other changes to industrial relations could have a
and disputes with developers. Myer’s ability to open new material adverse effect on Myer’s future financial performance.
stores also depends on the successful implementation
9.2.14 Myer may be unable to attract and retain staff
of its new PoS system (described in Section 5.4.2). Any
significant delay in the successful implementation of the Myer’s business is also dependent on attracting and
new PoS system may delay Myer’s opening of new stores, retaining a large number of quality employees. Many
which could have an adverse effect on Myer’s future of these employees are in entry level positions with
financial performance. historically high rates of turnover common to the retail
industry. Myer’s ability to meet its labour needs while
9.2.11 Myer Melbourne rebuild may be delayed further
controlling costs associated with hiring and training
The rebuild of Myer’s Bourke Street store in Melbourne new employees is subject to external factors such as
is currently underway, and Myer expects that the unemployment rates, prevailing wage legislation and
redevelopment will be completed on a staged basis changing demographics. Changes that adversely impact
during 2010. Myer’s ability to attract and retain quality employees
could adversely affect Myer’s future financial performance.
The rebuild of the Bourke Street store has already been
subject to significant delays related to the removal of 9.2.15 Myer’s advertising and marketing campaigns
hazardous materials and the obtaining of permits, as well may be unsuccessful
as issues of structural integrity and building access. There
Myer’s business depends on high customer traffic in its
is a risk of further delays, which may impact on the level
stores and effective marketing. Myer has a number of
of trading revenue generated from Myer Melbourne.
marketing initiatives underway, including campaigns
In addition, Myer is responsible for certain aspects of the involving high profile celebrities and events. There is
rebuild, including the fit-out of the Bourke Street store. a risk that Myer’s advertising and marketing programs
There is a risk that the costs associated with the rebuild that ultimately turn out to be unsuccessful or that investments
are Myer’s responsibility may exceed the levels anticipated. in advertising and marketing campaigns centred around
high profile celebrities and events are negatively impacted
by incidents or developments relating to those celebrities
and events.
131
9.2.16 Seasonal trading patterns may change 9.2.20 Regulatory matters may negatively affect Myer
Myer’s revenue has historically been subject to seasonal Myer is required to comply with a range of laws and
patterns. Historically, a disproportionate amount of annual regulations. Regulatory areas which are of particular
revenue has been generated over the Christmas trading significance to Myer include fair trading and consumer
period and higher than average monthly revenue has been protection, employment, property and environment,
recorded in the month of June as a result of seasonal sales. customs and tariffs and taxation.
Myer’s working capital and inventory planning strategies
In 2007, following an investigation by the ACCC into
reflect these seasonal patterns.
the labelling of certain sunglasses being sold in Myer
Any significant decrease in customer demand during peak stores, Myer entered into a three year undertaking,
seasons, particularly during the Christmas period, could which requires Myer to comply with certain safety and
result in Myer being left with a substantial amount of unsold information standards, and to implement a trade practices
inventory, which can only be sold at significant markdowns. compliance program.
This would have an adverse effect on Myer’s financial
During FY2009, Myer was advised by the Australian Taxation
performance.
Office that it was undertaking an audit of the Myer Group’s
Myer’s operations may also be affected by prolonged income tax affairs in relation to the 2006 and 2007 income
periods of abnormal, severe or unseasonal weather years. This audit is currently still in progress; however,
conditions which could result in Myer’s product range being Myer does not believe that a material exposure exists and
unattractive to customers and adverse changes in customer therefore no allowance has been made for any potential
traffic expectations. This would result in reduced revenue exposure in the financial statements.
which could have a material adverse effect on Myer’s future
In addition, future changes to laws and regulations or
accounting standards which apply to Myer from time
9.2.17 Adverse movements in exchange rates may occur to time could materially adversely affect Myer’s future
financial performance and position.
Myer sources a significant proportion of its products
internationally, predominantly in US dollars. While Myer 9.2.21 Myer may experience interruptions
engages in foreign currency hedging which limits its to operations
exposure, adverse movements in exchange rates may
Myer is exposed to short, medium or long term interruptions
have a material adverse effect on Myer’s future financial
to its operations arising from events including industrial
performance.
disputes, electricity interruptions, work stoppages, acts
9.2.18 Interest rates may increase of terrorism, fires, floods, earthquakes, and other natural
disasters, any of which may result in losses which may
As a borrower of money, Myer is exposed to increases
adversely affect Myer’s future financial performance.
in interest rates. While this risk may be partially reduced
by interest rate hedging, interest rate swaps or other 9.2.22 Privacy breaches may negatively affect Myer
mechanisms, residual exposure may remain. Increases in
The protection of customer, employee and company data
interest rates may also affect consumer sentiment and the
is critical to Myer. Myer has access to a significant amount
level of customer demand, potentially leading to a decrease
of customer information, including through its database
in consumer spending. Accordingly, an increase in interest
of over three million MYER one members. The legal and
rates may have a material adverse impact on Myer’s future
regulatory environment surrounding information security
and privacy is increasingly complex and demanding.
9.2.19 Myer may be subject to litigation Customers also have high expectations that Myer will
adequately protect their personal information. A significant
Myer may from time to time be the subject of complaints,
breach of customer, employee or company data could
litigation, inquiries or audits initiated by customers,
attract significant media attention, damage Myer’s customer
employees, suppliers, landlords, government agencies,
relationships and reputation and ultimately result in
regulators or other third parties alleging matters such as
lost sales, fines or litigation, which could have a material
incorrect product descriptions, injury, health, environmental,
adverse effect on Myer’s future financial performance and
safety or operational concerns, nuisance, negligence, failure
financial position.
to comply with applicable laws and regulations or failure
to comply with contractual obligations. Such matters, even 9.2.23 Counterparties may not meet their obligations
if successfully disposed of without direct adverse financial
Third parties, such as suppliers, landlords and other
effect, could have an adverse effect on Myer’s reputation
counterparties, may not be willing or able to perform
and divert its financial and management resources from
their obligations to Myer. The current difficult
more beneficial uses. If Myer were found to be liable under
economic environment increases the risk of defaults by
any such claims, this could have a material adverse effect on
counterparties. If one or more key suppliers, landlords or
Myer’s future financial performance.
other counterparties default on their obligations to Myer
or encounter financial difficulties, this would have an
adverse impact on Myer’s future financial performance.
9 Risk factors
9.3.3 Certain Existing Shareholders may retain a
9.3 Investment risk factors significant Shareholding
Following completion of the Offer, NB Swanston (the entity
through which TPG and Blum Strategic Capital hold their
9.3.1 Price of Shares may fluctuate Shares) will hold between 0.0%–13.5% of issued capital and
M F Custodians (a subsidiary of The Myer Family Company)
The price of the Shares on ASX may rise or fall due to will hold between 0.0–1.5% of issued capital. This will
numerous factors including: make them two of the largest Shareholders. Consequently,
– General economic conditions including inflation rates NB Swanston and M F Custodians will have the ability to
and interest rates; influence the election of the Directors, the appointment of
– Variations in the local and global market for listed stocks, new management and the potential outcome of all matters
in general, or for retail, industrial, textile or clothing submitted to a vote of the Shareholders. The interests
stocks, in particular; of NB Swanston, M F Custodians and their related parties
may differ from the interests of the Company and the
– Changes to government policy, legislation or regulation; other Shareholders.
– Inclusion or removal from major market indices;
The sale of Shares in the future by NB Swanston or
– The nature of competition in the markets in which M F Custodians could adversely affect the market price
Myer operates; and of the Shares.
– General operational and business risks.
9.3.4 Taxation changes may occur
In particular, the share prices for many companies have in
recent times been subject to wide fluctuations, which in many Any change to the current rate of company income
cases may reflect a diverse range of non-company-specific tax in jurisdictions where Myer operates will impact on
influences such as global hostilities and tensions, acts of Shareholder returns. Any changes to the current rates of
terrorism and the general state of the economy. Such market income tax applying to individuals and trusts will similarly
fluctuations may materially adversely affect the market price impact on Shareholder returns. In addition, any change in tax
of the Shares. arrangements between Australia and other jurisdictions could
have an adverse impact on the level of dividend franking.
In the future, the sale of large parcels of Shares (whether held
by Existing Shareholders or acquired by any party under or 9.3.5 Force majeure events may occur
following the Offer) may cause a decline in the price at which Acts of terrorism, an outbreak of international hostilities or fires,
the Shares trade on ASX. floods, earthquakes, labour strikes, civil wars and other natural
No assurances can be made that the performance of the Shares disasters may cause an adverse change in investor sentiment
will not be adversely affected by any such market fluctuations with respect to Myer specifically or the stock market more
or factors. None of Myer, its Directors or any other person generally, which could have a negative impact on the value
guarantees the performance of the Shares. of an investment in the Shares.
9.3.2 Trading in Shares may not be liquid

There can be no guarantee that an active market in the Shares
will develop or that the price of the Shares will increase. There
may be relatively few potential buyers or sellers of the Shares
on ASX at any time. This may increase the volatility of the
market price of the Shares. It may also affect the prevailing
market price at which Shareholders are able to sell their Shares.
This may result in Shareholders receiving a market price for their
Shares that is less or more than the price that Shareholders paid.
133

Myer Christmas Parade 2008 produced by Ready Set Go.

135
10
Additional information
10 Additional information
10.1 Incorporation 10.2 Company tax status
Myer was incorporated in Victoria on 3 April 2006 as Myer will be treated as a public company for Australian
NB Flinders Pty Ltd and changed its name to Myer Holdings tax purposes.
Limited and its status from a proprietary company to a
public company on 26 September 2009.
10.3 Corporate structure
Myer’s post-Offer corporate structure is shown in the below diagram. The main operating business of Myer sits under
Myer Pty Limited.
Post-Offer corporate structure
Existing Shareholders Public
(NB Swanston BV,
M F Custodians Limited,
executives, current and
former employees and
certain key contractors)
Myer Holdings
Limited1 100%
(formerly NB Flinders
Pty Ltd) Myer Employee Share
100% Plan Pty Ltd
100% NB Elizabeth Pty Ltd 100%
Warehouse NB Collins Pty Ltd NB Russell Pty Ltd

Solutions 100%
Pty Ltd
100% 100%
Myer Group Pty Ltd NB Lonsdale Pty Ltd

100%
100% 100% 100% 100%
Myer Group Myer Pty Ltd The Myer Emporium ACT Employment Myer Travel Pty Ltd
Finance Ltd Pty Ltd Services Pty Ltd
Notes:
1. Entity to be listed on ASX.
137
The last day on which an investor could buy the Myer Notes
10.4 Sale of Shares by in the normal course of trading on ASX and settlement on
Selling Shareholders CHESS in order to appear on the Myer Notes Register on
the Noteholder Exchange Closing Date is 13 October 2009.
Eligible Myer Noteholders on the Myer Notes Register
on 28 September 2009 will be sent a letter from the Myer
SaleCo, a special purpose vehicle, has been established to Notes Issuer enclosing an Exchange Notice. A copy of the
enable Selling Shareholders to realise all or a portion of their Exchange Application Form is enclosed with this Prospectus.
investment in Myer. Selling Shareholders have executed deed
Myer Noteholders who wish to Exchange their Myer
polls in favour of, and for the benefit of, SaleCo under which
Notes for Shares must lodge the Exchange Notice and
they irrevocably offer to sell Existing Shares to SaleCo free from
the Exchange Application Form, in accordance with the
encumbrances and third party rights and conditional on
instructions provided, by the Noteholder Exchange Closing
Listing. As at the Prospectus Date, Selling Shareholders have
Date. If an Eligible Myer Noteholder validly completes and
irrevocably offered to sell between 345.6 million–431.0 million
lodges the Exchange Application Form by the Noteholder
Existing Shares to SaleCo. NB Swanston and M F Custodians
Exchange Closing Date, that Eligible Myer Noteholder will
have irrevocably offered to sell a minimum of 341.9 million
receive a guaranteed allocation of Shares under the Offer
Existing Shares and may elect to offer an additional
equal to the value of the principal amount of each Myer
85.5 million Existing Shares under the Offer.
Note which they elect to Exchange ($100), at 97.5% of the
The final number of Existing Shares to be sold by SaleCo Final Price. Interest that has accrued on Myer Notes up
will depend on the final level of selldown by NB Swanston to the date on which Shares are issued as a result of
and M F Custodians, which will depend on the outcome Exchange will be paid to Exchanging Myer Noteholders
of the bookbuild under the Institutional Offer and other on or about the date Exchange occurs (currently expected
factors, and the final level of selldown by Myer employees to be 6 November 2009).
other than the members of the Management Team.
Eligible Myer Noteholders who do not complete and lodge
The Existing Shares which SaleCo acquires from the Selling their personalised Exchange Application Form will not be
Shareholders will be transferred to Successful Applicants entitled to receive a guaranteed allocation of Shares under
under the Offer. The price payable by SaleCo for these the Offer and will continue to hold their Myer Notes which
Existing Shares is the Final Price. Myer will also issue New may be Redeemed – see Section 10.5.2.
Shares to Successful Applicants under the Offer.
The Myer Notes are currently proposed to be suspended
SaleCo has no material assets, liabilities or operations other from trading on ASX on 13 October 2009, being the date
than its interest in the deed polls described above. The that is five business days before the Noteholder Exchange
Directors and Shareholders of SaleCo are Howard McDonald, Closing Date. This is to enable all Eligible Myer Noteholders
Bernie Brookes and Tom Flood. Myer has agreed to provide to have a fair and reasonable opportunity to accept the
such resources and support as are necessary to enable Noteholder Exchange Offer before the Noteholder Exchange
SaleCo to discharge its functions in relation to the Offer and Closing Date. The Myer Notes Issuer currently intends to
will indemnify SaleCo in respect of costs of the Offer. Myer close the Myer Notes Register at 5.00pm on the Noteholder
has indemnified SaleCo and the Directors of SaleCo for any Exchange Closing Date. No transfers or dealings in Myer
loss which SaleCo or the Directors of SaleCo may incur as a Notes will be recorded in the Myer Notes Register after
consequence of the Offer. that time.
10.5.2 Redemption
After the Shares are transferred or issued to Successful
10.5 Noteholder Exchange Applicants pursuant to the Offer, the Myer Notes Issuer
Offer intends to Redeem all of the Myer Notes which have not
been Exchanged in accordance with the terms of the Myer
Notes Trust Deed and any Redemption Notice provided to
remaining Myer Noteholders after the Shares are transferred
or issued to Successful Applicants pursuant to the Offer. The
10.5.1 Exchange
Myer Notes that are not Exchanged will remain outstanding
The Noteholder Exchange Offer is only open to Eligible for a period of approximately 28 days after completion of the
Myer Noteholders. Eligible Myer Noteholders are those Offer, and in accordance with the terms of issue of the Myer
holders of Myer Notes at the Noteholder Exchange Closing Notes, will be secured against certain assets of the Myer
Date who continue to hold Myer Notes on the date they Group until such Redemption.
are Exchanged and who are residents of Australia or
The Redemption Amount is 102.5% of the principal amount
New Zealand, or are Institutional Investors in Hong Kong,
of the Myer Notes being Redeemed (i.e. $102.50 per Note).
Singapore, United Kingdom, China, France, Dubai, Germany,
Any accrued interest must also be paid at the time of
Ireland, Japan, Netherlands, Norway, Switzerland or the
Redemption, which is currently anticipated to be on or
United Arab Emirates and who are not US Persons or
around 4 December 2009.
persons who hold Myer Notes for the account or benefit of,
US Persons. Due to legal reasons, Myer Noteholders who If the Offer does not proceed, then all of the Myer Notes
are US Persons or who hold the Myer Notes for, or who act (including those in respect of which an Exchange Notice
for the account or benefit of, US Persons are not entitled and Exchange Application Form are received) will remain
to participate in the Noteholder Exchange Offer. on issue on their current terms.
In either case, the holders of not less than 10% of the
10.6 Constitution and rights votes in the class of shares whose rights have been varied
attaching to Myer shares or cancelled may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction
to exercise its discretion to set aside such variation
or cancellation.
10.6.6 Transfer of shares
10.6.1 Rights attaching to shares
Shareholders may transfer shares by a written transfer
The rights attaching to shares are: instrument in the usual form or by a proper transfer
– Set out in the Constitution; and effected in accordance with the ASTC Settlement Rules
and ASX requirements. All transfers must comply with
– In certain circumstances, regulated by the Corporations the Constitution, the Listing Rules, the ASTC Settlement
Act, Listing Rules, ASTC Settlement Rules and the Rules and the Corporations Act. The Directors may refuse
general law. to register a transfer of shares in circumstances permitted
The principal rights, liabilities and obligations attaching by the Listing Rules or the Corporations Act. The Directors
to the shares are summarised below. This summary is must refuse to register a transfer of shares where required
not intended to be exclusive. to do so by the Listing Rules. The Directors may suspend
the registration of a transfer at any time, and for any period,
10.6.2 Voting
as permitted by the ASTC Settlement Rules.
At a general meeting, every member present in person or
10.6.7 Sale of non-marketable parcels
by proxy, attorney or representative has one vote on a show
of hands and one vote on a poll for each fully paid share The Directors may cause Myer to sell a shareholder’s
held (with adjusted voting rights for partly paid shares). shares if that shareholder holds less than a marketable
Where there are two or more joint holders of a share and parcel of shares, provided that the procedures set out in
more than one joint holder tenders a vote, the vote of the the Constitution are followed. A non-marketable parcel
holder named first in the register who tenders the vote of shares is defined in the Listing Rules and is, generally,
will be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other a holding of shares with a market value of less than $500.
joint holders. Voting at any meeting of shareholders is by
10.6.8 General meetings and notices
a show of hands unless a poll is demanded. A poll may be
demanded by at least five shareholders entitled to vote on Each shareholder is entitled to receive notice of, attend and
the resolution, shareholders with at least 5% of the votes vote at general meetings of Myer and to receive all notices,
that may be cast on the resolution on the poll, or the accounts and other documents required to be sent to
chairman. If votes are equal on a proposed resolution, the shareholders under the Constitution or the Corporations
chairman has a casting vote on a show of hands or on a poll. Act. At least 28 days notice of a meeting must be given
to shareholders.
10.6.3 Dividends
10.6.9 Winding up
The Directors may from time to time pay dividends to
shareholders out of the profits of Myer. The Directors may Subject to the Constitution and any special resolution or
pay any interim and final dividends as, in their judgement, preferential rights attaching to any class or classes of shares,
the financial position of Myer justifies. The Directors members will be entitled on a winding up to a share in
may fix the amount and the method of payment of the any surplus assets of Myer in proportion to the shares held
dividends. The payment of a dividend does not require by them.
any confirmation by a general meeting.
10.6.10 Proportional takeover provisions
Subject to any special rights attaching to shares with
The Constitution contains provisions for shareholder
special dividend rights, of which none are currently on
approval in relation to any proportional takeover scheme.
issue, all dividends must be paid equally on all shares and
The provision will lapse three years from the date of the
in proportion to the number of, and the amounts paid
adoption of the Constitution unless renewed by a special
on, the shares held.
resolution of shareholders in a general meeting.
10.6.4 Issue of shares
10.6.11 Directors – appointment and removal
The Directors may (subject to the restrictions on the issue
The minimum number of Directors is four and the maximum
of shares imposed by the Constitution, the Listing Rules and
is fixed by the Directors but may not be more than 12 unless
the Corporations Act) issue, grant options in respect of, or
the shareholders pass a resolution varying that number.
otherwise dispose of further shares on terms and conditions
Directors are elected at annual general meetings of Myer.
(including preferential, deferred or special rights, privileges
or conditions, or restrictions) as they see fit. The Directors may also appoint a Director to fill a casual
vacancy on the Board or in addition to the existing
10.6.5 Variation of class rights
Directors, who will then hold office until the next annual
The rights attached to a class of shares may be varied with: general meeting of Myer.
– The consent in writing of the holders of at least three Retirement will occur on a rotational basis so that one third
quarters of the issued shares in the particular class; or of the Directors (where the number of Directors is greater
– The sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate than five, excluding the CEO and any casual Directors) plus
meeting of the holders of shares in that class. any Director who has held office for three or more years or
three or more annual general meetings (excluding the CEO)
retire at each annual general meeting of Myer.
139
Where the number of Directors is five or less (excluding the

CEO and any casual Directors), then two of the remaining 10.7 Employee, senior
Directors must retire from office at each annual general
meeting of Myer.
executive and Director
10.6.12 Directors – voting
equity incentive plans
Questions arising at a meeting of Directors will be decided
by a majority of votes of the Directors present at the
meeting and entitled to vote on the matter. In the case of a Myer has established plans to assist in the attraction,
tied vote, the Chairman has a second or casting vote, unless retention and motivation of employees and senior
there are only two Directors present or qualified to vote, executives of the Myer Group.
in which case the proposed resolution is taken as having
been lost. These plans are:
– The Myer Equity Incentive Plan (which is open to selected
10.6.13 Directors – remuneration
senior executives);
The Directors, other than the CEO or any other executive – The Myer Equity Plan Trust Deed and Share Plan (which
Director, shall be paid by way of fees for services, the provides for grants of Shares, options or rights to Eligible
maximum aggregate sum as may be approved from time Employees);
to time by Myer in general meeting. Any change to that
aggregate sum needs to be approved by shareholders. – The Employee Share Acquisition Plan (under which an
The maximum aggregate sum excludes special and additional initial offer of up to $725 worth of Shares to Eligible
remuneration for special exertions and additional services Employees will be made – the Employee Gift Offer); and
performed by a Director as determined appropriate by – The Employee Salary Sacrifice Plan (under which Eligible
the Board. The Constitution also makes provision for Myer Employees may elect to sacrifice an amount of salary
to pay all expenses of Directors in attending meetings and in consideration Shares will be allocated to them).
and carrying out their duties. Remuneration of the CEO
The plans contain customary and usual terms for dealing
or any other executive Director shall be the amount that
with the administration of the plans, variation of the plans
the Directors decide.
and termination and suspension of the plans. A summary
10.6.14 Alteration of share capital of the key terms of each plan is set out below.
Subject to the Corporations Act, the Listing Rules and 10.7.1 Myer Equity Incentive Plan
the Constitution, Myer may alter its share capital.
General
10.6.15 Preference shares
The Myer Equity Incentive Plan (MEIP) is Myer’s long term
Myer may issue preference shares including preference incentive scheme for selected senior executives. Under the
shares which are liable to be redeemed or convertible to MEIP, eligible senior executives are granted options (each
ordinary shares. The rights attaching to preference shares being an entitlement to a Share, subject to the satisfaction
are those set out in the Constitution unless other rights of vesting conditions) on terms and conditions determined
have been approved by special resolution of Myer. by the Board. If the vesting conditions are satisfied, the
10.6.16 Directors’ and officers’ indemnity options vest and Shares will be delivered to the senior
executive upon exercise of any vested options. Five tranches
Myer, on a full indemnity basis and to the full extent of options have been granted under the MEIP. Details
permitted by law, indemnifies each person who is or has of outstanding grants of options under the MEIP are set
been an executive officer of Myer or a Director, and such out below.
other officers or former officers of Myer or its related bodies
corporate as the Directors in each case determine (each an Further grants of options will be provided to selected
Officer), against any liability (including costs and expenses) senior executives. Details of such grants are set out in
incurred by that person as an Officer or a related body Sections 10.7.2 and 10.7.3.
corporate of Myer to the extent permitted by law. Tranches 1 and 2 – grants to senior executives
Myer, to the extent permitted by law, may insure an Officer In late 2006 and mid 2007, Myer granted options to a
against a liability incurred by the Officer as an officer of Myer number of Myer’s senior executives (including the CEO)
or of a related body corporate including, but not limited to, under the terms of the MEIP. The options were subject
a liability for negligence or for reasonable costs or expenses to vesting conditions and, prior to the Offer, a number
incurred in defending proceedings whether civil or criminal of these options have vested as a result of the relevant
and whatever the outcome. vesting conditions being met. Of the remaining unvested
Myer has entered into deeds of access, indemnity and options, 80% will vest and become available for exercise
insurance with each Director which confirm the Director’s on completion of Listing.
right of access to Board papers and require Myer to The balance of the unvested options will remain
indemnify the Director for a liability incurred as an officer unvested subsequent to Listing. These unvested options will
of Myer or any of its related bodies corporate, subject to be subject to a time based service condition and will vest if
the restrictions imposed by the Corporations Act and the the relevant senior executives remain employed by the Myer
Constitution. Group at 31 July 2011. In the case of the CEO, the remaining
10.6.17 Variation of the Constitution options will vest on the date of the first anniversary of Listing
if he remains employed by Myer. All Tranche 1 and 2 options
The Constitution may be amended only by a special
have an expiry date of 15 October 2011.
resolution passed by at least three quarters of the votes
cast by shareholders present and entitled to vote on the The Tranche 1 options have an exercise price of 1 cent and
resolution. At least 28 days written notice specifying the the Tranche 2 options have an exercise price of $1.27.
intention to propose the resolution must be given.
Tranches 3, 4 and 5
In January 2008, December 2008 and June 2009, Myer granted further options to a number of its senior executives under
the terms of the MEIP. The options were subject to a service condition which has not yet been satisfied (and therefore, none
of the options have vested to date). There is no accelerated vesting of these options on the occurrence of the Listing, and all
unvested options will continue to vest in accordance with their terms.
Vesting date
(if option holder
Number of remains employed by a
Tranche unvested options Exercise price Myer Group company) Expiry date
Tranche 3 3,284,404 $3.00 31 July 2010 21 December 2012

Tranche 4 703,600 $2.14 31 July 2011 24 October 2013
Tranche 4 3,349,663 $2.14 31 July 2013 24 October 2013
Tranche 5 4,239,300 $2.34 31 July 2014 24 October 2014
10.7.2 Grant to Mr Brookes prior to completion of the Offer

The Board has approved an additional grant of options under the MEIP to Mr Brookes to the value of $9,000,000. It is
proposed to make this grant of options under the MEIP to Mr Brookes at or around completion of the Offer. The options will
be granted in four tranches, at no cost to Mr Brookes, and form the long term incentive portion of Mr Brookes’ remuneration.
There is no current intention to issue Mr Brookes with further options during the course of his contract, which expires
21 August 2012.
Grant of options, summary of performance conditions and exercise price
In summary, three quarters of the options will be subject to a performance hurdle based on Myer’s fully diluted earnings
per Share (EPS) (EPS Options) and one quarter of the options will be subject to a performance hurdle based on Myer’s share
price (Share Price Options). Vesting of options is also subject to a service condition – vesting will be subject to Mr Brookes
remaining employed by the Myer Group until the end of the relevant performance period.
Each option is an entitlement to one Share, subject to the satisfaction of the relevant performance conditions, continuous
employment until the end of the relevant performance period and the payment of the exercise price. For the EPS Options,
the exercise price will be the Final Price and for the Share Price Options, the exercise price will be 140% of the Final Price.
Options which do not satisfy the vesting conditions at the end of the Second Performance Period will lapse.
Performance hurdles and performance periods applicable to each tranche of options
Tranche Value of options Applicable hurdles Potential time of vesting
Tranche A $5,400,000 EPS Hurdle1 End of First Performance Period
Re-testing at end of Second
Performance Period
Tranche B $1,350,000 EPS Hurdle1 and extended End of the Second Performance Period
12 month service condition
Tranche C $1,800,000 Share Price Hurdle2 End of First Performance Period
Re-testing at end of Second
Performance Period
Tranche D $450,000 Share Price Hurdle3 and extended End of the Second Performance Period
12 month service condition
Notes:
1. For both Tranche A and B options, performance against the EPS Hurdle will be measured at the end of the First Performance Period. If the EPS Hurdle is
not met at the end of the First Performance Period, the Tranche A and B unvested options will be retested at the end of the Second Performance Period,
measuring the Company’s annual compound growth in EPS over the Second Performance Period and applying the vesting schedule outlined below.
2. For Tranche C options, performance against the Share Price Hurdle will be measured at the end of the First Performance Period. If the Share Price Hurdle is
not met at the end of the First Performance Period, the Tranche C options will be retested at the end of the Second Performance Period.
3. For Tranche D options, performance against the Share Price Hurdle will be measured at the end of the Second Performance Period.
141
Performance periods The Board has broad discretion in relation to grants made
under the Trust Deed Plan, including discretion in relation
The applicable performance periods are as follows:
to eligibility of employee participation, type and quantum
– The First Performance Period is the three financial years of equity incentives granted, vesting conditions imposed
ending in July 2012; and (including conditions based on performance and/or continued
– The Second Performance Period is the four financial years employment), disposal restrictions and forfeiture conditions.
ending in July 2013.
10.7.5 Employee Share Acquisition Plan –
Performance hurdles – EPS Hurdle Employee Gift Offer
The vesting schedule for the EPS Options is as follows: The Employee Share Acquisition Plan (ESAP) is designed
Compound annual growth rate as a broadly based plan to permit employees of the Myer
in EPS over the performance Group to participate, at the invitation of the Board, in the
period 1 % of EPS Options that will vest acquisition of Shares on terms and conditions determined
At 10% 33.33% by the Board. The initial offer under the ESAP, being the
Between 10% and 12.5% Pro rata vesting between Employee Gift Offer, will involve Eligible Employees in
33.33% and 66.66% Australia being offered the opportunity to acquire, at no
cost, the nearest number of whole Shares (rounded down)
At 12.5% 66.66%
up to the value of $725, free of income tax in accordance
Between 12.5% and 15% Pro rata vesting between with current Australian tax legislation if their adjusted
66.66% and 100% taxable income does not exceed $180,000 per annum.
At or above 15% 100%
Eligible Employees
Note: In general, permanent full-time and permanent part-time
1 For the purpose of calculating EPS for the relevant period, the reference employees of the Myer Group who do not already participate in
EPS will be the Company’s fully diluted EPS for the 2009 financial year
(should the Offer complete in the 2009 calendar year), with pro forma
the MEIP (or who are not eligible to participate in the MEIP) and
adjustments to reflect the impact of the Offer to ensure a consistent basis are employed at 5.00pm Melbourne Time on 2 October 2009
with the forecast. will be eligible to acquire Shares under the ESAP on the terms
Performance hurdles – Share Price Hurdle and conditions determined by the Board (provided that they
remain so employed at 5 November 2009).
The Share Price Hurdle will be satisfied if the Market Price
of Shares exceeds the Final Price by 40% at the end of the Restrictions on Shares
relevant performance period. The Market Price of the Shares In accordance with current Australian tax legislation, Shares
will be the volume weighted average price of the Shares acquired under the ESAP are subject to a disposal restriction
quoted on ASX over one calendar month prior to the expiry such that the participant cannot deal in (i.e. sell or transfer)
of the relevant performance period. the Shares for a minimum period of three years (or earlier
Details of options granted and Shares allocated if their employment ceases). Myer will implement such
to Mr Brookes will be published in Myer’s annual arrangements (including a holding lock) as it determines
reports for subsequent financial years. are necessary to enforce this restriction.
10.7.3 Grant to senior executives (other than the CEO) 10.7.6 Employee Salary Sacrifice Plan
prior to completion of the Offer The Employee Salary Sacrifice Plan (ESSP) is a share purchase
Immediately prior to completion of the Offer, the Reporting scheme whereby eligible employees of the Myer Group may
Managers will hold (in aggregate): elect to sacrifice part of their pre-tax salary and/or bonus to
– 10,592,334 Shares1; and acquire Shares in accordance with the ESSP rules. The ESSP
– 3,719,666 unvested options. is designed to provide tax benefits to participants to the
extent permitted under Australian tax legislation.
The Board has approved an additional grant of options
to a value of $4,100,000 under the MEIP to participating Under the ESSP, the Board has broad discretion in relation
senior executives. The number of options to be granted to eligibility of participation, quantum of allocation, Share
to participating senior executives will be determined acquisition price, allocation of Shares via the on-market
by an independent valuer calculating the value of one purchase of Shares or issue of new Shares, disposal
option at the date of grant and dividing $4,100,000 by that restrictions, and other terms and conditions.
number. It is proposed to make this grant of options prior No performance conditions will be imposed in respect
to completion of the Listing. The options will be subject of the Shares allocated under the ESSP.
to satisfaction of an EPS performance hurdle based on
a compound annual growth rate in EPS of 10% over the It is intended that employees will not be invited to
Performance Period ending in July 2012. Unvested options participate in the ESSP prior to 31 July 2010.
which fail to satisfy the EPS performance hurdle will lapse.
10.7.4 Myer Equity Plan Trust Deed and Share Plan
The Myer Equity Plan Trust Deed and Share Plan (Trust Deed
Plan) is a Myer employee equity incentive scheme. Under the
Trust Deed Plan, employees may be granted various forms of
equity incentives, including performance rights or incentive
options (each being an entitlement to one Share, subject to
the satisfaction of vesting conditions) or incentive shares on
terms and conditions determined by the Board.
1. This includes Shares that may be acquired on the exercise of options that
vest on or before Listing.
Indemnity
10.8 Material contracts
Subject to certain exclusions relating to, among other things
fraud, wilful misconduct or negligence by an indemnified
party, the Offerors agree to keep the Joint Lead Managers
The Directors consider that there are a number of contracts and certain affiliated parties indemnified from losses
which are significant or material to Myer or of such a nature suffered in connection with the Offer.
that an investor may wish to have details of them when Termination events
making an assessment of whether to apply for Shares. The
main provisions of these contracts are summarised below. If any of the following events occur at any time before
These summaries do not purport to be complete and are Settlement or such other time as specified below then
qualified by the text of the contracts themselves. a Joint Lead Manager may at any time by notice to the
Company, Saleco and the other Joint Lead Managers,
10.8.1 Offer Management Agreement immediately without any cost or liability to the Joint Lead
The Offer is managed by the Joint Lead Managers pursuant Manager, terminate the Offer Management Agreement:
to an offer management agreement dated the Prospectus – (disclosures in the Institutional Offering
Date between NB Swanston, the Offerors and the Joint Lead Memorandum) in the Joint Lead Manager’s reasonable
Managers (Offer Management Agreement). Under the Offer opinion the Institutional Offering Memorandum includes:
Management Agreement, the Joint Lead Managers agreed – an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to
to manage the Offer, including the bookbuild and allocation state a material fact necessary in order to make the
processes for the Offer, and provide settlement support for statements therein, in light of the circumstances under
the Institutional Offer. which they were made, not misleading; or
Commission, fees and expenses – any forecast, expression of opinion, intention or
Myer must pay the Joint Lead Managers: expectation expressed in the Institutional Offering
Memorandum which is not, in all material respects,
– a base fee equal to 2.00% of the total Offer proceeds (less made after due and careful consideration in good faith
the proceeds received in connection with the Noteholder and based on reasonable assumptions, when taken as
Exchange Offer, the Employee Priority Offer and the a whole;
Employee Gift Offer); and
– (supplementary prospectus) the Company or Saleco
– a fee equal to 1.00% of the proceeds of the Noteholder issues, or in the reasonable opinion of the Joint Lead
Exchange Offer. Managers becomes required to:
The above fees will become payable by Myer on Settlement. – issue a supplementary prospectus issued under
Fees will be divided between the Joint Lead Managers section 719(1) of the Corporations Act, unless the
according to the terms of the Offer Management Agreement. only substantive changes made to the Prospectus in
Myer may also elect, at its absolute discretion, to pay the such supplementary prospectus are in relation to the
Joint Lead Managers an incentive fee of up to 1.00% of the number of Shares offered under the Offer; or
total Offer proceeds less the proceeds of the Noteholder – amend or supplement the Institutional Offering
Exchange Offer, the Employee Priority Offer and the Memorandum in a material respect;
Employee Gift Offer. – (Listing approval) unconditional approval (or
Myer has also agreed to reimburse the Joint Lead conditional approval subject only to customary
Managers for certain agreed costs and expenses incurred conditions) is refused or not granted by ASX to:
by the Joint Lead Managers in relation to the Offer. The – the Company’s admission to the official list of ASX; or
Joint Lead Managers are responsible for all fees and – the official quotation of all of the Shares offered under
commissions payable to the Co-Lead Managers (other than the Offer on ASX,
Commonwealth Securities), Co-Managers and Brokers. The on or before the scheduled commencement of conditional
Joint Lead Managers must pay to Commonwealth Securities and deferred trading on ASX, or if granted, the approval is
2.44% of the base fee less the amounts payable by the subsequently withdrawn, qualified (other than by customary
Joint Lead Managers in relation to the Broker Firm Offer conditions) or withheld or the ASX indicates to the Company
and stamping fees, which amount will be funded by an that approval is likely to be withdrawn, qualified (other than
additional payment from Myer. by customary conditions) or withheld;
Warranties – (events) any of the following events occur:
The Offer Management Agreement contains certain – ASIC holding a hearing under section 739(2) of the
standard representations, warranties and undertakings Corporations Act except where such hearing does
provided by the Offerors to the Joint Lead Managers. The not become publicly known and is withdrawn
warranties relate to matters such as the conduct of the within 3 business days of commencing (or if it is held
parties and information provided by the parties in relation within 3 business days prior to the scheduled date
to the Prospectus and the Offer. Myer’s undertakings include for Settlement, it has been withdrawn prior to the
that it will not, during the period following the date of the scheduled date for Settlement);
Offer Management Agreement until 180 days after the issue – ASIC issuing an order (including an interim order)
and transfer of Shares under the Offer, issue or agree to issue under section 739 of the Corporations Act, in relation
any Shares or securities without the consent of the Joint to the Offer or the Prospectus or ASIC prosecuting or
Lead Managers, subject to certain exceptions such as the commencing proceedings in relation to the Offer or
Employee Share Acquisition Plan and issues described in the Prospectus;
this Prospectus.
143
– an application is made by ASIC for an order under Termination events subject to materiality
Part 9.5 of the Corporations Act in relation to the Offer
If any of the following events occur at any time before
or the Prospectus, except where such application
Settlement or such other time as specified below, and
does not become publicly known and is withdrawn
such event is, in the judgment of the relevant Joint Lead
within 3 business days of being made (or if it is made
Manager, material and adverse and makes it impracticable
within 3 business days prior to the scheduled date
or inadvisable to proceed with the Offer as set out in this
for Settlement, it has been withdrawn prior to the
Prospectus, then a Joint Lead Manager may at any time, by
scheduled date for Settlement);
notice to the Company, Saleco and to the other Joint Lead
– ASIC commences any Inquiry or hearing under Managers, immediately without any cost or liability to the
Part 3 of the Australian Securities and Investments Joint Lead Manager Terminate:
Commission Act 2001 (Cth) in relation to the Offer or
the Prospectus except where such inquiry or hearing – (disclosures in Prospectus) in the Joint Lead Manager’s
does not become publicly known and is withdrawn reasonable opinion a statement contained in the
within 3 business days of being commenced (or if it is Prospectus is misleading or deceptive or likely to mislead
made within 3 business days prior to the scheduled or deceive, or a matter is omitted from the Prospectus
date for Settlement it has been withdrawn prior to the (having regard to the provisions of sections 710, 711 and
scheduled date for Settlement); 716 of the Corporations Act), or the Prospectus otherwise
fails to comply with the Corporations Act, the Listing
– any person (other than a Joint Lead Manager) gives a
Rules or other applicable laws;
notice under section 733(3) of the Corporations Act or
any person (other than a Joint Lead Manager) who has – (disclosures in due diligence report) the due diligence
previously consented to the inclusion of their name or report prepared in relation to the Offer, or any other
any statement in the Prospectus withdraws that consent; information supplied by or on behalf of the Myer Group,
Saleco or NB Swanston to the Joint Lead Managers in
– any person (other than a Joint Lead Manager) gives a
relation to the Myer Group or the Offer is or is found to be
notice under section 730 of the Corporations Act in
misleading or deceptive or likely to mislead or deceive;
relation to the Prospectus;
– (information supplied) any information supplied by or
– (withdrawal) the Company or Saleco withdraws the
on behalf of the Myer Group, Saleco or NB Swanston to
Prospectus, the Institutional Offering Memorandum, any
a Joint Lead Manager in respect of the Offer, the Myer
invitations to apply for Shares or any part of the Offer;
Group, Saleco or NB Swanston is or is found to be false or
– (consent) any person whose consent to the issue of the misleading or deceptive or likely to mislead or deceive;
Prospectus is required by section 720 of the Corporations
– (legal proceedings) any of the following occurs:
Act (other than a Joint Lead Manager) who has previously
consented to the issue of the Prospectus withdraws – the commencement of legal proceedings against
such consent or any person otherwise named in the the Company or certain entities in the Myer Group or
Prospectus with their consent (other than a Joint Lead against any director of the Company, Saleco or certain
Manager) withdraws such consent; entities in the Myer Group in that capacity; or
– (insolvency) the Company, certain entities in the Myer – any regulatory body commences any inquiry or public
Group or Saleco is insolvent, or there is an act or omission action against the Company, Saleco or certain entities
made which is likely to result in the Company, certain in the Myer Group other than in relation to any audit
entities in the Myer Group or Saleco becoming insolvent; described in Section 9.2.20;
– (certificate not given) the Company and Saleco fail – (breach) the Company and Saleco fails to perform
to provide the Joint Lead Managers with certificates or observe any of their obligations under the Offer
certifying that certain things have occurred at various Management Agreement;
stages during the Offer; – (certificate) any certificate given under the Offer
– (documents) the New Bank Facilities, certain escrow Management Agreement by the Company or Saleco is
arrangements or the contractual arrangements between false, misleading or inaccurate;
NB Swanston, M F Custodians and Saleco are terminated, – (representations and warranties) a representation or
withdrawn or rescinded; or varied, altered or amended warranty contained in the Offer Management Agreement
or are breached or failed to be complied with by the on the part of the Company or Saleco is not true or correct;
Company or Saleco in a material respect or are breached – (adverse change to the Myer Group) an event occurs
by any counterparty in a manner which is materially which is or is likely to give rise to:
adverse to the success of the Offer or to the rights of the
– an adverse change in the assets, liabilities, financial
Company or Saleco under the documents concerned;
position or performance or forecasts of the Myer
and
Group from those disclosed in the Prospectus; or
– (unable to issue and transfer Shares) the Company
– an adverse change in the nature of the business
is prevented from issuing, or Saleco is prevented from
conducted by the Myer Group as disclosed in the
selling and transferring, Shares within the time required
Prospectus;
by the Listing Rules, ASX, ASIC, applicable laws, an
order of a court of competent jurisdiction or a
governmental agency.
– (trading, banking moratorium or hostilities) Documentation
any of the following occurs: (i) trading generally shall
Each of the lenders in the syndicate has executed a
have been suspended or materially limited on ASX or
commitment letter in relation to the Syndicated Facility
on the New York Stock Exchange; (ii) trading of any
Agreement agreeing to provide the $625 million of facilities
securities issued or guaranteed by the Company shall
on the terms set out in the term sheet attached to that
have been suspended on any exchange or in any
commitment letter. National Australia Bank Limited has
over-the-counter market; (iii) a general moratorium
executed a commitment letter in relation to the Bilateral
on commercial banking activities shall have been
Facility Agreement, agreeing to provide the $75 million of
declared by United States federal or New York State
facilities on the terms set out in the term sheet attached to
authorities or the Reserve Bank of Australia; or (iv)
that commitment letter.
there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation
of hostilities or any change in financial markets or any Formal documentation for the Syndicated Facility
calamity or crisis, either within or outside the United Agreement and the Bilateral Facility Agreement has not yet
States. This event may not be relied upon by a Joint been executed. Before Myer can make any draw-downs
Lead Manager to terminate the Offer Management under the New Bank Facilities, there are a series of conditions
Agreement after the determination of the Final Price, that must be met which are usual for facilities of this nature.
except in relation to an event which occurs after the These include the successful completion of the Offer, the
determination of the Final Price; execution of the facility documentation, the accuracy of
– (fraudulent and other conduct) the Company or any certain representations and warranties and the provision of
of its directors or officers (as that term is defined in the specified certificates, opinions and other information.
Corporations Act), engage in any fraudulent conduct or Use of proceeds
activity whether or not in connection with the Offer or
any of the following occurs: Amounts drawn under the Syndicated Facility Agreement
will be used for the following purposes:
– a director of the Company or Saleco or the CEO or
the CFO of the Myer Group is charged with an – To refinance the existing borrowings of the Myer Group;
indictable offence; – Payment of costs associated with the Offer, and the
– any director of the Company or Saleco is disqualified establishment of facilities provided under the Syndicated
from managing a corporation under the Corporations Facility Agreement; and
Act; or – General corporate purposes (including capital
– a change in the Chairman of the Company or CEO or expenditure) of the Myer Group.
CFO of the Myer Group occurs or any one of those Amounts drawn under the Bilateral Facility Agreement will
persons dies or becomes permanently incapacitated; be used for general corporate purposes (including capital
or expenditure) of the Myer Group.
– (Offer timetable) an event specified in the Offer
Representations and warranties
timetable up to and including the Retail Offer Closing
Date is delayed for more than two business days or The New Bank Facilities will contain representations and
an event specified in the Offer timetable from, but warranties usual for facilities of this nature.
excluding, the Retail Offer Closing Date is delayed for
Undertakings
more than one business day.
The New Bank Facilities will contain undertakings usual for
10.8.2 New Bank Facilities
facilities of this nature including undertakings to provide
Myer will enter into a syndicated facility agreement with information (including quarterly financial reports, based
a syndicate of lenders (Syndicated Facility Agreement) on Myer’s current reporting calendar), a negative pledge
pursuant to which the syndicate will make available (incorporating customary carve outs) and restrictions as
$625 million of facilities in two tranches comprising: to disposals of any assets and the provision of financial
– A $425 million term debt facility; and accommodation (which, in each case, will be subject to
exceptions usual for facilities of this nature).
– A $200 million working capital facility.
Myer’s obligations under the New Bank Facilities will
The facilities provided under the Syndicated Facility be guaranteed by Myer and such of its subsidiaries that
Agreement will expire three years after the date of the encompass at least 90% of the consolidated total assets of
Syndicated Facility Agreement. the Myer Group and 90% of the consolidated EBITDA of the
Myer will also enter into a bilateral facility agreement with Myer Group, including each subsidiary of Myer whose assets
National Australia Bank Limited (Bilateral Facility Agreement) encompass 5% or more of total assets of the Myer Group or
pursuant to which National Australia Bank Limited will make who contributes 5% or more of consolidated EBITDA of the
available $75 million of facilities in two tranches comprising: Myer Group.
– A $50 million bank guarantee facility; and The New Bank Facilities will contain financial undertakings,
– A $25 million short term cash advance facility. as summarised in Section 7.14.
The cash advance facility provided under the Bilateral Facility Events of default
Agreement will expire 60 days after the date of issue and The New Bank Facilities will contain events of default which
transfer of Shares under the Offer and the bank guarantee are usual for facilities of this nature, including failure to
facility will expire three years after the date of the Bilateral pay, breach of financial undertaking, breach of general
Facility Agreement. undertaking, misrepresentation, cross-default, insolvency
and related events, unenforceability, de-listing or suspension
in trading and material adverse effect.
145
The events of default will be subject to materiality thresholds There are differences in how securities are regulated
and grace periods where appropriate. under Australian law. For example, the disclosure of fees
for collective investment schemes is different under the
Review event
Australian regime.
The New Bank Facilities will contain a review event upon
The rights, remedies, and compensation arrangements
a change of control of Myer.
available to New Zealand investors in Australian securities
may differ from the rights, remedies, and compensation
10.9 Ownership restrictions arrangements for New Zealand securities.
Both the Australian and New Zealand securities regulators
have enforcement responsibilities in relation to this offer.
If you need to make a complaint about this offer, please
The sale and purchase of Shares in Australia is regulated contact the Securities Commission, Wellington, New
by a number of laws that restrict the level of ownership or Zealand. The Australian and New Zealand regulators will
control by any one person (either alone or in combination work together to settle your complaint.
with others). This Section contains a general description
The taxation treatment of Australian securities is not the
of these laws.
same as for New Zealand securities.
Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Cth)
If you are uncertain about whether this investment is
Generally, the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 appropriate for you, you should seek the advice of an
(Cth) applies to acquisitions of shares and voting power in appropriately qualified financial adviser.
a company of 15% or more by a single foreign person and
Payments that are not in New Zealand dollars
its associates (substantial interest), or 40% or more by two
or more unassociated foreign persons and their associates The offer may involve a currency exchange risk. The currency
(aggregate substantial interest). Where an acquisition of a for the securities is not New Zealand dollars. The value of
substantial interest meets certain criteria, the acquisition the securities will go up or down according to changes in
may not occur unless notice of it has been given to the the exchange rate between that currency and New Zealand
Federal Treasurer and the Federal Treasurer has either stated dollars. These changes may be significant.
that there is no objection to the proposed acquisition in
terms of the Federal Government’s Foreign Investment If you expect the securities to pay any amounts in a currency
Policy or a statutory period has expired without the Federal that is not New Zealand dollars, you may incur significant
Treasurer objecting. An acquisition of a substantial interest fees in having the funds credited to a bank account in
or an aggregate substantial interest meeting certain criteria New Zealand in New Zealand dollars.
may also lead to divestment orders unless a process of Securities that are able to be traded on a financial market
notification, and either a statement of non-objection or
expiry of a statutory period without objection, has occurred. If the securities are able to be traded on a securities market
and you wish to trade the securities through that market,
Corporations Act you will have to make arrangements for a participant in that
The takeover provisions in Chapter 6 of the Corporations market to sell the securities on your behalf. If the securities
Act restrict acquisitions of shares in listed companies, and market does not operate in New Zealand, the way in which
unlisted companies with more than 50 members, if the the market operates, the regulation of participants in that
acquirer’s (or another party’s) voting power would increase market, and the information available to you about the
to above 20%, or would increase from a starting point that is securities and trading may differ from securities markets that
above 20% and below 90%, unless certain exceptions apply. operate in New Zealand.
The Corporations Act also imposes notification requirements

on persons having voting power of 5% or more in Myer.
10.11 United States selling
restrictions
10.10 New Zealand mutual
recognition
The Existing Shares and the New Shares have not been, and
will not be, registered under the US Securities Act or the
securities laws of any state or other jurisdiction in the United
This offer to New Zealand investors is a regulated offer States and may not be offered or sold in the United States or
made under Australian and New Zealand law. In Australia, to, or for the account or benefit of US Persons, except to QIBs
this is Chapter 8 of the Corporations Act and Regulations. in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction
In New Zealand, this is Part 5 of the Securities Act 1978 and not subject to, the registration requirements of the US
the Securities (Mutual Recognition of Securities Offerings – Securities Act, and any other applicable securities laws.
Australia) Regulations 2008.
This Prospectus may not be distributed in the United
This offer and the content of the offer document are States or to, or for the account or benefit of, US Persons,
principally governed by Australian rather than New Zealand or elsewhere outside Australia or New Zealand unless it is
law. In the main, the Corporations Act 2001 and Regulations attached to, or constitutes part of, the Institutional Offering
(Australia) set out how the offer must be made. Memorandum, and may only be distributed to persons to
whom the Offer may be lawfully made in accordance with
the laws of any applicable jurisdiction. The Offer is not an
offer or invitation in any jurisdictions where, or to any person
to whom, such an offer or invitation would be unlawful.
Each Applicant in the Retail Offer, each Exchanging – A takeover bid is made for all Shares; or
Noteholder and each person in Australia and New Zealand – A scheme of arrangement relating to the Shares
to whom the Institutional Offer is made under this becomes effective.
Prospectus will be taken to have represented, warranted and
agreed as follows: With prior consent from the Board, the escrowed Shares
may be pledged for money borrowed by the Shareholder.
– It understands that the Existing Shares and the New
Shares have not been, and will not be, registered under At the Prospectus Date, there have been no requests made
the US Securities Act and may not be offered, sold or for, and the Board has not provided consent to, the pledging
resold in the United States, or to or for the account or of any escrowed Shares (referred to above) for money
benefit of US Persons, except in transaction exempt from, borrowed by Shareholders.
or not subject to, registration under the US Securities Act
10.12.2 Escrow arrangements for NB Swanston and
and any other applicable securities laws;
M F Custodians
– It is not in the United States or a US Person, and is not
acting for the account or benefit of a US Person; NB Swanston (an entity owned by entities associated with
TPG and Blum Strategic Capital) has agreed to enter into
– It has not and will not send the Prospectus or any other an escrow agreement in respect of its Shareholding retained
material relating to the Offer to any person in the United following the Offer, which will apply until after the release
States or to any person that is, or is acting for the account of the preliminary final results for FY2010. This is subject to
or benefit of, a US Person; and an exception that allows NB Swanston to transfer the Shares
– It will not offer or sell the Existing Shares or the New to TPG and Blum Strategic Capital, so they hold their pro rata
Shares in the United States or to, or for the account or proportion of NB Swanston’s Shareholding separately (subject
benefit of, any US Person or in any other jurisdiction to TPG or Blum Strategic Capital agreeing to escrow those
outside Australia and New Zealand except in transactions Shares for the remainder of the escrow period).
exempt from, or not subject to, registration under the US M F Custodians (a subsidiary of The Myer Family Company)
Securities Act and in compliance with all applicable laws has agreed to enter into an escrow agreement in respect
in the jurisdiction in which Existing Shares or New Shares of its Shareholding retained following the Offer, which will
are offered and sold. apply until after the release of the preliminary final results
for FY2010.
The restrictions will cease to apply in the event that:
– A takeover bid is made for all Shares; or
10.12 Escrow arrangements – A scheme of arrangement relating to the Shares
becomes effective.
The restrictions do not prevent NB Swanston or
M F Custodians from giving security over their respective
10.12.1 Escrow arrangements for Myer Chairman Shareholdings.
and management
Each of the Chairman, the CEO and certain specified
executives who report directly to the CEO (Reporting 10.13 Taxation considerations
Managers) have agreed to a voluntary escrow arrangement
with Myer under which they will be restricted from dealing
in a specified number of Shares held by them, as follows.
The comments below provide a general summary of
The CEO and the Reporting Managers have irrevocably Australian tax issues for Australian tax resident Shareholders
agreed to offer to sell in aggregate approximately 16.6% of who acquire Shares under this Prospectus and hold their
their Shareholding into SaleCo (this includes Shares that may Shares on capital account.
be acquired on the exercise of options that vest on or before
Listing). They do not apply to non-Australian tax resident
Shareholders and those that do not hold their Shares on
Reporting Managers will be restricted from dealing in capital account, including banks, insurance companies or
their remaining Shares from the date of Listing until the taxpayers that carry on a business of trading in shares.
commencement of the first Board approved trading
window following the release to ASX of the Company‘s audited This summary is based on the law in Australia in force at
results for the financial year ending 31 July 2010. the time of issue of this Prospectus. Australian tax laws
are complex. This summary is general in nature and is not
The CEO has the same arrangement as the Reporting intended to be an authoritative or complete statement
Managers, save that he has agreed to an extended escrow of the applicable law. During the ownership of the Shares
period of 18 months from Listing. During the period starting by Shareholders, the taxation laws of Australia or their
from the date of the first Board approved trading window interpretation may change. The precise implications of
following release to ASX of the Company’s audited results ownership or disposal will depend upon each Shareholder’s
for the financial year ending 31 July 2010 until the date that specific circumstances. Shareholders should seek
is 18 months from Listing, the CEO may sell up to 25% of his professional advice on the taxation implications of holding
Shares, less any Shares sold as part of the Offer. or disposing of the Shares, taking into account their specific
Shares held by the Chairman are subject to an escrow circumstances.
period ending 18 months from Listing.
The restrictions will cease to apply in the event that:
147
10.13.1 Dividends on a Share The CGT discount may be applied against the net capital
gain where the Shareholder is an individual, complying
Dividends distributed by the Company on a Share will
superannuation entity or trustee, the Shares have been held
constitute assessable income of an Australian tax resident
for more than 12 months and certain other requirements
Shareholder. Australian tax resident Shareholders who are
have been met. Where the CGT discount applies, any capital
individuals or complying superannuation entities should
gain arising to individuals and entities acting as trustees
include in their assessable income the dividend actually
(other than a trust that is a complying superannuation entity)
received, together with any franking credit attached to that
may be reduced by one half after offsetting current year or
dividend. Such Shareholders should be entitled to a tax offset
prior year capital losses. For a complying superannuation
equal to the franking credit attached to the dividend. The
entity, any capital gain may be reduced by one third, after
tax offset can be applied to reduce the tax payable on the
offsetting current year or prior year capital losses.
Shareholder’s taxable income. Where the tax offset exceeds
the tax payable on the Shareholder’s taxable income, such A capital loss will be realised where the reduced cost base of
Shareholders should be entitled to a tax refund. the Share exceeds the capital proceeds from disposal. Capital
For corporate Shareholders, excess franking credits losses may only be offset against capital gains realised by the
received cannot give rise to a refund, but may be able Shareholder in the same income year or future income years,
to be converted into carry forward tax losses. subject to certain loss recoupment tests being satisfied. Capital
losses cannot be offset against other assessable income.
Shareholders who are trustees (other than trustees of
complying superannuation entities) or partnerships 10.13.3 Tax file numbers
should include the franking credit in determining the net A Shareholder is not required to quote their tax file number
income of the trust or partnership. The relevant beneficiary (TFN) to the Company. However, if TFN or exemption details
or partner may be entitled to a tax offset equal to the are not provided, Australian tax may be required to be
beneficiary’s or partner’s share of the net income of the deducted by the Company from distributions and/or dividends
trust or partnership as the case may be. at the maximum marginal tax rate plus the Medicare levy.
The benefit of franking credits can be denied where a A Shareholder that holds Shares as part of an enterprise may
Shareholder is not a ‘qualified person’ in which case the quote their Australian Business Number instead of their TFN.
Shareholders will not need to include an amount for the Non-residents are exempt from this requirement.
franking credits in their assessable income and will not
be entitled to a tax offset. 10.13.4 Goods and Services Tax
Broadly, to be a qualified person, a Shareholder must satisfy Investors should not be liable for GST in respect of their
the holding period rule and, if necessary, the related payment investment in Shares.
rule. The holding period rule requires a Shareholder to hold The investors may not be entitled to claim full input tax
the Shares at risk for a continuous period commencing the credits in respect of the GST paid on costs incurred in
day after the Shareholder acquires the Shares and ends connection with their acquisition of the Shares. Separate
45 days after the Shares become ex-dividend. GST advice should be sought in this respect.
Under the related payment rule, a different testing period 10.13.5 Employee Share Acquisition Plan and
applies where the Shareholder has made, or is under an Employee Gift Offer
obligation to make, a related payment in relation to a
dividend. The related payment rule requires the Shareholder The following taxation summary addresses the general
to have held the Shares at risk for a period commencing on tax implications to employees of the Myer Group who
the 45th day before, and ending on the 45th day after, the are residents of Australia for Australian tax purposes and
day the Shares become ex-dividend. who hold Shares acquired through the ESAP and/or the
Employee Gift Offer.
For Institutional Investors, the benchmark portfolio method
may be available as a concession to reduce the compliance This taxation summary is not intended to be an authoritative
burden associated with the holding period rule. or complete statement of the applicable law. As the precise
tax consequences of participation in the offers will be affected
Shareholders should seek professional advice to determine if by a participant’s personal circumstances and the precise
these requirements, as they apply to them, have been satisfied. terms of the taxation law at the time, it is recommended that
10.13.2 Disposal of Shares participants obtain independent professional advice.
The disposal of a Share by a Shareholder will be a capital The summary is based upon the current tax law as proposed
gains tax (CGT) event. A capital gain will arise where the to be amended by the terms of the Tax Laws Amendment
capital proceeds on disposal exceed the cost base of (2009 Budget Measures No. 2) Bill 2009 which at the
the Share (broadly, the amount paid to acquire the Share Prospectus Date has yet to be enacted as law. If that Bill is
plus any transaction costs). In the case of an arm’s length not passed or is passed with amendments, then different
on-market sale, the capital proceeds will generally be the tax consequences may apply.
cash proceeds from the sale.
Employee Share Acquisition Plan Acquisition of Shares and CGT cost base
Acquisition of Shares For CGT purposes, Shares acquired under the Employee Gift
Offer are acquired on the date the Shares are granted to the
For CGT purposes, Shares are acquired on the date the
employee. The cost base of any Share is the market value
Shares are purchased by the employee. A CGT event will
of the Share when the employee was granted the Shares,
occur on disposal of the Shares. The cost base of a Share
whether or not the amount of $725 was subject to tax in
acquired under the ESAP is the market value at the time the
the employee’s hands. For an employee receiving $725
employee acquired it (plus any incidental costs associated
worth of Shares, the cost base will be $725.
with acquiring, owning or disposing of that Share, such as
Brokerage costs). The Company will advise employees of Disposal of Shares
the market value for these purposes.
A CGT liability arises on the disposal of Shares where the
Disposal of Shares capital proceeds received on disposal exceed the CGT cost
base of those Shares.
A capital gain is derived on the disposal of Shares where the
capital proceeds received on disposal exceed the CGT cost A capital loss is incurred on the disposal of Shares where
base of those Shares. the capital proceeds received on disposal is less than the
reduced CGT cost base of the Shares.
A capital loss is incurred on the disposal of Shares where
the capital proceeds received on disposal is less than the All capital gains and losses for the income year are added
reduced CGT cost base of the Shares. together to produce a net capital gain or loss position for that
income year. A net capital gain for an income year is included
All capital gains and losses for the income year are added
as assessable income and is subject to taxation in Australia. A
together to produce a net capital gain or loss position for
net capital loss is effectively quarantined and may generally be
that income year. A net capital gain for an income year is
carried forward to be deducted against future capital gains.
included as assessable income and is subject to taxation
in Australia. A net capital loss is effectively quarantined and An employee may be entitled to a concession on the amount
may generally be carried forward to be deducted against of capital gains assessed. The concession is available to
future capital gains. individuals who hold their Shares for more than 12 months
from the date of acquisition. The concession results in only
An employee may be entitled to a concession on the amount
half of any capital gain being assessable. Capital losses must
of capital gains assessed. The concession is available to
be applied first to reduce capital gains before applying the
individuals who hold their Shares for more than 12 months
CGT discount provisions.
from the date of acquisition. The concession results in only
one half of any capital gain being assessable. Capital losses Reporting and tax withholding
must be applied first to reduce capital gains before applying
The Company is not obliged to withhold any taxes under the
the discount capital gains tax provisions.
Employee Gift Offer provided the employee has notified the
Employee Gift Offer Company of his or her TFN.
Discount at grant Where an employee has not given his or her TFN to the
Company, withholding of tax may be required.
An employee participating in the Employee Gift Offer may
be eligible for concessional tax treatment. The Company will be required to provide the Australian
Taxation Office with a statement containing details of the
It is anticipated that employees will be exempt from income
Shares that you have acquired.
tax on the value of the Shares granted under the Employee
Gift Offer of up to $725 provided the employee’s adjusted Taxation of dividends
taxable income (ATI) is no more than $180,000 for the year
Dividends are paid from the accounting profits of the
ended 30 June 2010. It is the employee’s responsibility
Company. An employee will receive credits for any Australian
to ensure that their ATI is no more than $180,000. ATI
corporate tax that has been paid on these profits. These
is calculated as the sum of the employee’s taxable
credits are known as franking credits and they represent
income treating the amount of up to $725 as assessable
the extent to which a dividend is franked. It is possible for a
to tax, reportable fringe benefits and superannuation
dividend to be fully franked or partly franked, or unfranked.
contributions, and their total net investment loss.
Where a dividend is partly franked, the franked portion is
If an employee’s ATI exceeds $180,000 then the amount will treated as fully franked and the remainder as being unfranked.
need to be included in assessable income in the year ended
Dividends will need to be included as assessable income in
30 June 2010.
the income year in which the dividends are paid. In addition,
In the event that the Tax Laws Amendment (2009 Budget to the extent that the dividends are franked, the franking
Measures No. 2) Bill 2009 is not passed and the current law credits attaching to the franked dividends must also be
applies, each employee will need to make an election to included as assessable income (i.e. the dividend is grossed
avail themselves of the exemption from tax. In addition the up). An employee will be taxed at his or her prevailing
exemption would be available to all employees rather than marginal rate on the dividend and franking credits received.
those with an ATI of no more than $180,000.
An employee will be entitled to a tax offset equal to the
CGT may be payable on a disposal of Shares – refer below. amount of franking credits received. An employee will receive
a tax benefit if the franking credits attached to the dividend
exceed the tax payable on the receipt of the dividend. The
employee will need to pay additional tax if the tax payable as
a result of receiving the dividend exceeds the franking credits
attached to the dividend. Individual Shareholders are entitled
to claim a refund for any excess franking credits.
149
To the extent that the dividend is unfranked, there is no The cost base of Shares received on Exchange should be
gross up and the employee will generally be taxed at his or equal to the cost base of the Myer Notes plus any other
her prevailing marginal rate on the dividend received with non-deductible expenses incurred by the Myer Noteholder
no tax offset. in respect of the Exchange.
In order to be entitled to claim the tax offset in relation to Myer Noteholders who acquire Shares on capital account
the franked dividend amount, an employee, as the recipient are subject to the taxation treatment described in
of the dividend, must be a Qualified Person. Broadly, to be Sections 10.13.1, 10.13.2 and 10.13.3.
a Qualified Person, two tests must be satisfied, namely the
Goods and Services Tax
holding period rule and the related payment rule.
The Redemption and Exchange of Myer Notes are financial
In broad terms, if the employee has held the Shares at risk
supplies and, consequently, no GST will be payable on
for at least 45 days (excluding the dates of acquisition and
these events.
disposal), the employee is able to claim a tax offset for the
amount of any franking credits attaching to the dividend. The investors may not be entitled to claim full input tax
credits in respect of the GST paid on costs incurred in
Stamp duty
connection with their acquisition or disposal of the Myer
No stamp duty will be payable by employees on the issue Notes/Shares. Separate GST advice should be sought in
or transfer of Shares pursuant to the ESAP or the Employee this respect.
Gift Offer.
10.13.6 Redemption or Exchange of Myer Notes
The following summary is only relevant to Australian 10.14 Interests of Directors,
tax resident Noteholders who hold their Myer Notes
on capital account.
advisers and promoters
This summary addresses the consequences arising on
Redemption or Exchange of the Myer Notes.
Other than as stated in this Prospectus:
It is prepared on the assumption that the Myer Notes are
‘traditional securities’ as defined by section 26BB of the – No amount has been paid or agreed to be paid and
Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (Cth). no benefit has been given or agreed to be given to
a Director or proposed Director to induce them to
Redemption for cash become, or qualify as, a Director;
Under the traditional security provisions, any gain on – None of the following persons:
Redemption of a Myer Note should be recognised as – A Director or proposed Director;
assessable income in the income year in which the
– Each person named in this Prospectus as performing
Redemption takes place.
a function in a professional, advisory or other capacity
Any loss on the Redemption of a Myer Note should be in connection with the preparation or distribution of
deductible in the income year in which the Redemption this Prospectus;
takes place. The gain or loss should be calculated by reference – A promoter of Myer; or
to the Redemption proceeds less the consideration paid to
– A stockbroker to the issue and transfer of the Shares,
acquire the Myer Notes (and any relevant costs associated
with the acquisition or Redemption). holds or has held at any time in the two years before
Prospectus Lodgement, an interest in:
The Redemption of the Myer Notes should also give rise to
– The formation or promotion of Myer;
a CGT event. However, anti-overlap rules exist to prevent
any gain or loss from being subject to both the traditional – The offer of the Shares; or
security provisions and CGT provisions. Accordingly, the – Property acquired or proposed to be acquired by
amount of any capital gain realised by the Myer Noteholder Myer in connection with its formation or promotion
on Redemption will be reduced by any amount included of the Offer,
in the Myer Noteholder’s assessable income under the or was paid or given, or agreed to be paid or given, any
traditional security provisions. amount or benefit for services provided by such persons
Exchange for Shares in connection with the formation or promotion of Myer.
The following comments are only relevant for Australian tax

resident Myer Noteholders who acquire Shares under this
Prospectus and hold their Shares on capital account.
Myer Noteholders have a non-scalable priority right to
Exchange their Myer Notes for Shares at 97.5% of the Final Price.
There should be no assessable gain or loss on Exchange
of the Myer Notes for Shares.
The Myer Noteholders will be taken to have acquired the
Shares at the date of the Exchange.
1. This includes Shares that may be acquired on the exercise of options

that vest on or before Listing.
10.14.1 Interests of Directors 10.14.3 CEO employment contract
The Directors are not required to hold any Shares under the The total fixed remuneration (base salary, vehicle
provisions of the Constitution. and superannuation) received by the CEO in FY2009
was approximately $1,450,000. In addition, a bonus
The Directors will hold the following Shares and options in
of approximately $700,000 and rental assistance of
Myer immediately prior to completion of the Offer. Interests
approximately $87,000 were paid.
include those held directly or otherwise.
Director Shares1 Options
Mr Brookes is employed pursuant to an employment
contract for a fixed term ending on 21 August 2012.
Howard McDonald 2,023,333 26,667 Upon a successful initial public offering, Mr Brookes’ fixed
Bernie Brookes 11,770,000 480,000 annual remuneration (including base salary, vehicle and
2 superannuation) will increase to $1,650,000. Mr Brookes
Rupert Myer 0 0
is also eligible to participate in the Myer short term and
Tom Flood 390,000 10,000 long term incentive schemes.
Anne Brennan 0 0 Pursuant to the CEO’s employment contract:
– Mr Brookes may terminate his employment by giving
Notes:
1. This includes Shares that may be acquired on the exercise of options that
three months’ notice; and
vest on or before Listing. – The Company may terminate Mr Brookes’ employment
2. Rupert Myer is Chairman of The Myer Family Company, which has
an interest (through M F Custodians) in the Shareholding as set out by giving five weeks’ notice.
in Section 3.4.
If the Company terminates Mr Brookes’ employment (other
The Directors are entitled to apply for Shares under the Offer. than for cause), Mr Brookes will be entitled to payment for
his notice, and for so long as Mr Brookes is not engaged or
In addition, William Wavish, the former executive Chairman
employed by any other business or entity, Mr Brookes will
of the Company (and currently a consultant of the
be entitled to monthly payments equivalent to his base
Company) holds:
salary for a period of up to 18 months as well as any short
– 11,770,000 Shares1; and term incentive on a pro rated basis which has been earned
– 480,000 unvested options. but not yet paid.
10.14.2 Remuneration of Non-Executive Directors Mr Brookes has entered into a separate restraint deed.
Under the restraint deed, for each month of the restraint the
The Constitution provides that the Non-Executive Directors
Company must pay Mr Brookes a monthly payment equal to
are entitled to such remuneration as determined by the
Mr Brookes’ average monthly base salary (calculated over the
Directors, which must not exceed in aggregate the maximum
12 month period prior to termination of his employment).
annual amount determined by Myer in general meeting.
Details of Mr Brookes’ escrow arrangements are set out in
Currently it has been determined that such remuneration
Section 10.12.1.
will not exceed $2.150 million per annum, to be apportioned
among the Non-Executive Directors as they determine in Details of Mr Brookes’ initial long term incentive grant of
their absolute discretion. The Directors acknowledge that options are set out in Section 10.7.2.
as Myer grows, the demands on the Directors will increase
10.14.4 Reporting Managers’ employment contracts
and the Non-Executive Directors’ fees will be increased
commensurate with their responsibilities and workload, as Remuneration (base salary, vehicle and superannuation)
determined by the Board and approved by the members. received by the Reporting Managers in FY2009 was
approximately $4.513 million.
Non-Executive Directors may be paid such additional or
special remuneration as the Directors decide is appropriate The Company has entered into rolling contracts with its
where a Non-Executive Director performs extra services Reporting Managers. Pursuant to these contracts, the
or makes special exertions for the benefit of Myer. total aggregate fixed annual remuneration (base salary,
vehicle and superannuation) which may be received
Subject to Listing, the Chairman will receive a payment
by the Reporting Managers in FY2010 is approximately
of $1.5 million. As part of this arrangement, the Chairman
$5.345 million. Reporting Managers are also eligible
has agreed to purchase $100,000 worth of Shares in the
to participate in the Myer short term and long term
Company through the Offer, and will have the entirety
incentive schemes.
of his Shareholding subject to escrow (as described in
Section 10.10.1). Standard terms of the Reporting Managers’ employment
contracts include:
The Chairman will also receive a special exertion fee of
$400,000 in recognition of his additional work during the – The Reporting Manager may terminate their employment
Offer process. These arrangements are subject to Listing by giving three months’ notice to Myer; and
and do not form part of the Non-Executive Directors’ fee – Myer may terminate the Reporting Manager’s
cap (described above). employment by giving six months’ notice to the
Reporting Manager.
Each Reporting Manager has also entered into separate
restraint deeds. Under the restraint deeds, the Board or
the CEO has the discretion to determine the payment
for the restraint.
Details of the escrow arrangements which apply to the
Reporting Managers are set out in Section 10.12.
151
10.14.5 Interests of advisers and promoters with the Offer and has also provided other services in
relation to the Offer. Myer has paid, or agreed to pay,
Myer has engaged the following professional advisers:
approximately $700,000 (plus GST) for these services to
– Credit Suisse, Goldman Sachs JBWere and Macquarie the Prospectus Date. Further amounts may be paid to
Capital Advisers have acted as Joint Lead Managers PricewaterhouseCoopers in accordance with its normal
to the Offer. Myer has paid, or agreed to pay, to each time based charge-out rates.
of them the fees described in Section 10.8.1 for these
services. In addition, Credit Suisse and Goldman Sachs
JBWere and/or one or more of their affiliates participated
in the Existing Senior Finance Facility that will be paid 10.15 Costs of the Offer
down with the proceeds of the Offer;
– Each of Citi, Commonwealth Securities, Deutsche Bank,
J.P. Morgan, Merrill Lynch and RBS has agreed to act
as a Co-Lead Manager of the Offer. They (other than If the Offer proceeds, the total estimated costs in connection
Commonwealth Securities, in respect of which the fees with the Offer, including advisory, legal, accounting, tax, listing
are set out in section 10.8.1) will share in fees of up to and administrative fees as well as printing, advertising and
0.45% in respect of the total Offer proceeds (less the other expenses are currently estimated to be approximately
proceeds received in connection with the Noteholder $21 million, plus fees payable to the Joint Lead Managers as
Exchange Offer, the Employee Priority Offer and the referred to in Section 10.8.1. At the midpoint of the Indicative
Employee Gift Offer), less their pro rata share of the Price Range, the total estimated costs in connection with the
aggregate value of fees payable under the Broker Firm Offer would be approximately $83 million.
Offer and stamping fees. In addition, they will each
be paid a 1.35% commission (inclusive of GST) on all
Applications submitted by them in the Broker Firm Offer
and stamping fees (as set out in section 3.12). All of the
10.16 Consents
amounts payable to the Co-Lead Managers are payable
by the Joint Lead Managers out of the fees payable to
them by Myer;
Written consents to the issue of this Prospectus have been
– Each of E.L. & C. Baillieu Stockbroking, Macquarie Private
given and, at the time of Prospectus Lodgement, had not
Wealth, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney, Ord Minnett,
been withdrawn by the following parties:
RBS Morgans and Wilson HTM has agreed to act as
Co-Manager of the Offer. They will each be paid at – Each of Credit Suisse, Goldman Sachs JBWere and
1.35% commission (inclusive of GST) on all Applications Macquarie Capital Advisers has given, and has not
submitted by them in the Broker Firm Offer and stamping withdrawn prior to Prospectus Lodgement, its written
fees (as set out in section 3.12). All of the amounts consent to be named in this Prospectus as Joint Lead
payable to the Co-Managers are payable by the Joint Manager to the Offer in the form and context in which it is
Lead Managers out of the fees payable to them by Myer; named;
– Freehills has acted as Australian legal adviser to Myer – Each of Citi, Commonwealth Securities, Deutsche Bank,
in relation to the Offer, has advised Myer generally in J.P. Morgan, Merrill Lynch and RBS has given, and has not
relation to its admission to the official list of ASX and withdrawn prior to Prospectus Lodgement, its written
has also performed work in relation to due diligence consent to be named in this Prospectus as Co-Lead
enquiries. Myer has paid, or agreed to pay, approximately Managers to the Offer in the form and context in which it
$775,000 (plus GST) for these services to the Prospectus is named;
Date. Further amounts may be paid to Freehills in – Each of E.L. & C. Baillieu Stockbroking, Macquarie Private
accordance with its normal time based charge-out rates; Wealth, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney, Ord Minnett,
– Sullivan & Cromwell has acted as United States legal RBS Morgans and Wilson HTM has given, and has not
adviser to Myer in relation to the Offer, has advised Myer withdrawn prior to Prospectus Lodgement, its written
generally in relation to the conduct of the Institutional consent to be named in this Prospectus as a Co-Manager
Offer in the United States and has also performed work to the Offer in the form and context in which it is named;
in relation to due diligence enquiries. Myer has paid, – Freehills has given, and has not withdrawn prior to
or agreed to pay, approximately US$275,000 for these Prospectus Lodgement, its written consent to be named in
services to the Prospectus Date. Further amounts may be this Prospectus as Australian legal adviser to Myer in relation
paid to Sullivan & Cromwell in accordance with its normal to the Offer in the form and context in which it is named;
time based charge-out rates; – Sullivan & Cromwell has given, and has not withdrawn
– PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities Ltd has prepared prior to Prospectus Lodgement, its written consent to be
the Investigating Accountant’s Reports on historical named in this Prospectus as United States legal adviser
and forecast financial information included in this to Myer in relation to the Offer in the form and context
Prospectus. PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities Ltd in which it is named;
has also performed due diligence enquiries in relation – PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities Ltd has given, and
to the historical and forecast financial information has not withdrawn prior to Prospectus Lodgement,
associated with the Offer. Myer has paid, or agreed its written consent to be named in this Prospectus as
to pay, approximately $950,000 for these services to Investigating Accountant to Myer in relation to the
the Prospectus Date. Further amounts may be paid to Historical and Forecast Financial Information in the form
PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities Ltd in accordance and context in which it is named and has given and not
with its normal time based charge-out rates; and withdrawn its consent to the inclusion in this Prospectus
– PricewaterhouseCoopers has acted as taxation adviser of its Investigating Accountant’s Reports in the form and
to Myer in relation to taxation matters associated context in which it is included;
– PricewaterhouseCoopers has given, and has not withdrawn
prior to Prospectus Lodgement, its written consent to be 10.18 ASIC relief and
named in this Prospectus as Myer’s auditor and taxation
adviser in the form and context in which it is named;
ASX waivers
– Computershare Investor Services Pty Limited has given,
and has not withdrawn prior to Prospectus Lodgement,
its written consent to be named in this Prospectus as ASIC has granted the following exemptions from, and
the Share Registry in the form and context in which it modifications to, the Corporations Act:
is named. Computershare Investor Services Pty Limited
has had no involvement in the preparation of any part – Relief from the pre-prospectus advertising and publicity
of this Prospectus other than being named as the rules in section 734(2) of the Corporations Act to permit
Share Registry; Myer to provide employees of the Myer Group with
certain information relating to the Offer; and
– Each of the Myer personnel to whom a statement is
attributed in this Prospectus has given, and has not – Relief from the pre-prospectus advertising and publicity
withdrawn prior to Prospectus Lodgement, his or her rules in section 734(2) of the Corporations Act to allow
written consent to the inclusion in this Prospectus advertisements and publications explaining how to
of the statement attributed to him or her in the form pre-register an interest in receiving a Prospectus.
and context in which it is included;
– Each of NB Swanston, TPG, Blum Strategic Capital and
M F Custodians has given, and has not withdrawn prior 10.19 Governing law
to Prospectus Lodgement, its written consent to be
named in this Prospectus in the form and context
in which it is named;
– AMR Interactive and Reputation Institute has given, and has This Prospectus and the contracts that arise from the
not withdrawn prior to Prospectus Lodgement, its written acceptance of the Applications are governed by the
consent to the inclusion of the statements in Section 1.2.1, law applicable in Victoria and each Applicant submits
Section 5.1 and Section 10.16 which is based on statements to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Victoria.
made by it, in the form and context in which the statement
is included; and
– Pitney Bowes Business Insight Australia has given, and has
not withdrawn prior to Prospectus Lodgement, its written
10.20 Expiry Date
consent to the inclusion of the statement in Section 5.3.1,
which is based on statements made by it, in the form and
context in which the statement is included.
No Shares will be offered on the basis of this Prospectus
No entity or person referred to above (other than a Director after the Expiry Date.
of Myer or SaleCo) has made any statement that is included
in this Prospectus or any statement on which a statement
made in this Prospectus is based, except as stated above.
Each of the persons and entities referred to above (other 10.21 Statement of Directors
than a Director of Myer or SaleCo) has not authorised or
caused the issue of this Prospectus and expressly disclaims
and takes no responsibility for any statements or omissions
in the Prospectus except as stated above. The Directors report that after due enquiries by them,
in their opinion since the date of the audited financial
statements in Section 7, there have not been any
10.17 Litigation and claims circumstances that have arisen or that have materially
affected or will materially affect the assets and liabilities,
financial position, profits or losses or prospects of Myer,
other than as disclosed in this Prospectus.
So far as the Directors are aware, there is no current The issue of this Prospectus has been authorised by each
or threatened civil litigation, arbitration proceeding of the Directors of the Company and each Director of
or administrative appeal, or criminal or governmental SaleCo. Each Director of the Company and Director of
prosecution of a material nature in which Myer is directly SaleCo has consented to Prospectus Lodgement and issue
or indirectly concerned which is likely to have a material of the Prospectus, and has not withdrawn that consent.
adverse impact on the business or financial position of Myer.
153

155
11
Glossary
11 Glossary
$ or A$ Australian dollars
1H First half
2H Second half
ACCC Australian Competition and Consumer Commission
Applicant A person who submits an Application
Application An application made to subscribe for Shares offered under this Prospectus
Application Form The application form attached to or accompanying this Prospectus (including the electronic
form provided by an online application facility)
Application Monies or The amount accompanying an Application Form submitted by an investor
Application Amount
ASIC Australian Securities and Investments Commission
ASTC Settlement Rules The rules of ASX Settlement and Transfer Corporation Pty Ltd (ABN 49 008 504 532)
ASX ASX Limited (ABN 98 008 624 691) or Australian Securities Exchange, as the context requires
ATI Adjusted taxable income
Australian Accounting Australian Accounting Standards and other authoritative pronouncements issued by the
Standards Australian Accounting Standards Board and Urgent Issues Group Interpretations
Bilateral Facility As described in Section 10.8.2
Agreement
Blum Strategic Capital Blum Strategic Capital III, LP and affiliates
Board or Board of The Board of Directors of Myer
Directors
bps Basis points, each basis point being one hundredth of one per cent
Broker Any ASX participating organisation or NZX Firm
Broker Firm Offer The invitation under this Prospectus to Australian and New Zealand resident Retail Investors
who have received a firm allocation from their Broker to acquire Shares
CAGR Compound annual growth rate
CBD Central business district
CCTV Closed-circuit television
Cents Australian cents
CEO Chief Executive Officer of the Myer Group
CFO Chief Financial Officer
CGT Capital gains tax
Chairman Chairman of the Board of Directors
CHESS Clearing House Electronic Subregister System, operated in accordance with the
Corporations Act
Citi Citigroup Global Markets Australia Pty Limited (ABN 64 003 114 832)
CODB Cost of doing business
Co-Lead Managers Citi, Commonwealth Securities, Deutsche Bank, J.P. Morgan, Merrill Lynch and RBS
Co-Managers E.L. & C. Baillieu Stockbroking, Macquarie Private Wealth, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney,
Ord Minnett, RBS Morgans and Wilson HTM
157
Commonwealth Securities Commonwealth Securities Limited (ABN 60 067 254 399)

Company or Myer Myer Holdings Limited (ABN 14 119 085 602)
Constitution The constitution of Myer
Corporations Act Corporations Act 2001 (Cth)
Credit Suisse Credit Suisse (Australia) Limited (ABN 94 007 016 300)
Deutsche Bank Deutsche Bank AG, Sydney Branch (ABN 13 064 165 162)
Director(s) A member of the Board, either individually or combined, as the context requires
DPS Dividends per Share
EBIT Earnings before interest and tax
EBITDA Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation
EL&C Baillieu E.L. & C. Baillieu Stockbroking Limited (ABN 74 006 519 393)
Stockbroking
Eligible Employees (1) In relation to the Employee Priority Offer, this means employees of the Myer Group at
5.00pm Melbourne Time on 2 October 2009; and
(2) In relation to the Employee Gift Offer, this means permanent full-time and permanent
part-time employees of the Myer Group who do not participate in the MEIP (or who are
not eligible to participate in the MEIP) and are employed at 5.00pm Melbourne Time on 2
October 2009 (provided that they remain so employed at 5 November 2009).
Eligible Myer Noteholders Eligible Myer Noteholders are those holders of Myer Notes at the Noteholder Exchange
Closing Date who continue to hold Myer Notes on the date they are Exchanged and who are
residents of Australia or New Zealand, or are Institutional Investors in Hong Kong, Singapore,
United Kingdom, China, France, Dubai, Germany, Ireland, Japan, Netherlands, Norway,
Switzerland or the United Arab Emirates and who are not US Persons or persons who hold
Myer Notes for the account or benefit of US Persons
Eligible MYER one All MYER one members with a valid MYER one membership number as at the MYER one
Members Record Date, who are resident in Australia or New Zealand
Employee Gift Offer The invitation under this Prospectus to Eligible Employees to acquire, at no cost, the nearest
number of whole Shares (rounded down) up to the value of $725
Employee Priority Offer As described in Section 3.5.1
EPS Earnings per Share
EPS Hurdle The EPS performance condition based on the Company’s compound annual growth rate
in EPS over a specified period, which must be satisfied before the EPS Options can become
exercisable (as described in Section 10.7.2)
EPS Option An option granted under the MEIP, subject to an EPS Hurdle
ESAP or Employee Share As described in Section 10.7.5
Acquisition Plan
ESSP or Employee Salary As described in Section 10.7.6
Sacrifice Plan
Exchange or Exchanged or The redemption of Myer Notes and application of the redemption amount to the purchase
Exchanging of Shares at 97.5% of the Final Price, pursuant to the Myer Notes Trust Deed
Exchange Application The Application Form accompanying this Prospectus sent to Eligible Myer Noteholders
Form
Exchange Notice The notice dated 28 September 2009 sent to Eligible Myer Noteholders advising them of
their right to Exchange their Myer Notes
Existing Senior Finance The senior debt agreement and the working capital agreement between Myer and its
Facility current banking syndicate
Existing Shareholders The Shareholders of the Company as at the Prospectus Date
Existing Shares The Shares held by the Existing Shareholders as at the Prospectus Date
Expiry Date The date 13 months after the Prospectus Date
11 Glossary
Exposure Period The waiting period specified in section 727(3) of the Corporations Act, being a minimum
period of seven days after Prospectus Lodgement, during which an Application must
not be accepted. ASIC may extend this period to no more than 14 days after the date
of Prospectus Lodgement
Federal Government Federal Government of Australia
Final Price The price which Successful Applicants will pay for Shares in the Offer (except Shares received
for Myer Notes Exchanged), being the price determined by the Existing Shareholders, the
Company and the Joint Lead Managers in accordance with Section 3.7.3. The Final Price may
be above the upper limit, or below the lower limit, of the Indicative Price Range
Financial Information The Historical Financial Information and the Forecast Financial Information
First Performance Period From the date of Listing until the end of the third full financial year following Listing
Forecast Financial As described in Section 7.1
Information
FY or financial year 52 week period ending on the last Saturday of July in 2007, 2008 or 2009, or 53 week period
ending on the last Saturday of July in 2010
GDP Gross domestic product
GLA Gross leasable area
Goldman Sachs JBWere Goldman Sachs JBWere Pty Ltd (ABN 21 006 797 897)
Goods and Services Tax Goods and services or similar tax imposed in Australia
or GST
Historical Financial As described in Section 7.1
Information
Indicative Price Range The Indicative Price Range for the Offer as set out in Section 3.1, being $3.90 – $4.90 per
Share. The Indicative Price Range is an indicative range in which the Final Price may fall.
However, the Final Price will be determined by the Existing Shareholders, the Company and
the Joint Lead Managers and may be within the Indicative Price Range or above the upper
limit, or below the lower limit, of the Indicative Price Range
Institutional Investor An investor to whom offers or invitations in respect of securities can be made without the
need for a lodged prospectus (or other formality, other than a formality which the Company
is willing to comply with), including in Australia persons to whom offers or invitations can
be made without the need for a lodged prospectus under section 708 of the Corporations
Act (disregarding section 708AA), provided that such a person is not located in the United
States and is not a US Person or acting for the account or benefit of a US Person unless it and
any such underlying investor for whose account or benefit it is acting is a QIB or it is a dealer
or professional fiduciary organised, incorporated or (if an individual) resident in the United
States acting for an account (other than an estate or trust) held for the benefit or account of
a non-US Person for which it has and is exercising investment discretion
Institutional Offer The invitation to Institutional Investors under this Prospectus to acquire Shares, as described
in Section 3.7
Institutional Offering International offering memorandum under which the Institutional Offer will be made in
Memorandum certain overseas jurisdictions, which consists of this Prospectus and a prospectus wrap
Inventory turns Cost of goods sold divided by average inventory
Investigating Accountant PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities Ltd (ABN 54 003 311 617)
Investigating The report in respect of the Historical Financial Information and the report in respect of the
Accountant’s Reports Forecast Financial Information prepared by the Investigating Accountant, copies of which are
included in Section 8
IT Information technology
Joint Lead Managers Credit Suisse, Goldman Sachs JBWere and Macquarie Capital Advisers
J.P. Morgan J.P. Morgan Australia Limited (ABN 52 002 888 011)
Listing Official quotation of Shares on ASX
Listing Rules Listing rules of ASX
Macquarie Capital Macquarie Capital Advisers Limited (ABN 79 123 199 548)
Advisers
159
Macquarie Private Wealth Macquarie Equities Limited (ABN 41 002 574 923)
Management Team The 15 most senior members of Myer’s management, being Bernie Brookes, Mark Ashby,
Greg Travers, Marion Rodwell, Prakash Menon, Timothy Clark, John Hawker, Penny Winn,
Paul Banks, Nick Abboud, Judy Coomber, Megan Foster, Adam Stapleton, Mitch Catlin and
Wayne Latham
MEIP or Myer Equity As described in Section 10.7.1
Incentive Plan
Melbourne Time Australian Eastern Standard Time. Note that Australian Eastern Daylight Saving Time applies
from 4 October 2009
Merrill Lynch Merrill Lynch International (Australia) Limited (ABN 31 002 892 846)
M F Custodians M F Custodians Ltd (ABN 67 051 644 467), a subsidiary of The Myer Family Company Pty Ltd
Morgan Stanley Smith Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Australia Pty Ltd (ABN 19 009 145 555)
Barney
Myer or Company Myer Holdings Limited (ABN 14 119 085 602) (formerly NB Flinders Pty Ltd)
Myer Group or Group Myer and its subsidiaries and controlled entities
Myer Noteholders A holder of Myer Notes
Myer Notes The redeemable, exchangeable, secured but subordinated notes issued by the Myer
Notes Issuer, which are as listed on the official list of ASX and trade under the code MYFG
(ticker: MYFG)
Myer Notes Issuer Myer Group Finance Limited (ABN 21 120 234 111)
Myer Notes Register The register for Myer Notes
Myer Notes Trust Deed The trust deed dated on or about 28 July 2006 between the Myer Notes Issuer and the
trustee of the Myer Notes
MYER one Myer’s customer loyalty program with over 3.1 million members
MYER one Priority Offer The invitation under this Prospectus to Eligible MYER one Members to acquire Shares
MYER one Record Date The date by which a prospective applicant must have a valid MYER one membership number
in order to be eligible to participate in the MYER one Priority Offer, being 23 October 2009
NB Swanston NB Swanston BV, the entity through which TPG and Blum Strategic Capital hold their shares
New Bank Facilities As described in Section 7.14
New Shares Shares issued by Myer to Successful Applicants
Non-Executive Director A member of the Board of Directors who does not form part of Myer’s management
Noteholder Exchange The date on which the Noteholder Exchange Offer closes, being 20 October 2009
Closing Date
Noteholder Exchange Under the Noteholder Exchange Offer, each Myer Noteholder electing to Exchange
Offer will be issued or transferred a number of Shares equal to the principal outstanding on
the Exchanged Myer Notes divided by 97.5% of the Final Price and an Exchanging Myer
Noteholder that Exchanges all Myer Notes held by that Myer Noteholder may apply for
additional Shares at the Final Price
NZX New Zealand Exchange Limited
NZX Firm Any entity designated as such by NZX under its business rules
Offer The offer under this Prospectus of 98.6 million – 101.3 million New Shares1 for issue by the
Company and the transfer of 345.6 million – 431.0 million Existing Shares by SaleCo
Offer Management As described in section 10.8.1
Agreement
Offerors Myer and SaleCo
Officer As described in Section 10.6.16
Ord Minnett Ord Minnett Limited (ABN 86 002 733 048)
PF Pro forma
PoS Point-of-sale
PricewaterhouseCoopers PricewaterhouseCoopers (ABN 52 780 433 757)
1. Based on the midpoint of the Indicative Price Range ($4.40). Assumes 75% of Myer Notes are Exchanged. The actual number of Shares and percentage
ownership of each of these parties may be below, within or above the range shown depending on the selldown levels by the Selling Shareholders, Myer
Notes Exchange take-up and the Final Price.
11 Glossary
PricewaterhouseCoopers PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities Ltd (ABN 54 003 311 617)
Securities Ltd
Prospectus This document (including the electronic form of this Prospectus) and any supplementary or
replacement Prospectus in relation to this document
Prospectus Date The date on which a copy of the Prospectus is lodged with ASIC, being 28 September 2009
Prospectus Lodgement Lodgement of this Prospectus with ASIC
QIB Qualified institutional buyer, as such term is defined in Rule 144A under the US Securities Act
quarter on quarter Three months of a given year compared to the same three months of the previous year
RBS RBS Equity Capital Markets (Australia) Limited (ABN 17 000 757 111)
RBS Morgans RBS Morgans Limited (ABN 49 010 669 726)
Redeem or Redemption The redemption of Myer Notes for the Redemption Amount pursuant to the Myer Notes Trust Deed
Redemption Amount 102.5% of the principal amount of the Myer Notes being Redeemed
Redemption Notice A notice of Redemption issued by the Myer Notes Issuer pursuant to the Myer Notes
Trust Deed
Reporting Managers The Management Team excluding the CEO
Retail Investor An investor who is not an Institutional Investor
Retail Offer The invitation to Retail Investors under this Prospectus to acquire Shares, as described
in Section 3.5, comprising the MYER one Priority Offer, the Employee Priority Offer, the
Employee Gift Offer and the Broker Firm Offer
ROFE or return on funds Calculated as EBIT divided by average funds employed. Funds employed are calculated as
employed net assets plus net debt at the beginning and end of each year
SaleCo Myer SPV Limited (ACN 139 649 746)
Second Performance From the date of Listing until the end of the fourth full financial year following Listing
Period
Selling Shareholder Shareholders in Myer who have executed deed polls in favour, and for the benefit, of SaleCo
under which they irrevocably offer to sell Existing Shares to SaleCo free from encumbrances
and third party rights and conditional on Listing
Settlement Has the meaning given in Section 3.10
Share A fully paid ordinary share in the capital of Myer
Share Price Hurdle As described in Section 10.7.2
Share Registry Computershare Investor Services Pty Limited (ABN 48 078 279 277)
Shareholder A holder of Shares
Shareholding The Shares held by a Shareholder
SLA Selling leasable area
Successful Applicant An Applicant or Institutional Investor who is issued or transferred Shares under the Offer
Syndicated Facility As described in Section 10.8.2
Agreement
TFN Tax file number
The Myer Family Company The Myer Family Company Pty Ltd (ABN 32 004 116 296)
Total Sales Value The total sales occurring in Myer stores, including sales generated by concession operators
TPG TPG Partners IV, LP, Newbridge Asia IV, LP and their parallel investment entities
US or United States The United States of America, its territories and provinces, any state of the United States of
America and the District of Columbia
US$ or US dollars United States dollars
US Person Has the meaning given to it in Rule 902(k) under Regulation S of the US Securities Act
US Securities Act United States Securities Act of 1933
Wilson HTM Wilson HTM Limited (ACN 010 529 665)
161
Corporate directory
Myer’s registered and head office Investigating Accountant

Myer Holdings Limited PricewaterhouseCoopers Securities Ltd
Level 7 Level 19
275–295 Lonsdale Street Freshwater Place
Melbourne VIC 3000 2 Southbank Boulevard
Joint Lead Managers Southbank VIC 3006
Credit Suisse Auditor

Level 31 PricewaterhouseCoopers
Gateway Level 19
1 Macquarie Place Freshwater Place
Sydney NSW 2000 2 Southbank Boulevard
Goldman Sachs JBWere Southbank VIC 3006
Level 42 Share Registry
Governor Phillip Tower
1 Farrer Place Computershare Investor Services Pty Limited
Sydney NSW 2000 Yarra Falls
452 Johnston Street
Macquarie Capital Advisers Abbotsford VIC 3067
Level 23
101 Collins Street Myer Share Offer Hotline
Melbourne VIC 3000 Within Australia: 1300 820 260
Co-Lead Managers Outside Australia: +61 3 9415 4332
Citi Open 9.00am until 5.00pm Melbourne Time

Commonwealth Securities Monday to Friday
Deutsche Bank Corporate websites
J.P. Morgan
Merrill Lynch Offer website
RBS www.mypieceofmyer.com.au
Co-Managers Myer website

www.myer.com.au
E.L. & C. Baillieu Stockbroking
Macquarie Private Wealth
Morgan Stanley Smith Barney
Ord Minnett
RBS Morgans
Wilson HTM
Australian legal adviser
Freehills
Level 42
101 Collins Street
Melbourne VIC 3000
Environment
ISO 14001
US legal adviser
egZX^cXi#Xdb#Vj
Sullivan & Cromwell This document was printed by Offset Alpine Printing, an
Level 32 ISO14001 environmentally certified printing company on
paper which has been sourced wholly from sustainably
101 Collins Street managed forests and produced using an elemental
Melbourne VIC 3000 chlorine free production process.
x Section head

Myer Share Offer Prospectus

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

Myer Share Offer Prospectus

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Myer Share Offer Prospectus

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

my prospectus Myer Holdings Limited ABN 14 119 085 602

Prospectus Date Monday, 28 September 2009

Key Offer information

Key Offer statistics

Indicative Price Range1 $3.90 – $4.90

Forecast Financial Information

Pro forma FY2010 EBITDA1 $330 million

Letter from the Chairman

New South Wales

Highly reputable Australian brand Melbourne City

in prime locations with plans to Loganholme

expand to 80 stores in the next Toowoomba

Present in 25 of the top 30 retail Marion

centres, attracting 185 million Belconnen

store visits in FY2009 Tasmania

Comprehensive offer with

Kylie at home Bedlinen

MYER one members

Improved retail execution and

For further information refer to page 24, Section 1.2.9 >

Retail environment and

Myer’s turnaround initiatives

Information technology failures

Myer’s competitive position

Myer brand name may

key risks associated with an

Myer’s relationships with key

Myer’s relationships with

Myer’s relationships with

New store roll-out program

Myer Melbourne rebuild

1.2.2 National store network in prime locations is

1. This percentage includes Shares that may be acquired on the exercise of

FY2007 FY2008 FY2009 FY2010 Transformed platform

Adjusted – Myer’s growth strategy includes the following key

1. Calculated as EBIT divided by average funds employed. Funds employed

1.4 Summary Financial Information

$ millions FY2007 FY2008 FY2009 FY2010

1.5 Dividend policy 1.7 Enquiries

1.6 Purpose of the Offer

The purpose of the Offer is to achieve Listing on ASX and

This page has been left blank intentionally.

3 Details of the Offer

apply for Shares in addition to the value of their Myer Notes,

1. Based on the Indicative Price Range. Includes the transfer of Existing

Sources and uses of funds1

3.3 Structure of the Offer

The Offer comprises:

1. Based on the Indicative Price Range. Includes the transfer of Existing

3 Details of the Offer

Please refer to Sections 3.5.2 and 10.7.5 for further details of

3 Details of the Offer

Applicants with queries on how to complete the Application Gold $25,000

3 Details of the Offer

3.6.2 Applications for additional Shares by

Exchanging Myer Noteholders whose Applications for

3 Details of the Offer

3.9 ASX listing 3.11 Brokerage, commission

3 Details of the Offer